2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 1
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
Description:
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613 microcontrollers deliver
on-chip features that are unique to the design for
embedded control of small motors and general purpose
applications in 8 and 14-pin count packages. Features
like 10-bit A/D, CCP, 24-bit SMT and Zero-Cross
Detection offer an excellent solution to a variety of
applications. The CRC and Window WDT are provided
to support safety-critical applications in home
appliances and white goods.
Core Features:
• C Compiler Optimized RISC Architecture
• Only 49 Instructions
• Operating Speed:
- 0-32 MHz clock input
- 125 ns minimum instruction cycle
• Interrupt Capability with Automatic Context
Saving
• 16-Level Deep Hardware Stack with Optional
Overflow/Underflow Reset
• Direct, Indirect and Relative Addressing modes:
- Two full 16-bit File Select Registers (FSRs)
- FSRs can read program and data memory
• Power-on Reset (POR)
• Power-up Timer (PWRT)
• Brown-out Reset (BOR) with Selectable Trip Point
• Windowed Watchdog Timer (WWDT):
- Variable prescaler selection
- Variable window size selection
- All sources configurable in hardware or
software
Memory:
• Up to 2 Kwords Flash Program Memory
• Up to 256 Bytes Data SRAM Memory
• Direct, Indirect and Relative Addressing modes
Operating Characteristics:
• In-Circuit Serial Programming™ (ICSP™) via Two
Pins
• Enhanced Low-Voltage Programming (LVP)
• Operating Voltage Range:
- 1.8V to 3.6V (PIC12LF1612/16LF1613)
- 2.3V to 5.5V (PIC12F1612/16F1613)
• Programmable Code Protection
• Self-Programmable under Software Control
Clocking Structure:
• Precision Internal Oscillator:
- Factory calibrated to ±1%, typical
- Software-selectable frequency range from
32 MHz to 31 kHz
• 31 kHz Low-Power Internal Oscillator
• External Oscillator Block with:
- Three external clock modes up to 32 MHz
• 4x Phase-Locked Loop (PLL)
Digital Peripherals:
• Up to 11 I/O Pins and one Input-only Pin:
- Individually programmable interrupt-on-
change pins
- Individually programmable weak pull-ups
- Individual programmable digital port controls
(Input level selection, open drain, slew rate
control)
• Timer0: 8-Bit Timer/Counter with 8-Bit
Programmable Prescaler
• Enhanced Timer1:
- 16-bit timer/counter with prescaler
- External Gate Input mode
- Timer Clock In (T1CKI)
• Enhanced Timer2/4/6:
- 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit period register
- 1:1 up to 1:16 linear Postscaler
- 1:1 up to 128:1 Prescaler
- Asynchronous clock source capability
- External Reset/Gate sources
- One-shot count operation
• Two Capture, Compare, PWM modules:
- 16-bit Capture/Compare
-10-bit PWM
• Two Signal Measurement Timers (SMT):
- 24-bit Signal Measurement Timer
- Up to 12 different Acquisition modes
- Two 24-bit result Buffer registers
- Input polarity control
• 16-Bit CRC:
- Software-selectable polynomial
- Software-selectable data width
- Integrated CCPR memory scan capability for
memory integrity checking
8/14/16-Pin, 8-Bit Flash Microcontroller
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 2 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
Digital Peripherals (Continued):
• Complementary Waveform Generator (CWG):
- Multiple signal sources
- True and complement from any source
- Programmable one to four crossover
- Programmable dead band
- Fault-shutdown input
Analog Peripherals:
• Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC):
- 10-bit resolution
- Up to eight channels
• Voltage Reference module:
- Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR) with 1.024V,
2.048V and 4.096V output levels
- 8-bit rail-to-rail resistive DAC with positive
reference selection
• Zero Cross Detector:
- Detect when AC signal on pin passes through
ground
• Up to Two Comparators:
- Rail-to-rail inputs
- Power mode control
- Software-controllable hysteresis
Packages:
• PIC12(L)F1612:
- 8-pin: PDIP, SOIC, DFN
• PIC16(L)F1613:
- 14-pin: PDIP, SOIC, TSSOP
- 16-pin: QFN (4x4x0.9)
Debug Features:
• In-Circuit Debug (ICD):
- Integrated: supports all services
- Header: not required
•Emulation:
- Header: supports all devices
TABLE 1: PIC12/16(L)F161X FAMILY TYPES
Device
Data Sheet Index
Program Memory Flash
(W)
Data SRAM
(bytes)
I/O Pins
8-bit/16-bit Timers
Comparators
10-bit ADC (ch)
Zero-Cross Detect
CCP/10-bit PWM
CWG
CLC
SMT/HLT
Angular Timer
Window Watchdog
Timer
CRC with Memory Scan
Math Accelerator
EUSART
I2C™/SPI
Debug(1)
PIC12(L)F1612 (A) 2048 256 61/1 1412/0 1 0 2/3 0 Y Y 0 0 0 I/H
PIC16(L)F1613 (A) 2048 256 12 1/1 2812/0 1 0 2/3 0 Y Y 0 0 0 I/H
PIC16(L)F1614 (B) 4096 512 12 1/3 2812/2 1 2 2/3 1 Y Y 1 1 1 I/H
PIC16(L)F1615 (C) 8192 1024 12 1/3 2812/2 1 4 2/3 1 Y Y 1 1 1 I/H
PIC16(L)F1618 (B) 4096 512 18 1/3 212 12/2 1 2 2/3 1 Y Y 1 1 1 I/H
PIC16(L)F1619 (C) 8192 1024 18 1/3 212 12/2 1 4 2/3 1 Y Y 1 1 1 I/H
Note 1: Debugging Methods: (I) – Integrated on Chip; (H) – via ICD Header; E – using Emulation Product.
Data Sheet Index:
A. DS40001737 PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613 Data Sheet, 8/14-Pin, 8-bit Flash Microcontrollers
B. Future Release PIC16(L)F1614/8 Data Sheet, 14/20-Pin, 8-bit Flash Microcontrollers
C. Future Release PIC16(L)F1615/9 Data Sheet, 14/20-Pin, 8-bit Flash Microcontrollers
Note: For other small form-factor package availability and marking information, please visit
http://www.microchip.com/packaging or contact your local sales office.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 3
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
PIN DIAGRAMS
Pin Diagram – 8-PIN PDIP, SOIC, DFN, UDFN
Pin Diagram – 14-PIN PDIP, SOIC, TSSOP
Pin Diagram – 16-PIN QFN
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
VDD
RA5
RA3
VSS
RA0
RA1
RA2
Note: See Table 2 for location of all peripheral functions.
RA4
PIC12F1612
PIC12LF1612
PIC16F1613
1
2
3
4
14
13
12
11
5
6
7
10
9
8
VDD
RA5
RA4
RA3
RC5
RC4
VSS
RA0
RA1
RA2
RC0
RC1
RC2
RC3
Note: See Table 3 for location of all peripheral functions.
PIC16LF1613
PIC16F1613
PIC16LF1613
RA0
RA1
RA2
RC0
9
10
11
12
56
RC4
RC3
RC1
RC2
78
2
3
1
4
RA5
RA4
RA3/MCLR/VPP
RC5
15
16 13
14
NC
VDD
NC
VSS
Note 1: See Table 3 for location of all peripheral functions.
2: For the QFN package, it is recommended that the bottom pad be connected to VSS.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 4 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIN ALLOCATION TABLE
TABLE 2: 8-PIN ALLOCATION TABLE FOR PIC12(L)F1612
I/O
8-Pin PDIP/SOIC/DFN
A/D
Reference
Comparator
Timers
CCP
CWG
ZCD
Interrupt
SMT
Pull-up
Basic
RA0 7AN0 DAC1OUT1 C1IN+ —CCP2 CWG1B —IOC — Y ICSPDAT
RA1 6AN1 VREF+C1IN0- — — — ZCD1OUT IOC — Y ICSPCLK
RA2 5AN2 —C1OUT T0CKI
T4IN
CCP1(1) CWG1A(1)
CWG1IN
ZCD1IN INT
IOC
SMTSIG2 Y —
RA3 4 — — — T1G(1)
T6IN
— — —IOC SMTWIN2 Y MCLR
VPP
RA4 3AN3 —C1IN1- T1G —CWG1B —IOC SMTSIG1 YCLKOUT
RA5 2 — — — T1CKI
T2IN
CCP1 CWG1A — IOC SMTWIN1 Y CLKIN
VDD 1 — — — — — — — — — — VDD
Vss 8 — — — — — — — — — — VSS
Note 1: Alternate pin function selected with the APFCON register (Register 12-1).
TABLE 3: 14-PIN AND 16-PIN ALLOCATION TABLE FOR PIC16(L)F1613
I/O
14-Pin PDIP/SOIC/TSSOP
16-Pin QFN
A/D
Reference
Comparator
Timers
CCP
CWG
ZCD
Interrupt
SMT
Pull-up
Basic
RA0 13 12 AN0 DAC1OUT1 C1IN+ — — — — IOC — Y ICSPDAT
RA1 12 11 AN1 VREF+C1IN0-
C2IN0-
— — — ZCD1OUT IOC — Y ICSPCLK
RA2 11 10 AN2 — C1OUT T0CKI —CWG1IN ZCD1IN INT
IOC
— Y —
RA3 4 3 — — — T1G(1)
T6IN
— — — IOC SMTWIN2 YMCLR
VPP
RA4 3 2 AN3 — — T1G — — — IOC SMTSIG1 YCLKOUT
RA5 2 1 — — — T1CKI
T2IN
CCP2(1) — — IOC SMTWIN1 YCLKIN
RC0 10 9AN4 —C2IN+ — — — — IOC — Y —
RC1 9 8 AN5 —C1IN1-
C2IN1-
T4IN — — — IOC SMTSIG2 Y —
RC2 8 7 AN6 —C1IN2-
C2IN2-
— — CWG1D —IOC — Y —
RC3 7 6 AN7 —C1IN3-
C2IN3-
—CCP2 CWG1C —IOC — Y —
RC4 6 5 — — C2OUT — — CWG1B —IOC — Y —
RC5 5 4 — — — — CCP1 CWG1A —IOC — Y —
VDD 116 — — — — — — — — — — VDD
VSS 14 13 — — — — — — — — ——VSS
Note 1: Alternate pin function selected with the APFCON register (Register 12-1).
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 5
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Device Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 7
Enhanced Mid-Range CPU ................................................................................................................................................................. 13
Memory Organization .......................................................................................................................................................................... 15
Device Configuration ........................................................................................................................................................................... 47
Oscillator Module ................................................................................................................................................................................ 54
Resets ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 65
Interrupts ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 73
Power-Down Mode (Sleep) ................................................................................................................................................................. 88
Windowed Watchdog Timer (WDT) .................................................................................................................................................... 91
Flash Program Memory Control.......................................................................................................................................................... 99
Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) Module ........................................................................................................................................ 115
I/O Ports ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 127
Interrupt-On-Change ......................................................................................................................................................................... 141
Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR)........................................................................................................................................................ 146
Temperature Indicator Module.......................................................................................................................................................... 149
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) Module ....................................................................................................................................... 151
8-bit Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC1) Module ............................................................................................................................. 165
Comparator Module .......................................................................................................................................................................... 169
Zero-Cross Detection (ZCD) Module ................................................................................................................................................ 177
Timer0 Module .................................................................................................................................................................................. 181
Timer1 Module with Gate Control ..................................................................................................................................................... 184
Timer2/4/6 Module ............................................................................................................................................................................ 195
Capture/Compare/PWM Modules ..................................................................................................................................................... 214
Complementary Waveform Generator (CWG) Module ..................................................................................................................... 228
Signal Measurement Timer (SMTx) .................................................................................................................................................. 255
In-Circuit Serial Programming™ (ICSP™) ........................................................................................................................................ 299
Instruction Set Summary................................................................................................................................................................... 301
Electrical Specifications .................................................................................................................................................................... 315
DC and AC Characteristics Graphs and Charts................................................................................................................................ 339
Development Support ....................................................................................................................................................................... 357
Packaging Information ...................................................................................................................................................................... 361
Appendix A: Data Sheet Revision History......................................................................................................................................... 380
The Microchip Web Site .................................................................................................................................................................... 381
Customer Change Notification Service ............................................................................................................................................. 381
Customer Support ............................................................................................................................................................................. 381
Product Identification System ........................................................................................................................................................... 382
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 6 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
TO OUR VALUED CUSTOMERS
It is our intention to provide our valued customers with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your Microchip
products. To this end, we will continue to improve our publications to better suit your needs. Our publications will be refined and
enhanced as new volumes and updates are introduced.
If you have any questions or comments regarding this publication, please contact the Marketing Communications Department via
E-mail at docerrors@microchip.com or fax the Reader Response Form in the back of this data sheet to (480) 792-4150. We
welcome your feedback.
Most Current Data Sheet
To obtain the most up-to-date version of this data sheet, please register at our Worldwide Web site at:
http://www.microchip.com
You can determine the version of a data sheet by examining its literature number found on the bottom outside corner of any page.
The last character of the literature number is the version number, (e.g., DS30000A is version A of document DS30000).
Errata
An errata sheet, describing minor operational differences from the data sheet and recommended workarounds, may exist for current
devices. As device/documentation issues become known to us, we will publish an errata sheet. The errata will specify the revision
of silicon and revision of document to which it applies.
To determine if an errata sheet exists for a particular device, please check with one of the following:
• Microchip’s Worldwide Web site; http://www.microchip.com
• Your local Microchip sales office (see last page)
When contacting a sales office, please specify which device, revision of silicon and data sheet (include literature number) you are
using.
Customer Notification System
Register on our web site at www.microchip.com to receive the most current information on all of our products.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 7
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
1.0 DEVICE OVERVIEW
The PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613 are described within this
data sheet. The block diagram of these devices are
shown in Figure 1-1, the available peripherals are shown
in Table 1-1, and the pin out descriptions are shown in
Tables 1-2 and 1-3.
TABLE 1-1: DEVICE PERIPHERAL
SUMMARY
Peripheral
PIC12(L)F1612
PIC16(L)F1613
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) ●●
Complementary Wave Generator (CWG) ●●
Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) ●●
Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC) ●●
Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR) ●●
Temperature Indicator ●●
Windowed Watchdog Timer (WDT) ●●
Zero Cross Detection (ZCD) ●●
Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP) Modules
CCP1 ●●
CCP2 ●●
Comparators
C1 ●●
C2 ●
Signal Measurement Timer (SMT)
SMT1 ●●
SMT2 ●●
Timers
Timer0 ●●
Timer1 ●●
Timer2 ●●
Timer4 ●●
Timer6 ●●
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 8 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 1-1: PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613 BLOCK DIAGRAM
Rev. 10 -000 039F
12/19 /201 3
CLKOUT
CLKIN
RAM
CPU
(Note 3)
Timing
Generation
INTRC
Oscillator
MCLR
Program
Flash Memory
FVR
ADC
10-bit
Temp
Indicator
TMR0TMR1TMR2
CCP1CCP2ZCD1CWG1
PORTA
DACC1
CRC
TMR4TMR6 C2
SMT2 SMT1
PORTC
(4)
(4)
Note 1: See applicable chapters for more information on peripherals.
2: See Table 1-1 for peripherals available on specific devices.
3: See Figure 2-1.
4: PIC16(L)F1613 only.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 9
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
TABLE 1-2: PIC12(L)F1612 PINOUT DESCRIPTION
Name Function Input
Type
Output
Type Description
RA0/AN0/C1IN+/DAC1OUT1/
CCP2/CWG1B(1)/
ICSPDAT
RA0 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
AN0 AN —ADC Channel input.
C1IN+ AN —Comparator positive input.
DAC1OUT1 —AN Digital-to-Analog Converter output.
CCP2 TTL/ST —Capture/Compare/PWM2.
CWG1B TTL/ST —CWG complementary output B.
ICSPDAT ST CMOS ICSP™ Data I/O.
RA1/AN1/VREF+/C1IN0-/
ZCD1OUT/ICSPCLK
RA1 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
AN1 AN —ADC Channel input.
VREF+AN —Voltage Reference input.
C1IN0- AN —Comparator negative input.
ZCD1OUT —CMOS Zero-Cross Detect output.
ICSPCLK ST —ICSP Programming Clock.
RA2/AN2/C1OUT/T0CKI/T4IN/
CCP1(1)/CWG1A(1)/
CWG1IN/ZCD1IN/INT/SMTSIG2
RA2 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
AN2 AN —ADC Channel input.
C1OUT —CMOS/OD Comparator output.
T0CKI TTL/ST —Timer0 clock input.
T4IN TTL/ST —Timer4 input.
CCP1 TTL/ST CMOS/OD Capture/Compare/PWM1.
CWG1A ——CWG complementary output A.
CWG1IN TTL/ST —CWG complementary input.
ZCD1IN AN —Zero-Cross Detect input.
INT TTL/ST —External interrupt.
SMTSIG2 TTL/ST —SMT2 signal input.
RA3/VPP/T1G(1)/T6IN/
SMTWIN2/MCLR
RA3 TTL/ST —General purpose input with IOC and WPU.
VPP HV —Programming voltage.
T1G TTL/ST —Timer1 Gate input.
T6IN TTL/ST —Timer6 input.
SMTWIN2 TTL/ST —SMT2 window input.
MCLR TTL/ST —Master Clear with internal pull-up.
RA4/AN3/C1IN1-/T1G(1)/
CWG1B(1)/SMTSIG1/
CLKOUT
RA4 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
AN3 AN —ADC Channel input.
C1IN1- AN —Comparator negative input.
T1G TTL/ST —Timer1 Gate input.
CWG1B —CMOS/OD CWG complementary output A.
SMTSIG1 TTL/ST —SMT1 signal input.
CLKOUT —CMOS FOSC/4 output.
Legend: AN = Analog input or output CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output OD = Open-Drain
TTL = TTL compatible input ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels I2C™ = Schmitt Trigger input with I2C™
HV = High Voltage XTAL = Crystal levels
Note 1: Alternate pin function selected with the APFCON register (Register 12-1).
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 10 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
RA5/CLKIN/T1CKI/T2IN/
CCP1(1)/CWG1A(1)/
SMTWIN1
RA5 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
CLKIN CMOS —External clock input (EC mode).
T1CKI TTL/ST —Timer1 clock input.
T2IN TTL/ST —Timer2 input.
CCP1 TTL/ST CMOS/OD Capture/Compare/PWM1.
CWG1A —CMOS/OD CWG complementary output A.
SMTWIN1 TTL/ST —SMT1 window input.
VDD VDD Power — Positive supply.
VSS VSS Power — Ground reference.
TABLE 1-2: PIC12(L)F1612 PINOUT DESCRIPTION (CONTINUED)
Name Function Input
Type
Output
Type Description
Legend: AN = Analog input or output CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output OD = Open-Drain
TTL = TTL compatible input ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels I2C™ = Schmitt Trigger input with I2C™
HV = High Voltage XTAL = Crystal levels
Note 1: Alternate pin function selected with the APFCON register (Register 12-1).
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 11
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
TABLE 1-3: PIC16(L)F1613 PINOUT DESCRIPTION
Name Function Input
Type
Output
Type Description
RA0/AN0/C1IN+/DAC1OUT1/
ICSPDAT
RA0 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
AN0 AN — ADC Channel input.
C1IN+ AN — Comparator positive input.
DAC1OUT1 — AN Digital-to-Analog Converter output.
ICSPDAT ST CMOS ICSP™ Data I/O.
RA1/AN1/VREF+/C1IN0-/C2IN0-/
ZCD1OUT/ICSPCLK
RA1 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
AN1 AN — ADC Channel input.
VREF+ AN — Voltage Reference input.
C1IN0- AN — Comparator negative input.
C2IN0- AN CMOS/OD Comparator negative input.
ZCD1OUT — — Zero-Cross Detect output.
ICSPCLK ST ICSP Programming Clock.
RA2/AN2/C1OUT/T0CKI/
CWG1IN/ZCD1IN/INT
RA2 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
AN2 AN — ADC Channel input.
C1OUT — CMOS/OD Comparator output.
T0CKI TTL/ST — Timer0 clock input.
CWG1IN TTL/ST — CWG complementary input.
ZCD1IN AN — Zero-Cross Detect input.
INT TTL/ST — External interrupt.
RA3/VPP/T1G(1)/T6IN/
SMTWIN2/MCLR
RA3 TTL/ST — General purpose input with IOC and WPU.
VPP HV — Programming voltage.
T1G TTL/ST — Timer1 Gate input.
T6IN TTL/ST — Timer6 input.
SMTWIN2 TTL/ST — SMT2 window input.
MCLR TTL/ST — Master Clear with internal pull-up.
RA4/AN3/T1G(1)/SMTSIG1/
CLKOUT
RA4 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
AN3 AN — ADC Channel input.
T1G TTL/ST — Timer1 Gate input.
SMTSIG1 TTL/ST — SMT1 signal input.
CLKOUT — CMOS FOSC/4 output.
RA5/CLKIN/T1CKI/T2IN/
CCP2(1)/SMTWIN1
RA5 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
CLKIN CMOS — External clock input (EC mode).
T1CKI TTL/ST — Timer1 clock input.
T2IN TTL/ST — Timer2 input.
CCP2 TTL/ST CMOS/OD Capture/Compare/PWM2.
SMTWIN1 TTL/ST — SMT1 window input.
RC0/AN4/C2IN+ RC0 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
AN4 AN — ADC Channel input.
C2IN+ AN — Comparator positive input.
Legend: AN = Analog input or output CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output OD = Open-Drain
TTL = TTL compatible input ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels I2C™ = Schmitt Trigger input with I2C™
HV = High Voltage XTAL = Crystal levels
Note 1: Alternate pin function selected with the APFCON register (Register 12-1).
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 12 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
RC1/AN5/C1IN1-/C2IN1-/T4IN/
SMTSIG2
RC1 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
AN5 AN — ADC Channel input.
C1IN1- AN — Comparator negative input.
C2IN1- AN — Comparator negative input.
T4IN TTL/ST — Timer4 input.
SMTSIG2 TTL/ST — SMT2 signal input.
RC2/AN6/C1IN2-/C2IN2-/
CWG1D
RC2 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
AN6 AN — ADC Channel input.
C1IN2- AN — Comparator negative input.
C2IN2- AN — Comparator negative input.
CWG1D — CMOS/OD CWG complementary output D.
RC3/AN7/C1IN3-/C2IN3-/
CCP2(1)/CWG1C
RC3 TTL/ST — General purpose input with IOC and WPU.
AN7 AN — ADC Channel input.
C1IN3- AN — Comparator negative input.
C2IN3- AN — Comparator negative input.
CCP2 TTL/ST CMOS/OD Capture/Compare/PWM2.
CWG1C — CMOS/OD CWG complementary output C.
RC4/C2OUT/CWG1B RC4 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
C2OUT — CMOS/OD Comparator output.
CWG1B — CMOS/OD CWG complementary output B.
RC5/CCP1/CWG1A RC5 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
CCP1 TTL/ST CMOS/OD Capture/Compare/PWM1.
CWG1A — CMOS/OD CWG complementary output A.
VDD VDD Power — Positive supply.
VSS VSS Power — Ground reference.
TABLE 1-3: PIC16(L)F1613 PINOUT DESCRIPTION (CONTINUED)
Name Function Input
Type
Output
Type Description
Legend: AN = Analog input or output CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output OD = Open-Drain
TTL = TTL compatible input ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels I2C™ = Schmitt Trigger input with I2C™
HV = High Voltage XTAL = Crystal levels
Note 1: Alternate pin function selected with the APFCON register (Register 12-1).
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 13
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
2.0 ENHANCED MID-RANGE CPU
This family of devices contain an enhanced mid-range
8-bit CPU core. The CPU has 49 instructions. Interrupt
capability includes automatic context saving. The
hardware stack is 16 levels deep and has Overflow and
Underflow Reset capability. Direct, Indirect, and
Relative addressing modes are available. Two File
Select Registers (FSRs) provide the ability to read
program and data memory.
• Automatic Interrupt Context Saving
• 16-level Stack with Overflow and Underflow
• File Select Registers
• Instruction Set
FIGURE 2-1: CORE BLOCK DIAGRAM
15
15
15
15
8
8
8
12
14
7
5
3
Program Counter
MUX
Addr MUX
16-Level Stack
(15-bit)
Program Memory
Read (PMR)
Instruction Reg
Configuration
FSR0 Reg
FSR1 Reg
BSR Reg
STATUS Reg
RAM
WReg
Power-up
Timer
Power-on
Reset
Watchdog
Timer
Brown-out
Reset
Instruction
Decode and
Control
Timing
Generation
Internal
Oscillator
Block
ALU
Flash
Program
Memory
MUX
Data Bus
Program
Bus
Direct Addr
Indirect
Addr
RAM Addr
CLKIN
CLKOUT
VDD VSS
Rev. 10-000055A
7/30/2013
12
12
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 14 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
2.1 Automatic Interrupt Context
Saving
During interrupts, certain registers are automatically
saved in shadow registers and restored when returning
from the interrupt. This saves stack space and user
code. See Section 7.5 “Automatic Context Saving”,
for more information.
2.2 16-Level Stack with Overflow and
Underflow
These devices have a hardware stack memory 15 bits
wide and 16 words deep. A Stack Overflow or Under-
flow will set the appropriate bit (STKOVF or STKUNF)
in the PCON register, and if enabled, will cause a soft-
ware Reset. See section Section 3.4 “Stack” for more
details.
2.3 File Select Registers
There are two 16-bit File Select Registers (FSR). FSRs
can access all file registers and program memory,
which allows one Data Pointer for all memory. When an
FSR points to program memory, there is one additional
instruction cycle in instructions using INDF to allow the
data to be fetched. General purpose memory can now
also be addressed linearly, providing the ability to
access contiguous data larger than 80 bytes. There are
also new instructions to support the FSRs. See
Section 3.5 “Indirect Addressing” for more details.
2.4 Instruction Set
There are 49 instructions for the enhanced mid-range
CPU to support the features of the CPU. See
Section 27.0 “Instruction Set Summary” for more
details.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 15
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
3.0 MEMORY ORGANIZATION
These devices contain the following types of memory:
• Program Memory
- Configuration Words
- Device ID
-User ID
- Flash Program Memory
• Data Memory
- Core Registers
- Special Function Registers
- General Purpose RAM
- Common RAM
The following features are associated with access and
control of program memory and data memory:
• PCL and PCLATH
•Stack
• Indirect Addressing
3.1 Program Memory Organization
The enhanced mid-range core has a 15-bit program
counter capable of addressing a 32K x 14 program
memory space. Table 3-1 shows the memory sizes
implemented. Accessing a location above these
boundaries will cause a wrap-around within the
implemented memory space. The Reset vector is at
0000h and the interrupt vector is at 0004h (See
Figure 3-1).
TABLE 3-1: DEVICE SIZES AND ADDRESSES
Device Program Memory Space (Words) Last Program Memory Address
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613 2,048 07FFh
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 16 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 3-1: PROGRAM MEMORY MAP
AND STACK FOR
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
3.1.1 READING PROGRAM MEMORY AS
DATA
There are two methods of accessing constants in pro-
gram memory. The first method is to use tables of
RETLW instructions. The second method is to set an
FSR to point to the program memory.
3.1.1.1 RETLW Instruction
The RETLW instruction can be used to provide access
to tables of constants. The recommended way to create
such a table is shown in Example 3-1.
EXAMPLE 3-1: RETLW INSTRUCTION
The BRW instruction makes this type of table very sim-
ple to implement. If your code must remain portable
with previous generations of microcontrollers, then the
BRW instruction is not available, so the older table read
method must be used.
Stack Level 0
Stack Level 15
Stack Level 1
Reset Vector
PC<14:0>
Interrupt Vector
Page 0
Rollover to Page 0
Rollover to Page 0
0000h
0004h
0005h
07FFh
0800h
7FFFh
CALL, CALLW
RETURN, RETLW
Interrupt, RETFIE
On-chip
Program
Memory
15
Rev. 10-000040C
7/30/2013
constants
BRW ;Add Index in W to
;program counter to
;select data
RETLW DATA0 ;Index0 data
RETLW DATA1 ;Index1 data
RETLW DATA2
RETLW DATA3
my_function
;… LOTS OF CODE…
MOVLW DATA_INDEX
call constants
;… THE CONSTANT IS IN W
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 17
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
3.1.1.2 Indirect Read with FSR
The program memory can be accessed as data by set-
ting bit 7 of the FSRxH register and reading the match-
ing INDFx register. The MOVIW instruction will place the
lower eight bits of the addressed word in the W register.
Writes to the program memory cannot be performed via
the INDF registers. Instructions that access the pro-
gram memory via the FSR require one extra instruction
cycle to complete. Example 3-2 demonstrates access-
ing the program memory via an FSR.
The HIGH operator will set bit<7> if a label points to a
location in program memory.
EXAMPLE 3-2: ACCESSING PROGRAM
MEMORY VIA FSR
constants
RETLW DATA0 ;Index0 data
RETLW DATA1 ;Index1 data
RETLW DATA2
RETLW DATA3
my_function
;… LOTS OF CODE…
MOVLW LOW constants
MOVWF FSR1L
MOVLW HIGH constants
MOVWF FSR1H
MOVIW 0[FSR1]
;THE PROGRAM MEMORY IS IN W
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 18 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
3.2 Data Memory Organization
The data memory is partitioned in 32 memory banks
with 128 bytes in a bank. Each bank consists of
(Figure 3-2):
• 12 core registers
• 20 Special Function Registers (SFR)
• Up to 80 bytes of General Purpose RAM (GPR)
• 16 bytes of common RAM
The active bank is selected by writing the bank number
into the Bank Select Register (BSR). Unimplemented
memory will read as ‘0’. All data memory can be
accessed either directly (via instructions that use the
file registers) or indirectly via the two File Select
Registers (FSR). See Section 3.5 “Indirect
Addressing” for more information.
Data memory uses a 12-bit address. The upper five bits
of the address define the Bank address and the lower
seven bits select the registers/RAM in that bank.
3.2.1 CORE REGISTERS
The core registers contain the registers that directly
affect the basic operation. The core registers occupy
the first 12 addresses of every data memory bank
(addresses x00h/x08h through x0Bh/x8Bh). These
registers are listed below in Ta b l e 3- 2 . For detailed
information, see Table 3-9.
TABLE 3-2: CORE REGISTERS
Addresses BANKx
x00h or x80h INDF0
x01h or x81h INDF1
x02h or x82h PCL
x03h or x83h STATUS
x04h or x84h FSR0L
x05h or x85h FSR0H
x06h or x86h FSR1L
x07h or x87h FSR1H
x08h or x88h BSR
x09h or x89h WREG
x0Ah or x8Ah PCLATH
x0Bh or x8Bh INTCON
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 19
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
3.2.1.1 STATUS Register
The STATUS register, shown in Register 3-1, contains:
• the arithmetic status of the ALU
• the Reset status
The STATUS register can be the destination for any
instruction, like any other register. If the STATUS
register is the destination for an instruction that affects
the Z, DC or C bits, then the write to these three bits is
disabled. These bits are set or cleared according to the
device logic. Furthermore, the TO and PD bits are not
writable. Therefore, the result of an instruction with the
STATUS register as destination may be different than
intended.
For example, CLRF STATUS will clear the upper three
bits and set the Z bit. This leaves the STATUS register
as ‘000u u1uu’ (where u = unchanged).
It is recommended, therefore, that only BCF, BSF,
SWAPF and MOVWF instructions are used to alter the
STATUS register, because these instructions do not
affect any Status bits. For other instructions not
affecting any Status bits (Refer to Section 27.0
“Instruction Set Summary”).
Note 1: The C and DC bits operate as Borrow
and Digit Borrow out bits, respectively, in
subtraction.
REGISTER 3-1: STATUS: STATUS REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 R-1/q R-1/q R/W-0/u R/W-0/u R/W-0/u
— — — TO PD ZDC
(1) C(1)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4 TO: Time-Out bit
1 = After power-up, CLRWDT instruction or SLEEP instruction
0 = A WDT time-out occurred
bit 3 PD: Power-Down bit
1 = After power-up or by the CLRWDT instruction
0 = By execution of the SLEEP instruction
bit 2 Z: Zero bit
1 = The result of an arithmetic or logic operation is zero
0 = The result of an arithmetic or logic operation is not zero
bit 1 DC: Digit Carry/Digit Borrow bit (ADDWF, ADDLW, SUBLW, SUBWF instructions)(1)
1 = A carry-out from the 4th low-order bit of the result occurred
0 = No carry-out from the 4th low-order bit of the result
bit 0 C: Carry/Borrow bit(1) (ADDWF, ADDLW, SUBLW, SUBWF instructions)(1)
1 = A carry-out from the Most Significant bit of the result occurred
0 = No carry-out from the Most Significant bit of the result occurred
Note 1: For Borrow, the polarity is reversed. A subtraction is executed by adding the two’s complement of the
second operand. For rotate (RRF, RLF) instructions, this bit is loaded with either the high-order or low-order
bit of the source register.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 20 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
3.2.2 SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER
The Special Function Registers are registers used by
the application to control the desired operation of
peripheral functions in the device. The Special Function
Registers occupy the 20 bytes after the core registers of
every data memory bank (addresses x0Ch/x8Ch
through x1Fh/x9Fh). The registers associated with the
operation of the peripherals are described in the appro-
priate peripheral chapter of this data sheet.
3.2.3 GENERAL PURPOSE RAM
There are up to 80 bytes of GPR in each data memory
bank. The Special Function Registers occupy the 20
bytes after the core registers of every data memory
bank (addresses x0Ch/x8Ch through x1Fh/x9Fh).
3.2.3.1 Linear Access to GPR
The general purpose RAM can be accessed in a
non-banked method via the FSRs. This can simplify
access to large memory structures. See Section 3.5.2
“Linear Data Memory” for more information.
3.2.4 COMMON RAM
There are 16 bytes of common RAM accessible from all
banks.
3.2.5 DEVICE MEMORY MAPS
The memory maps for PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613 are
as shown in Table 3-5 through Table 3- 8 .
FIGURE 3-2: BANKED MEMORY
PARTITIONING
Memory Region7-bit Bank Offset
00h
0Bh
0Ch
1Fh
20h
6Fh
7Fh
70h
Core Registers
(12 bytes)
Special Function Registers
(20 bytes maximum)
General Purpose RAM
(80 bytes maximum)
Common RAM
(16 bytes)
Rev. 10-000041A
7/30/2013
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 21
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
TABLE 3-3: PIC12(L)F1612 MEMORY MAP, BANK 1-7
BANK 0 BANK 1 BANK 2 BANK 3 BANK 4 BANK 5 BANK 6 BANK 7
000h
Core Registers
(Table 3 -2)
080h
Core Registers
(Table 3 -2)
100h
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
180h
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
200h
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
280h
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
300h
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
380h
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
00Bh 08Bh 10Bh 18Bh 20Bh 28Bh 30Bh 38Bh
00Ch PORTA 08Ch TRISA 10Ch LATA 18Ch ANSELA 20Ch WPUA 28Ch ODCONA 30Ch SLRCONA 38Ch INLVLA
00Dh — 08Dh — 10Dh — 18Dh — 20Dh — 28Dh — 30Dh — 38Dh —
00Eh —08Eh—10Eh—18Eh—20Eh—28Eh—30Eh—38Eh—
00Fh —08Fh—10Fh—18Fh—20Fh—28Fh—30Fh—38Fh—
010h —090h—110h—190h—210h—290h—310h — 390h —
011h PIR1 091h PIE1 111h CM1CON0 191h PMADRL 211h —291h CCP1RL 311h —391h IOCAP
012h PIR2 092h PIE2 112h CM1CON1 192h PMADRH 212h —292h CCP1RH 312h —392h IOCAN
013h PIR3 093h PIE3 113h — 193h PMDATL 213h —293h CCP1CON 313h —393h IOCAF
014h PIR4 094h PIE4 114h — 194h PMDATH 214h —294h CCP1CAP 314h —394h —
015h TMR0 095h OPTION_REG 115h CMOUT 195h PMCON1 215h —295h —315h —395h —
016h TMR1L 096h PCON 116h BORCON 196h PMCON2 216h —296h — 316h — 396h —
017h TMR1H 097h — 117h FVRCON 197h VREGCON 217h —297h — 317h — 397h —
018h T1CON 098h OSCTUNE 118h DAC1CON0 198h —218h—298h CCP2RL 318h — 398h —
019h T1GCON 099h OSCCON 119h DAC1CON1 199h —219h —299h
CCP2RH 319h — 399h —
01Ah TMR2 09Ah OSCSTAT 11Ah —19Ah—21Ah —29Ah
CCP2CON 31Ah —39Ah—
01Bh PR2 09BhADRESL11Bh —19Bh—21Bh —29Bh
CCP2CAP 31Bh —39Bh —
01Ch T2CON 09Ch ADRESH 11Ch ZCD1CON 19Ch —21Ch — 29Ch — 31Ch —39Ch —
01Dh T2HLT 09Dh ADCON0 11Dh APFCON 19Dh —21Dh —29Dh —31Dh —39Dh —
01Eh T2CLKCON 09Eh ADCON1 11Eh —19Eh —21Eh —29Eh CCPTMRS 31Eh —39Eh —
01Fh T2RST 09Fh ADCON2 11Fh —19Fh—21Fh —29Fh —31Fh —39Fh —
020h
General
Purpose
Register
80 Bytes
0A0h
General
Purpose
Register
80 Bytes
120h
General
Purpose
Register
80 Bytes
1A0h
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0’
220h
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0’
2A0h
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0’
320h
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0’
3A0h
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0’
0EFh
06Fh 16Fh 1EFh 26Fh 2EFh 36Fh 3EFh
070h
Common RAM
0F0h Common RAM
(Accesses
70h – 7Fh)
170h Common RAM
(Accesses
70h – 7Fh)
1F0h Common RAM
(Accesses
70h – 7Fh)
270h Common RAM
(Accesses
70h – 7Fh)
2F0h Common RAM
(Accesses
70h – 7Fh)
370h Common RAM
(Accesses
70h – 7Fh)
3F0h Common RAM
(Accesses
70h – 7Fh)
07Fh 0FFh 17Fh 1FFh 27Fh 2FFh 37Fh 3FFh
Legend: = Unimplemented data memory locations, read as ‘0’.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 22 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 3-4: PIC16(L)F1613 MEMORY MAP, BANK 1-7
BANK 0 BANK 1 BANK 2 BANK 3 BANK 4 BANK 5 BANK 6 BANK 7
000h
Core Registers
(Table 3 -2)
080h
Core Registers
(Table 3 -2)
100h
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
180h
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
200h
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
280h
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
300h
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
380h
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
00Bh 08Bh 10Bh 18Bh 20Bh 28Bh 30Bh 38Bh
00Ch PORTA 08Ch TRISA 10Ch LATA 18Ch ANSELA 20Ch WPUA 28Ch ODCONA 30Ch SLRCONA 38Ch INLVLA
00Dh — 08Dh — 10Dh — 18Dh — 20Dh — 28Dh — 30Dh — 38Dh —
00Eh PORTC 08Eh TRISC 10Eh LATC 18Eh ANSELC 20Eh WPUC 28Eh ODCONC 30Eh SLRCONC 38Eh INLVLC
00Fh —08Fh—10Fh—18Fh—20Fh—28Fh—30Fh—38Fh—
010h —090h—110h—190h—210h—290h—310h — 390h —
011h PIR1 091h PIE1 111h CM1CON0 191h PMADRL 211h —291h CCPR1L 311h —391h IOCAP
012h PIR2 092h PIE2 112h CM1CON1 192h PMADRH 212h —292h CCPR1H 312h —392h IOCAN
013h PIR3 093h PIE3 113h CM2CON0 193h PMDATL 213h —293h CCP1CON 313h —393h IOCAF
014h PIR4 094h PIE4 114h CM2CON1 194h PMDATH 214h —294h CCP1CAP 314h —394h —
015h TMR0 095h OPTION_REG 115h CMOUT 195h PMCON1 215h —295h —315h —395h —
016h TMR1L 096h PCON 116h BORCON 196h PMCON2 216h —296h — 316h — 396h —
017h TMR1H 097h — 117h FVRCON 197h VREGCON 217h —297h — 317h — 397h IOCCP
018h T1CON 098h OSCTUNE 118h DAC1CON0 198h —218h—298h CCPR2L 318h — 398h IOCCN
019h T1GCON 099h OSCCON 119h DAC1CON1 199h —219h —299h
CCPR2H 319h — 399h IOCCF
01Ah TMR2 09Ah OSCSTAT 11Ah —19Ah—21Ah —29Ah
CCP2CON 31Ah —39Ah—
01Bh PR2 09BhADRESL11Bh —19Bh—21Bh —29Bh
CCP2CAP 31Bh —39Bh —
01Ch T2CON 09Ch ADRESH 11Ch ZCD1CON 19Ch —21Ch — 29Ch — 31Ch —39Ch —
01Dh T2HLT 09Dh ADCON0 11Dh APFCON 19Dh —21Dh —29Dh —31Dh —39Dh —
01Eh T2CLKCON 09Eh ADCON1 11Eh —19Eh —21Eh —29Eh CCPTMRS 31Eh —39Eh —
01Fh T2RST 09Fh ADCON2 11Fh —19Fh—21Fh —29Fh —31Fh —39Fh —
020h
General
Purpose
Register
80 Bytes
0A0h
General
Purpose
Register
80 Bytes
120h
General
Purpose
Register
80 Bytes
1A0h
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0’
220h
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0’
2A0h
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0’
320h
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0’
3A0h
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0’
0EFh
06Fh 16Fh 1EFh 26Fh 2EFh 36Fh 3EFh
070h
Common RAM
0F0h Common RAM
(Accesses
70h – 7Fh)
170h Common RAM
(Accesses
70h – 7Fh)
1F0h Common RAM
(Accesses
70h – 7Fh)
270h Common RAM
(Accesses
70h – 7Fh)
2F0h Common RAM
(Accesses
70h – 7Fh)
370h Common RAM
(Accesses
70h – 7Fh)
3F0h Common RAM
(Accesses
70h – 7Fh)
07Fh 0FFh 17Fh 1FFh 27Fh 2FFh 37Fh 3FFh
Legend: = Unimplemented data memory locations, read as ‘0’.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 23
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
TABLE 3-5: PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613 MEMORY MAP, BANK 8-23
BANK 8 BANK 9 BANK 10 BANK 11 BANK 12 BANK 13 BANK 14 BANK 15
400h
40Bh
Core Registers
(Table 3 -2)
480h
48Bh
Core Registers
(Table 3 -2)
500h
50Bh
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
580h
58Bh
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
600h
60Bh
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
680h
68Bh
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
700h
70Bh
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
780h
78Bh
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
40Ch — 48Ch — 50Ch — 58Ch — 60Ch — 68Ch — 70Ch — 78Ch —
40Dh — 48Dh — 50Dh — 58Dh — 60Dh — 68Dh — 70Dh — 78Dh —
40Eh —48Eh—50Eh—58Eh—60Eh—68Eh—70Eh—78Eh—
40Fh —48Fh—50Fh—58Fh—60Fh—68Fh—70Fh—78Fh—
410h —490h—510h—590h—610h—690h— 710h — 790h —
411h —491h—511h—591h—611h—691h
CWG1DBR 711h WDTCON0 791h CRCDATL
412h —492h—512h—592h—612h—692h
CWG1DBF 712h WDTCON1 792h CRCDATH
413h TMR4 493h —513h—593h—613h—693h
CWG1AS0 713h WDTPSL 793h CRCACCL
414h PR4 494h —514h—594h—614h—694h
CWG1AS1 714h WDTPSH 794h CRCACCH
415h T4CON 495h —515h—595h—615h—695h
CWG1OCON0 715h WDTTMR 795h CRCSHIFTL
416h T4HLT 496h —516h—596h—616h—696h
CWG1CON0 716h — 796h CRCSHIFTH
417h T4CLKCON 497h —517h—597h—617h—697h
CWG1CON1 717h — 797h CRCXORL
418h T4RST 498h —518h—598h—618h—698h
CWG1OCON1 718h SCANLADRL 798h CRCXORH
419h —499h—519h—599h—619h—699h
CWG1CLKCON 719h SCANLADRH 799h CRCCON0
41Ah TMR6 49Ah —51Ah—59Ah—61Ah—69Ah
CWG1ISM 71Ah SCANHADRL 79Ah CRCCON1
41Bh PR6 49Bh —51Bh—59Bh—61Bh—69Bh— 71Bh SCANHADRH 79Bh —
41Ch T6CON 49Ch — 51Ch — 59Ch — 61Ch — 69Ch — 71Ch SCANCON0 79Ch —
41Dh T6HLT 49Dh — 51Dh — 59Dh — 61Dh — 69Dh — 71Dh SCANTRIG 79Dh —
41Eh T6CLKCON 49Eh —51Eh—59Eh—61Eh—69Eh—71Eh—79Eh—
41Fh T6RST 49Fh —51Fh—59Fh—61Fh—69Fh—71Fh—79Fh—
420h
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0’
4A0h
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0’
520h
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0’
5A0h
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0’
620h
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0’
6A0h
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0’
720h
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0’
7A0h
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0’
46Fh 4EFh 56Fh 5EFh 66Fh 6EFh 76Fh 7EFh
470h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
4F0h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
570h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
5F0h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
670h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
6F0h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
770h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
7F0h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
47Fh 4FFh 57Fh 5FFh 67Fh 6FFh 77Fh 7FFh
BANK 16 BANK 17 BANK 18 BANK 19 BANK 20 BANK 21 BANK 22 BANK 23
800h
80Bh
Core Registers
(Table 3 -2 )
880h
88Bh
Core Registers
(Table 3 -2)
900h
90Bh
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
980h
98Bh
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
A00h
A0Bh
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
A80h
A8Bh
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
B00h
B0Bh
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
B80h
B8Bh
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
80Ch
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0’
88Ch
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0’
90Ch
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0’
98Ch
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0’
A0Ch
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0’
A8Ch
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0’
B0Ch
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0’
B8Ch
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0’
86Fh 8EFh 96Fh 9EFh A6Fh AEFh B6Fh BEFh
870h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
8F0h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
970h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
9F0h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
A70h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
AF0h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
B70h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
BF0h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
87Fh 8FFh 97Fh 9FFh A7Fh AFFh B7Fh BFFh
Legend: = Unimplemented data memory locations, read as ‘0’.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 24 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 3-6: PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613 MEMORY MAP, BANK 24-31
Legend: = Unimplemented data memory locations, read as ‘0’.
BANK 24 BANK 25 BANK 26 BANK 27 BANK 28 BANK 29 BANK 30 BANK 31
C00h
C0Bh
Core Registers
(Ta b l e 3 - 2 )
C80h
C8Bh
Core Registers
(Ta b l e 3 - 2 )
D00h
D0Bh
Core Registers
(Ta b l e 3 - 2 )
D80h
D8Bh
Core Registers
(Ta b l e 3 - 2 )
E00h
E0Bh
Core Registers
(Ta b l e 3 - 2 )
E80h
E8Bh
Core Registers
(Ta b l e 3 - 2 )
F00h
F0Bh
Core Registers
(Ta b l e 3 - 2 )
F80h
F8Bh
Core Registers
(Ta b l e 3 - 2 )
C0Ch —C8Ch—D0Ch—D8Ch
See Ta b le 3 -7 for
register mapping
details
E0Ch —E8Ch—F0Ch—F8Ch
See Ta b le 3 -8 for
register mapping
details
C0Dh —C8Dh—D0Dh— D8Dh E0Dh —E8Dh—F0Dh—F8Dh
C0Eh —C8Eh—D0Eh—D8Eh E0Eh—E8Eh—F0Eh—F8Eh
C0Fh —C8Fh—D0Fh—D8Fh E0Fh—E8Fh—F0Fh—F8Fh
C10h —C90h—D10h—D90h E10h—E90h—F10h—F90h
C11h —C91h—D11h—D91h E11h—E91h—F11h—F91h
C12h —C92h—D12h—D92h E12h—E92h—F12h—F92h
C13h —C93h—D13h—D93h E13h—E93h—F13h—F93h
C14h —C94h—D14h—D94h E14h—E94h—F14h—F94h
C15h —C95h—D15h—D95h E15h—E95h—F15h—F95h
C16h —C96h—D16h—D96h E16h—E96h—F16h—F96h
C17h —C97h—D17h—D97h E17h—E97h—F17h—F97h
C18h —C98h—D18h—D98h E18h—E98h—F18h—F98h
C19h —C99h—D19h—D99h E19h—E99h—F19h—F99h
C1Ah —C9Ah—D1Ah—D9Ah E1Ah—E9Ah—F1Ah—F9Ah
C1Bh —C9Bh—D1Bh—D9Bh E1Bh—E9Bh—F1Bh—F9Bh
C1Ch —C9Ch—D1Ch— D9Ch E1Ch —E9Ch—F1Ch—F9Ch
C1Dh —C9Dh—D1Dh— D9Dh E1Dh —E9Dh—F1Dh—F9Dh
C1Eh —C9Eh—D1Eh—D9Eh E1Eh—E9Eh—F1Eh—F9Eh
C1Fh —C9Fh—D1Fh—D9Fh E1Fh—E9Fh—F1Fh—F9Fh
C20h
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0’
CA0h
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0’
D20h
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0’
DA0h E20h
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0’
EA0h
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0’
F20h
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0’
FA0h
C6Fh CEFh D6Fh DEFh E6Fh EEFh F6Fh FEFh
C70h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
CF0h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
D70h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
DF0h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
E70h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
EF0h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
F70h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
FF0h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
CFFh CFFh D7Fh DFFh E7Fh EFFh F7Fh FFFh
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 25
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
TABLE 3-7: PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
MEMORY MAP, BANK 27
TABLE 3-8: PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
MEMORY MAP, BANK 31
Bank 27
D8Ch SMT1TMRL
D8Dh SMT1TMRH
D8Eh SMT1TMRU
D8Fh SMT1CPRL
D90h SMT1CPRH
D91h SMT1CPRU
D92h SMT1CPWL
D93h SMT1CPWH
D94h SMT1CPWU
D95h SMT1PRL
D96h SMT1PRH
D97h SMT1PRU
D98h SMT1CON0
D99h SMT1CON1
D9Ah SMT1STAT
D9Bh SMT1CLK
D9Ch SMT1SIG
D9Dh SMT1WIN
D9Eh SMT2TMRL
D9Fh SMT2TMRH
DA0h SMT2TMRU
DA1h SMT2CPRL
DA2h SMT2CPRH
DA3h SMT2CPRU
DA4h SMT2CPWL
DA5h SMT2CPWH
DA6h SMT2CPWU
DA7h SMT2PRL
DA8h SMT2PRH
DA9h SMT2PRU
DAAh SMT2CON0
DABh SMT2CON1
DACh SMT2STAT
DADh SMT2CLK
DAEh SMT2SIG
DAFh SMT2WIN
DB0h
—
DEFh
Legend: = Unimplemented data memory locations,
read as ‘0’.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 26 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
3.2.6 CORE FUNCTION REGISTERS
SUMMARY
The Core Function registers listed in Tabl e 3-9 can be
addressed from any Bank.
TABLE 3-9: CORE FUNCTION REGISTERS SUMMARY
Addr Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on
POR, BOR
Value on all
other Resets
Bank 0-31
x00h or
x80h INDF0 Addressing this location uses contents of FSR0H/FSR0L to address data memory
(not a physical register) xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
x01h or
x81h INDF1 Addressing this location uses contents of FSR1H/FSR1L to address data memory
(not a physical register) xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
x02h or
x82h PCL Program Counter (PC) Least Significant Byte 0000 0000 0000 0000
x03h or
x83h STATUS — — —TOPD ZDCC---1 1000 ---q quuu
x04h or
x84h FSR0L Indirect Data Memory Address 0 Low Pointer 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
x05h or
x85h FSR0H Indirect Data Memory Address 0 High Pointer 0000 0000 0000 0000
x06h or
x86h FSR1L Indirect Data Memory Address 1 Low Pointer 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
x07h or
x87h FSR1H Indirect Data Memory Address 1 High Pointer 0000 0000 0000 0000
x08h or
x88h BSR — — —BSR<4:0>---0 0000 ---0 0000
x09h or
x89h WREG Working Register 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
x0Ah or
x8Ah PCLATH — Write Buffer for the upper 7 bits of the Program Counter -000 0000 -000 0000
x0Bh or
x8Bh INTCON GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 0000 0000 0000 0000
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, read as ‘0’, r = reserved.
Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 27
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
TABLE 3-10: SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY
Addr Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on
POR, BOR
Value on all
other Resets
Bank 0
00Ch PORTA —— RA5 RA4 RA3 RA2 RA1 RA0 --xx xxxx --xx xxxx
00Dh —Unimplemented — —
00Eh PORTC(4) —— RC5 RC4 RC3 RC2 RC1 RC0 --xx xxxx --xx xxxx
00Fh —Unimplemented — —
010h —Unimplemented — —
011h PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF ——— CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 00-- -000 00-- -000
012h PIR2 —C2IF
(4) C1IF —— TMR6IF TMR4IF CCP2IF -00- -000 -00- -000
013h PIR3 ——CWGIFZCDIF — — — — --00 ---- --00 ----
014h PIR4 SCANIF CRCIF SMT2PWAIF SMT2PRAIF SMT2IF SMT1PWAIF SMT1PRAIF SMT1IF 0000 0000 0000 0000
015h TMR0 Holding Register for the 8-bit Timer0 Count xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
016h TMR1L Holding Register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Count xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
017h TMR1H Holding Register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Count xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
018h T1CON TMR1CS<1:0> T1CKPS<1:0> —T1SYNC—TMR1ON0000 -0-0 uuuu -u-u
019h T1GCON TMR1GE T1GPOL T1GTM T1GSPM T1GGO/
DONE
T1GVAL T1GSS<1:0> 0000 0x00 uuuu uxuu
01Ah TMR2 Timer2 Module Register 0000 0000 0000 0000
01Bh PR2 Timer2 Period Register 1111 1111 1111 1111
01Ch T2CON ON CKPS<2:0> OUTPS<3:0> 0000 0000 0000 0000
01Dh T2HLT PSYNC CKPOL CKSYNC —MODE<3:0>000- 0000 000- 0000
01Eh T2CLKCON ————— T2CS<2:0> ---- -000 ---- -000
01Fh T2RST ———— RSEL<3:0> ---- 0000 ---- 0000
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, r = reserved. Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’.
Note 1: PIC12F1612/16F1613 only.
2: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
3: PIC12(L)F1612 only.
4: PIC16(L)F1613 only.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 28 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
Bank 1
08Ch TRISA —— TRISA5 TRISA4 —(2) TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 --11 1111 --11 1111
08Dh —Unimplemented — —
08Eh TRISC(4) —— TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 --11 1111 --11 1111
08Fh —Unimplemented — —
090h —Unimplemented — —
091h PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE ——— CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 00-- -000 00-- -000
092h PIE2 —C2IE
(4) C1IE —— TMR6IE TMR4IE CCP2IE -00- -000 -00- -000
093h PIE3 —— CWGIE ZCDIE — — — — --00 ---- --00 ----
094h PIE4 SCANIE CRCIE SMT2PWAIE SMT2PRAIE SMT2IE SMT1PWAIE SMT1PRAIE SMT1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000
095h OPTION_REG WPUEN INTEDG TMR0CS TMR0SE PSA PS<2:0> 1111 1111 1111 1111
096h PCON STKOVF STKUNF WDTWV RWDT RMCLR RI POR BOR 00-1 11qq qq-q qquu
097h —Unimplemented — —
098h OSCTUNE —— TUN<5:0> --00 0000 --00 0000
099h OSCCON SPLLEN IRCF<3:0> —SCS<1:0>0011 1-00 0011 1-00
09Ah OSCSTAT — PLLR — HFIOFR HFIOFL MFIOFR LFIOFR HFIOFS -0-0 0000 -q-q qqqq
09Bh ADRESL ADC Result Register Low xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
09Ch ADRESH ADC Result Register High xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
09Dh ADCON0 — CHS<4:0> GO/DONE ADON -000 0000 -000 0000
09Eh ADCON1 ADFM ADCS<2:0> —— ADPREF<1:0> 0000 --00 0000 --00
09Fh ADCON2 TRIGSEL<3:0> — — — — 0000 ---- 0000 ----
TABLE 3-10: SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
Addr Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on
POR, BOR
Value on all
other Resets
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, r = reserved. Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’.
Note 1: PIC12F1612/16F1613 only.
2: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
3: PIC12(L)F1612 only.
4: PIC16(L)F1613 only.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 29
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
Bank 2
10Ch LATA ——LATA5LATA4— LATA2 LATA1 LATA0 --xx -xxx --uu -uuu
10Dh —Unimplemented — —
10Eh LATC(4) —— LATC5 LATC4 LATC3 LATC2 LATC1 LATC0 --xx xxxx --uu uuuu
10Fh —Unimplemented — —
110h —Unimplemented — —
111h CM1CON0 C1ON C1OUT C1OE C1POL — C1SP C1HYS C1SYNC 0000 -100 0000 -100
112h CM1CON1 C1INTP C1INTN C1PCH<1:0> — C1NCH<2:0> 0000 -000 0000 -000
113h CM2CON0(4) C2ON C2OUT C2OE C2POL — C2SP C2HYS C2SYNC 0000 -100 0000 -100
114h CM2CON1(4) C2INTP C2INTN C2PCH<1:0> — C2NCH<2:0> 0000 -000 0000 -000
115h CMOUT —————— MC2OUT MC1OUT ---- --00 ---- --00
116h BORCON SBOREN BORFS — — — — — BORRDY 10-- ---q uu-- ---u
117h FVRCON FVREN FVRRDY TSEN TSRNG CDAFVR<1:0> ADFVR<1:0> 0q00 0000 0q00 0000
118h DAC1CON0 DAC1EN —DAC1OE1— DAC1PSS<1:0> — — 0-0- 00-- 0-0- 00--
119h DAC1CON1 DAC1R<7:0> 0000 0000 0000 0000
11Ah —Unimplemented — —
11Bh —Unimplemented — —
11Ch ZCD1CON ZCD1EN ZCD1OE ZCD1OUT ZCD1POL —— ZCD1INTP ZCD1INTN 0000 --00 0000 --00
11Dh APFCON — CWGASEL(3) CWGBSEL(3) —T1GSEL— CCP2SEL(4) CCP1SEL(3) -00- 0-00 -00- 0-00
11Eh —Unimplemented — —
11Fh —Unimplemented — —
TABLE 3-10: SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
Addr Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on
POR, BOR
Value on all
other Resets
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, r = reserved. Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’.
Note 1: PIC12F1612/16F1613 only.
2: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
3: PIC12(L)F1612 only.
4: PIC16(L)F1613 only.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 30 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
Bank 3
18Ch ANSELA — — —ANSA4— ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0 ---1 -111 ---1 -111
18Dh —Unimplemented — —
18Eh ANSELC(4) ———— ANSC3 ANSC2 ANSC1 ANSC0 ---- 1111 ---- 1111
18Fh —Unimplemented — —
190h —Unimplemented — —
191h PMADRL Flash Program Memory Address Register Low Byte 0000 0000 0000 0000
192h PMADRH —(2) Flash Program Memory Address Register High Byte 1000 0000 1000 0000
193h PMDATL Flash Program Memory Read Data Register Low Byte xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
194h PMDATH —— Flash Program Memory Read Data Register High Byte --xx xxxx --uu uuuu
195h PMCON1 —(2) CFGS LWLO FREE WRERR WREN WR RD 1000 x000 1000 q000
196h PMCON2 Flash Program Memory Control Register 2 0000 0000 0000 0000
197h VREGCON(1) ——————VREGPMReserved ---- --01 ---- --01
198h
to
19Fh
—Unimplemented — —
Bank 4
20Ch WPUA —— WPUA5 WPUA4 WPUA3 WPUA2 WPUA1 WPUA0 --11 1111 --11 1111
20Dh —Unimplemented — —
20Eh WPUC(4) —— WPUC5 WPUC4 WPUC3 WPUC2 WPUC1 WPUC0 --11 1111 --11 1111
20Fh
to
21Fh
—Unimplemented — —
TABLE 3-10: SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
Addr Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on
POR, BOR
Value on all
other Resets
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, r = reserved. Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’.
Note 1: PIC12F1612/16F1613 only.
2: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
3: PIC12(L)F1612 only.
4: PIC16(L)F1613 only.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 31
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
Bank 5
28Ch ODCONA —— ODA5 ODA4 — ODA2 ODA1 ODA0 --00 -000 --00 -000
28Dh —Unimplemented — —
28Eh ODCONC(4) —— ODC5 ODC4 ODC3 ODC2 ODC1 ODC0 --00 0000 --00 0000
28Fh —Unimplemented — —
290h —Unimplemented — —
291h CCP1RL Capture/Compare/PWM 1 Register (LSB) xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
292h CCP1RH Capture/Compare/PWM 1 Register (MSB) xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
293h CCP1CON EN OE OUT FMT MODE<3:0> 0000 0000 0000 0000
294h CCP1CAP ——————CTS<1:0>---- --00 ---- --00
295h
—
297h
—Unimplemented — —
298h CCP2RL Capture/Compare/PWM 2 Register (LSB) xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
299h CCP2RH Capture/Compare/PWM 2 Register (MSB) xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
29Ah CCP2CON EN OE OUT FMT MODE<3:0> 0000 0000 0000 0000
29Bh CCP2CAP ——————CTS<1:0>---- --00 ---- --00
29Ch —Unimplemented — —
29Dh —Unimplemented — —
29Eh CCPTMRS ———— C2TSEL<1:0> C1TSEL<1:0> ---- 0000 ---- 0000
29Fh —Unimplemented — —
Bank 6
30Ch SLRCONA ——SLRA5SLRA4— SLRA2 SLRA1 SLRA0 --00 -000 --00 -000
30Dh —Unimplemented — —
30Eh SLRCONC(4) —— SLRC5 SLRC4 SLRC3 SLRC2 SLRC1 SLRC0 --00 0000 --00 0000
30Fh
—
31Fh
—Unimplemented — —
TABLE 3-10: SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
Addr Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on
POR, BOR
Value on all
other Resets
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, r = reserved. Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’.
Note 1: PIC12F1612/16F1613 only.
2: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
3: PIC12(L)F1612 only.
4: PIC16(L)F1613 only.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 32 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
Bank 7
38Ch INLVLA —— INLVLA5 INLVLA4 INLVLA3 INLVLA2 INLVLA1 INLVLA0 --11 1111 --11 1111
38Dh —Unimplemented — —
38Eh INLVLC(4) —— INLVLC5 INLVLC4 INLVLC3 INLVLC2 INLVLC1 INLVLC0 --11 1111 --11 1111
30Fh —Unimplemented — —
390h —Unimplemented — —
391h IOCAP —— IOCAP5 IOCAP4 IOCAP3 IOCAP2 IOCAP1 IOCAP0 --00 0000 --00 0000
392h IOCAN —— IOCAN5 IOCAN4 IOCAN3 IOCAN2 IOCAN1 IOCAN0 --00 0000 --00 0000
393h IOCAF —— IOCAF5 IOCAF4 IOCAF3 IOCAF2 IOCAF1 IOCAF0 --00 0000 --00 0000
394h —Unimplemented — —
395h —Unimplemented — —
396h —Unimplemented — —
397h IOCCP(4) —— IOCCP5 IOCCP4 IOCCP3 IOCCP2 IOCCP1 IOCCP0 --00 0000 --00 0000
398h IOCCN(4) —— IOCCN5 IOCCN4 IOCCN3 IOCCN2 IOCCN1 IOCCN0 --00 0000 --00 0000
399h IOCCF(4) —— IOCCF5 IOCCF4 IOCCF3 IOCCF2 IOCCF1 IOCCF0 --00 0000 --00 0000
39Ah
to
39Fh
—Unimplemented — —
TABLE 3-10: SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
Addr Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on
POR, BOR
Value on all
other Resets
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, r = reserved. Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’.
Note 1: PIC12F1612/16F1613 only.
2: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
3: PIC12(L)F1612 only.
4: PIC16(L)F1613 only.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 33
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
Bank 8
40Ch
to
412h
—Unimplemented — —
413h TMR4 Timer4 Module Register 0000 0000 0000 0000
414h PR4 Timer4 Period Register 1111 1111 1111 1111
415h T4CON ON CKPS<2:0> OUTPS<3:0> 0000 0000 0000 0000
416h T4HLT PSYNC CKPOL CKSYNC —MODE<3:0>000- 0000 000- 0000
417h T4CLKCON ————— T4CS<2:0> ---- -000 ---- -000
418h T4RST ———— RSEL<3:0> ---- 0000 ---- 0000
419h —Unimplemented — —
41Ah TMR6 Timer6 Module Register 0000 0000 0000 0000
41Bh PR6 Timer6 Period Register 1111 1111 1111 1111
41Ch T6CON ON CKPS<2:0> OUTPS<3:0> 0000 0000 0000 0000
41Dh T6HLT PSYNC CKPOL CKSYNC —MODE<3:0>000- 0000 000- 0000
41Eh T6CLKCON ————— T6CS<2:0> ---- -000 ---- -000
41Fh T6RST ———— RSEL<3:0> ---- 0000 ---- 0000
Bank 9
48Ch
to
49Fh
—Unimplemented — —
Bank 10
50Ch
to
51Fh
—Unimplemented — —
Bank 11
58Ch
to
59Fh
—Unimplemented — —
TABLE 3-10: SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
Addr Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on
POR, BOR
Value on all
other Resets
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, r = reserved. Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’.
Note 1: PIC12F1612/16F1613 only.
2: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
3: PIC12(L)F1612 only.
4: PIC16(L)F1613 only.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 34 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
Bank 12
60Ch
to
61Fh
—Unimplemented — —
Bank 13
68Ch
to
690h
—Unimplemented — —
691h CWG1DBR ——DBR<5:0>--00 0000 --00 0000
692h CWG1DBF ——DBF<5:0>--xx xxxx --xx xxxx
693h CWG1AS0 SHUTDOWN REN LSBD<1:0> LSAC<1:0> — — 0000 00-- 0000 00--
694h CWG1AS1 — TMR6AS TMR4AS TMR2AS —C2AS
(4) C1AS INAS -000 -000 -000 -000
695h CWG1OCON0 OVRD OVRC OVRB OVRA STRD STRC STRB STRA 0000 0000 0000 0000
696h CWG1CON0 EN LD ———MODE<2:0>00-- -000 00-- -000
697h CWG1CON1 ——IN— POLD POLC POLB POLA --x- 0000 --x- 0000
698h CWG1OCON1 ————OEDOECOEBOEA---- 0000 ---- 0000
699h CWG1CLKCON — — — — — — —CS---- ---0 ---- --0
69Ah CWG1ISM ————— IS<2:0> ---- -000 ---- -000
69Bh
to
6EFh
—Unimplemented — —
TABLE 3-10: SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
Addr Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on
POR, BOR
Value on all
other Resets
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, r = reserved. Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’.
Note 1: PIC12F1612/16F1613 only.
2: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
3: PIC12(L)F1612 only.
4: PIC16(L)F1613 only.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 35
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
Bank 14
70Ch
to
710h
—Unimplemented — —
711h WDTCON0 ——WDTPS<4:0>SEN--qq qqqq --qq qqqq
712h WDTCON1 —WDTCS<2:0>— WINDOW<2:0> -qqq -qqq -qqq -qqq
713h WDTPSL PSCNT<7:0> 0000 0000 0000 0000
714h WDTPSH PSCNT<15:8> 0000 0000 0000 0000
715h WDTTMR WDTTMR<4:0> STATE PSCNT<17:16> 0000 0000 0000 0000
716h —Unimplemented — —
717h —Unimplemented — —
718h SCANLADRL LADR<7:0> 0000 0000 0000 0000
719h SCANLADRH LADR<15:8> 0000 0000 0000 0000
71Ah SCANHADRL HADR<7:0> 1111 1111 1111 1111
71Bh SCANHADRH HADR<15:8> 1111 1111 1111 1111
71Ch SCANCON0 EN SCANGO BUSY INVALID INTM — MODE<1:0> 0000 0-00 0000 0-00
71Dh SCANTRIG — — TSEL<1:0> ---- --00 ---- --00
71Eh —Unimplemented — —
71Fh —Unimplemented — —
TABLE 3-10: SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
Addr Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on
POR, BOR
Value on all
other Resets
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, r = reserved. Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’.
Note 1: PIC12F1612/16F1613 only.
2: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
3: PIC12(L)F1612 only.
4: PIC16(L)F1613 only.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 36 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
Banks 15
78Ch
to
790h
—Unimplemented — —
791h CRCDATL DATA<7:0> xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
792h CRCDATH DATA<15:8> xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
793h CRCACCL ACC<7:0> 0000 0000 0000 0000
794h CRCACCH ACC<15:8> 0000 0000 0000 0000
795h CRCSHIFTL SHIFT<7:0> 0000 0000 0000 0000
796h CRCSHIFTH SHIFT<15:8> 0000 0000 0000 0000
797h CRCXORL X<7:1> —xxxx xxx- xxxx xxx-
798h CRCXORH X<15:8> xxxx xxxX xxxx xxxX
799h CRCCON0 EN CRCGO BUSY ACCM —— SHIFTM FULL 0000 --00 0000 -00
79Ah CRCCON1 DLEN<3:0> PLEN<3:0> 0000 0000 0000 0000
79Bh
to
79Fh
—Unimplemented — —
Bank 16-26
x0Ch/
x8Ch
—
x1Fh/
x9Fh
—Unimplemented — —
TABLE 3-10: SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
Addr Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on
POR, BOR
Value on all
other Resets
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, r = reserved. Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’.
Note 1: PIC12F1612/16F1613 only.
2: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
3: PIC12(L)F1612 only.
4: PIC16(L)F1613 only.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 37
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
Banks 27
D80h
to
D8Bh
—Unimplemented — —
D8Ch SMT1TMRL SMT1TMR<7:0> 0000 0000 0000 0000
D8Dh SMT1TMRH SMT1TMR<15:8> 0000 0000 0000 0000
D8Eh SMT1TMRU SMT1TMR<23:16> 0000 0000 0000 0000
D8Fh SMT1CPRL SMT1CPR<7:0> xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
D90h SMT1CPRH SMT1CPR<15:8> xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
D91h SMT1CPRU SMT1CPR<23:16> xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
D92h SMT1CPWL SMT1CPW<7:0> xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
D93h SMT1CPWH SMT1CPW<15:8> xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
D94h SMT1CPWU SMT1CPW<23:16> xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
D95h SMT1PRL SMT1PR<7:0> xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
D96h SMT1PRH SMT1PR<15:8> xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
D97h SMT1PRU SMT1PR<23:16> xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
D98h SMT1CON0 EN — STP WPOL SPOL CPOL SMTxPS<1:0> 0-00 0000 0-00 0000
D99h SMT1CON1 SMTxGO REPEAT ——MODE<3:0>00-- 0000 00-- 0000
D9Ah SMT1STAT CPRUP CPWUP RST ——TSWSAS000- -000 000- -000
D9Bh SMT1CLK ————— CSEL<2:0> ---- -000 ---- -000
D9Ch SMT1SIG ———— SSEL<3:0> ---- 0000 ---- 0000
D9Dh SMT1WIN ————— WSEL<2:0> ---- -000 ---- -000
D9Eh SMT2TMRL SMT2TMR<7:0> 0000 0000 0000 0000
D9Fh SMT2TMRH SMT2TMR<15:8> 0000 0000 0000 0000
DA0h SMT2TMRU SMT2TMR<23:16> 0000 0000 0000 0000
DA1h SMT2CPRL SMT2CPR<7:0> xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
DA2h SMT2CPRH SMT2CPR<15:8> xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
DA3h SMT2CPRU SMT2CPR<23:16> xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
DA4h SMT2CPWL SMT2CPW<7:0> xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
TABLE 3-10: SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
Addr Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on
POR, BOR
Value on all
other Resets
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, r = reserved. Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’.
Note 1: PIC12F1612/16F1613 only.
2: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
3: PIC12(L)F1612 only.
4: PIC16(L)F1613 only.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 38 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
Bank 27 (Continued)
DA5h SMT2CPWH SMTxCPW<15:8> xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
DA6h SMT2CPWU SMTxCPW<23:16> xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
DA7h SMT2PRL SMTxPR<7:0> xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
DA8h SMT2PRH SMTxPR<15:8> xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
DA9h SMT2PRU SMTxPR<23:16> xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
DAAh SMT2CON0 EN — STP WPOL SPOL CPOL SMTxPS<1:0> 0-00 0000 0-00 0000
DABh SMT2CON1 SMTxGO REPEAT ——MODE<3:0>00-- 0000 00-- 0000
DACh SMT2STAT CPRUP CPWUP RST ——TSWSAS000- -000 000- -000
DADh SMT2CLK ————— CSEL<2:0> ---- -000 ---- -000
DAEh SMT2SIG ———— SSEL<3:0> ---- 0000 ---- 0000
DAFh SMT2WIN ————— WSEL<2:0> ---- -000 ---- -000
Bank 28-30
x0Ch/
x8Ch
—
x1Fh/
x9Fh
—Unimplemented — —
TABLE 3-10: SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
Addr Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on
POR, BOR
Value on all
other Resets
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, r = reserved. Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’.
Note 1: PIC12F1612/16F1613 only.
2: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
3: PIC12(L)F1612 only.
4: PIC16(L)F1613 only.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 39
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
Bank 31
F8Ch
—
FE3h
—Unimplemented — —
FE4h STATUS_
SHAD
————— Z_SHAD DC_SHAD C_SHAD ---- -xxx ---- -uuu
FE5h WREG_
SHAD
Working Register Shadow xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
FE6h BSR_
SHAD
— — — Bank Select Register Shadow ---x xxxx ---u uuuu
FE7h PCLATH_
SHAD
— Program Counter Latch High Register Shadow -xxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
FE8h FSR0L_
SHAD
Indirect Data Memory Address 0 Low Pointer Shadow xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
FE9h FSR0H_
SHAD
Indirect Data Memory Address 0 High Pointer Shadow xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
FEAh FSR1L_
SHAD
Indirect Data Memory Address 1 Low Pointer Shadow xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
FEBh FSR1H_
SHAD
Indirect Data Memory Address 1 High Pointer Shadow xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
FECh —Unimplemented — —
FEDh STKPTR — — — Current Stack Pointer ---1 1111 ---1 1111
FEEh TOSL Top-of-Stack Low byte xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
FEFh TOSH — Top-of-Stack High byte -xxx xxxx -uuu uuuu
TABLE 3-10: SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
Addr Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on
POR, BOR
Value on all
other Resets
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, r = reserved. Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’.
Note 1: PIC12F1612/16F1613 only.
2: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
3: PIC12(L)F1612 only.
4: PIC16(L)F1613 only.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 40 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
3.3 PCL and PCLATH
The Program Counter (PC) is 15 bits wide. The low byte
comes from the PCL register, which is a readable and
writable register. The high byte (PC<14:8>) is not directly
readable or writable and comes from PCLATH. On any
Reset, the PC is cleared. Figure 3-3 shows the five
situations for the loading of the PC.
FIGURE 3-3: LOADING OF PC IN
DIFFERENT SITUATIONS
3.3.1 MODIFYING PCL
Executing any instruction with the PCL register as the
destination simultaneously causes the Program
Counter PC<14:8> bits (PCH) to be replaced by the
contents of the PCLATH register. This allows the entire
contents of the program counter to be changed by
writing the desired upper seven bits to the PCLATH
register. When the lower eight bits are written to the
PCL register, all 15 bits of the program counter will
change to the values contained in the PCLATH register
and those being written to the PCL register.
3.3.2 COMPUTED GOTO
A computed GOTO is accomplished by adding an offset to
the program counter (ADDWF PCL). When performing a
table read using a computed GOTO method, care should
be exercised if the table location crosses a PCL memory
boundary (each 256-byte block). Refer to Application
Note AN556, “Implementing a Table Read” (DS00556).
3.3.3 COMPUTED FUNCTION CALLS
A computed function CALL allows programs to maintain
tables of functions and provide another way to execute
state machines or look-up tables. When performing a
table read using a computed function CALL, care
should be exercised if the table location crosses a PCL
memory boundary (each 256-byte block).
If using the CALL instruction, the PCH<2:0> and PCL
registers are loaded with the operand of the CALL
instruction. PCH<6:3> is loaded with PCLATH<6:3>.
The CALLW instruction enables computed calls by com-
bining PCLATH and W to form the destination address.
A computed CALLW is accomplished by loading the W
register with the desired address and executing CALLW.
The PCL register is loaded with the value of W and
PCH is loaded with PCLATH.
3.3.4 BRANCHING
The branching instructions add an offset to the PC.
This allows relocatable code and code that crosses
page boundaries. There are two forms of branching,
BRW and BRA. The PC will have incremented to fetch
the next instruction in both cases. When using either
branching instruction, a PCL memory boundary may be
crossed.
If using BRW, load the W register with the desired
unsigned address and execute BRW. The entire PC will
be loaded with the address PC + 1 + W.
If using BRA, the entire PC will be loaded with PC + 1 +,
the signed value of the operand of the BRA instruction.
78
6
14
0
0
411
0
60
14
78
60
014
15
014
15
014
PCL
PCL
PCL
PCL
PCL
PCH
PCH
PCH
PCH
PCH
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PCLATH
PCLATH
PCLATH
Instruction
with PCL as
Destination
GOTO,
CALL
CALLW
BRW
BRA
ALU result
OPCODE <10:0>
W
PC + W
PC + OPCODE <8:0>
Rev. 10-000042A
7/30/2013
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 41
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
3.4 Stack
All devices have a 16-level x 15-bit wide hardware
stack (refer to Figures 3-4 through 3-7). The stack
space is not part of either program or data space. The
PC is PUSHed onto the stack when CALL or CALLW
instructions are executed or an interrupt causes a
branch. The stack is POPed in the event of a RETURN,
RETLW or a RETFIE instruction execution. PCLATH is
not affected by a PUSH or POP operation.
The stack operates as a circular buffer if the STVREN
bit is programmed to ‘0’ (Configuration Words). This
means that after the stack has been PUSHed sixteen
times, the seventeenth PUSH overwrites the value that
was stored from the first PUSH. The eighteenth PUSH
overwrites the second PUSH (and so on). The
STKOVF and STKUNF flag bits will be set on an Over-
flow/Underflow, regardless of whether the Reset is
enabled.
3.4.1 ACCESSING THE STACK
The stack is available through the TOSH, TOSL and
STKPTR registers. STKPTR is the current value of the
Stack Pointer. TOSH:TOSL register pair points to the
TOP of the stack. Both registers are read/writable. TOS
is split into TOSH and TOSL due to the 15-bit size of the
PC. To access the stack, adjust the value of STKPTR,
which will position TOSH:TOSL, then read/write to
TOSH:TOSL. STKPTR is 5 bits to allow detection of
overflow and underflow.
During normal program operation, CALL, CALLW and
Interrupts will increment STKPTR while RETLW,
RETURN, and RETFIE will decrement STKPTR. At any
time STKPTR can be inspected to see how much stack
is left. The STKPTR always points at the currently used
place on the stack. Therefore, a CALL or CALLW will
increment the STKPTR and then write the PC, and a
return will unload the PC and then decrement the
STKPTR.
Reference Figure 3-4 through Figure 3-7 for examples
of accessing the stack.
FIGURE 3-4: ACCESSING THE STACK EXAMPLE 1
Note 1: There are no instructions/mnemonics
called PUSH or POP. These are actions
that occur from the execution of the
CALL, CALLW, RETURN, RETLW and
RETFIE instructions or the vectoring to
an interrupt address.
Note: Care should be taken when modifying the
STKPTR while interrupts are enabled.
STKPTR = 0x1F Stack Reset Disabled
(STVREN = 0)
Stack Reset Enabled
(STVREN = 1)
Initial Stack Configuration:
After Reset, the stack is empty. The
empty stack is initialized so the Stack
Pointer is pointing at 0x1F. If the Stack
Overflow/Underflow Reset is enabled, the
TOSH/TOSL register will return ‘0’.Ifthe
Stack Overflow/Underflow Reset is
disabled, the TOSH/TOSL register will
return the contents of stack address
0x0F.
0x0000 STKPTR = 0x1F
TOSH:TOSL 0x0F
0x0E
0x0D
0x0C
0x0B
0x0A
0x09
0x08
0x07
0x06
0x04
0x05
0x03
0x02
0x01
0x00
0x1F
TOSH:TOSL
Rev. 10-000043A
7/30/2013
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 42 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 3-5: ACCESSING THE STACK EXAMPLE 2
FIGURE 3-6: ACCESSING THE STACK EXAMPLE 3
STKPTR = 0x00
Return Address
This figure shows the stack configuration
after the first CALL or a single interrupt.
If a RETURN instruction is executed, the
return address will be placed in the
Program Counter and the Stack Pointer
decremented to the empty state (0x1F).
0x0F
0x0E
0x0D
0x0C
0x0B
0x0A
0x09
0x08
0x07
0x06
0x04
0x05
0x03
0x02
0x01
0x00
TOSH:TOSL
Rev. 10-000043B
7/30/2013
STKPTR = 0x06
After seven CALLsorsixCALLs and an
interrupt, the stack looks like the figure on
the left. A series of RETURN instructions will
repeatedly place the return addresses into
the Program Counter and pop the stack.
Return Address
0x0F
0x0E
0x0D
0x0C
0x0B
0x0A
0x09
0x08
0x07
0x06
0x04
0x05
0x03
0x02
0x01
0x00
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
TOSH:TOSL
Rev. 10-000043C
7/30/2013
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 43
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
FIGURE 3-7: ACCESSING THE STACK EXAMPLE 4
3.4.2 OVERFLOW/UNDERFLOW RESET
If the STVREN bit in Configuration Words is
programmed to ‘1’, the device will be reset if the stack
is PUSHed beyond the sixteenth level or POPed
beyond the first level, setting the appropriate bits
(STKOVF or STKUNF, respectively) in the PCON
register.
3.5 Indirect Addressing
The INDFn registers are not physical registers. Any
instruction that accesses an INDFn register actually
accesses the register at the address specified by the
File Select Registers (FSR). If the FSRn address
specifies one of the two INDFn registers, the read will
return ‘0’ and the write will not occur (though Status bits
may be affected). The FSRn register value is created
by the pair FSRnH and FSRnL.
The FSR registers form a 16-bit address that allows an
addressing space with 65536 locations. These locations
are divided into three memory regions:
• Traditional Data Memory
• Linear Data Memory
• Program Flash Memory
STKPTR = 0x10
When the stack is full, the next CALL or
an interrupt will set the Stack Pointer to
0x10. This is identical to address 0x00 so
the stack will wrap and overwrite the
return address at 0x00. If the Stack
Overflow/Underflow Reset is enabled, a
Reset will occur and location 0x00 will
not be overwritten.
Return Address0x0F
0x0E
0x0D
0x0C
0x0B
0x0A
0x09
0x08
0x07
0x06
0x04
0x05
0x03
0x02
0x01
0x00
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
TOSH:TOSL
Rev. 10-000043D
7/30/2013
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 44 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 3-8: INDIRECT ADDRESSING
0x0000
0x0FFF
0x0000
0x7FFF0xFFFF
0x0000
0x0FFF
0x1000
0x1FFF
0x2000
0x29AF
0x29B0
0x7FFF
0x8000
Reserved
Reserved
Traditional
Data Memory
Linear
Data Memory
Program
Flash Memory
FSR
Address
Range
Note: Not all memory regions are completely implemented. Consult device memory tables for memory limits.
Rev. 10-000044A
7/30/2013
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 45
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
3.5.1 TRADITIONAL DATA MEMORY
The traditional data memory is a region from FSR
address 0x000 to FSR address 0xFFF. The addresses
correspond to the absolute addresses of all SFR, GPR
and common registers.
FIGURE 3-9: TRADITIONAL DATA MEMORY MAP
Direct Addressing
40BSR 60
From Opcode
0
07FSRxH
000
07FSRxL
Indirect Addressing
00000 00001 00010 11111
Bank Select Location Select
0x00
0x7F
Bank Select Location Select
Bank 0 Bank 1 Bank 2 Bank 31
Rev. 10-000056A
7/31/2013
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 46 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
3.5.2 LINEAR DATA MEMORY
The linear data memory is the region from FSR
address 0x2000 to FSR address 0x29AF. This region is
a virtual region that points back to the 80-byte blocks of
GPR memory in all the banks.
Unimplemented memory reads as 0x00. Use of the
linear data memory region allows buffers to be larger
than 80 bytes because incrementing the FSR beyond
one bank will go directly to the GPR memory of the next
bank.
The 16 bytes of common memory are not included in
the linear data memory region.
FIGURE 3-10: LINEAR DATA MEMORY
MAP
3.5.3 PROGRAM FLASH MEMORY
To make constant data access easier, the entire
program Flash memory is mapped to the upper half of
the FSR address space. When the MSb of FSRnH is
set, the lower 15 bits are the address in program
memory which will be accessed through INDF. Only the
lower eight bits of each memory location is accessible
via INDF. Writing to the program Flash memory cannot
be accomplished via the FSR/INDF interface. All
instructions that access program Flash memory via the
FSR/INDF interface will require one additional
instruction cycle to complete.
FIGURE 3-11: PROGRAM FLASH
MEMORY MAP
0x020
Bank 0
0x06F
0x0A0
Bank 1
0x0EF
0x120
Bank 2
0x16F
0xF20
Bank 30
0xF6F
001
0077FSRnH FSRnL
Location Select 0x2000
0x29AF
Rev. 10-000057A
7/31/2013
0x0000
Program
Flash
Memory
(low 8 bits)
0x7FFF
1
0077FSRnH FSRnL
Location Select 0x8000
0xFFFF
Rev. 10-000058A
7/31/2013
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 47
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
4.0 DEVICE CONFIGURATION
Device configuration consists of Configuration Words,
Code Protection and Device ID.
4.1 Configuration Words
There are several Configuration Word bits that allow
different oscillator and memory protection options.
These are implemented as Configuration Word 1 at
8007h, Configuration Word 2 at 8008h, and
Configuration 3 at 8009h.
Note: The DEBUG bit in Configuration Words is
managed automatically by device
development tools including debuggers
and programmers. For normal device
operation, this bit should be maintained as
a ‘1’.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 48 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
4.2 Register Definitions: Configuration Words
REGISTER 4-1: CONFIG1: CONFIGURATION WORD 1
U-1 U-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 U-1
— — CLKOUTEN BOREN<1:0>(1) —
bit 13 bit 8
R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 R/P-1 R/P-1
CP(2) MCLRE PWRTE ——— FOSC<1:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit P = Programmable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘1’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared ‘1’ = Bit is set -n = Value when blank or after Bulk Erase
bit 13-12 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’
bit 11 CLKOUTEN: Clock Out Enable bit
1 = CLKOUT function is disabled. I/O function on the CLKOUT pin
0 = CLKOUT function is enabled on the CLKOUT pin
bit 10-9 BOREN<1:0>: Brown-Out Reset Enable bits(1)
11 = BOR enabled
10 = BOR enabled during operation and disabled in Sleep
01 = BOR controlled by SBOREN bit of the BORCON register
00 = BOR disabled
bit 8 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’
bit 7 CP: Code Protection bit(2)
1 = Program memory code protection is disabled
0 = Program memory code protection is enabled
bit 6 MCLRE: MCLR/VPP Pin Function Select bit
If LVP bit = 1:
This bit is ignored.
If LVP bit = 0:
1 =MCLR
/VPP pin function is MCLR; Weak pull-up enabled.
0 =MCLR
/VPP pin function is digital input; MCLR internally disabled; Weak pull-up under control of
WPUA3 bit.
bit 5 PWRTE: Power-Up Timer Enable bit
1 = PWRT disabled
0 = PWRT enabled
bit 4-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’
bit 1-0 FOSC<1:0>: Oscillator Selection bits
11 = ECH: External clock, High-Power mode: on CLKIN pin
10 = ECM: External clock, Medium-Power mode: on CLKIN pin
01 = ECL: External clock, Low-Power mode: on CLKIN pin
00 = INTOSC oscillator: I/O function on CLKIN pin
Note 1: Enabling Brown-out Reset does not automatically enable Power-up Timer.
2: Once enabled, code-protect can only be disabled by bulk erasing the device.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 49
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
REGISTER 4-2: CONFIG2: CONFIGURATION WORD 2
R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1
LVP(1) DEBUG(3) LPBOR BORV(2) STVREN PLLEN
bit 13 bit 8
R/P-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 R/P-1 R/P-1
ZCDDIS —————WRT<1:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit P = Programmable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘1’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared ‘1’ = Bit is set -n = Value when blank or after Bulk Erase
bit 13 LVP: Low-Voltage Programming Enable bit(1)
1 = Low-voltage programming enabled
0 = High-voltage on MCLR must be used for programming
bit 12 DEBUG: In-Circuit Debugger Mode bit(3)
1 = In-Circuit Debugger disabled, ICSPCLK and ICSPDAT are general purpose I/O pins
0 = In-Circuit Debugger enabled, ICSPCLK and ICSPDAT are dedicated to the debugger
bit 11 LPBOR: Low-Power BOR Enable bit
1 = Low-Power Brown-out Reset is disabled
0 = Low-Power Brown-out Reset is enabled
bit 10 BORV: Brown-Out Reset Voltage Selection bit(2)
1 = Brown-out Reset voltage (VBOR), low trip point selected
0 = Brown-out Reset voltage (VBOR), high trip point selected
bit 9 STVREN: Stack Overflow/Underflow Reset Enable bit
1 = Stack Overflow or Underflow will cause a Reset
0 = Stack Overflow or Underflow will not cause a Reset
bit 8 PLLEN: PLL Enable bit
1 = 4xPLL enabled
0 = 4xPLL disabled
bit 7 ZCDDIS: ZCD Disable bit
1 = ZCD disabled. ZCD can be enabled by setting the ZCD1EN bit of ZCD1CON
0 = ZCD always enabled
bit 6-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’
bit 1-0 WRT<1:0>: Flash Memory Self-Write Protection bits
2 kW Flash memory (PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613):
11 = OFF - Write protection off
10 = BOOT - 000h to 1FFh write-protected, 200h to 7FFh may be modified by PMCON control
01 = HALF - 000h to 3FFh write-protected, 400h to 7FFh may be modified by PMCON control
00 = ALL - 000h to 7FFh write-protected, no addresses may be modified by PMCON control
Note 1: The LVP bit cannot be programmed to ‘0’ when Programming mode is entered via LVP.
2: See VBOR parameter for specific trip point voltages.
3: The DEBUG bit in Configuration Words is managed automatically by device development tools including
debuggers and programmers. For normal device operation, this bit should be maintained as a ‘1’.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 50 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 4-3: CONFIG3: CONFIGURATION WORD 3
R/P-0 R/P-0 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1
WDTCCS<2:0> WDTCWS<2:0>
bit 13 bit 8
U-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1
— WDTE<1:0> WDTCPS<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit P = Programmable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘1’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared ‘1’ = Bit is set -n = Value when blank or after Bulk Erase
bit 13-11 WDTCCS<2:0>: WDT Configuration Clock Select bits
111 = Software Control; WDT clock selected by CS<2:0>
110 =Reserved
•
•
•
010 =Reserved
001 = WDT reference clock is MFINTOSC, 31.25 kHz (default value)
000 = WDT reference clock is LFINTOSC, 31.00 kHz output
bit 10-8 WDTCWS<2:0>: WDT Configuration Window Select bits.
bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’
bit 6-5 WDTE<1:0>: Watchdog Timer Enable bits
11 = WDT enabled in all modes, the SEN bit in the WDTCON0 register is ignored
10 = WDT enabled while running and disabled in Sleep
01 = WDT controlled by the SEN bit in the WDTCON0 register
00 =WDT disabled
WDTCWS
<2:0>
WINDOW at POR Software
control of
WINDOW?
Keyed
access
required?
Value Window delay
Percent of time
Window opening
Percent of time
111 111 n/a 100 Yes No Default fuse = 111
110 111 n/a 100
No Yes
101 101 25 75
100 100 37.5 62.5
011 011 50 50
010 010 62.5 37.5
001 001 75 25
000 000 87.5 12.5(1)
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 51
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
bit 4-0 WDTCPS<4:0>: WDT Configuration Period Select bits
Note 1: A window delay of 12.5% is only available in Software Control mode via the WDTCON1 register.
REGISTER 4-3: CONFIG3: CONFIGURATION WORD 3 (CONTINUED)
WDTCPS
<4:0>
WDTPS at POR
Software
control of
WDTPS
Value Divider Ratio
Typical
time out
(FIN =31kHz)
11111 01011 1:65536 216 2s Yes Default
fuse = 11111
10011
...
11110
10011
...
11110
1:32 251ms No
10010 10010 1:8388608 223 256 s
No
10001 10001 1:4194304 222 128 s
10000 10000 1:2097152 221 64 s
01111 01111 1:1048576 220 32 s
01110 01110 1:524299 219 16 s
01101 01101 1:262144 218 8s
01100 01100 1:131072 217 4s
01011 01011 1:65536 216 2s
01010 01010 1:32768 215 1s
01001 01001 1:16384 214 512 ms
01000 01000 1:8192 213 256 ms
00111 00111 1:4096 212 128 ms
00110 00110 1:2048 211 64 ms
00101 00101 1:1024 210 32 ms
00100 00100 1:512 2916 ms
00011 00011 1:256 288ms
00010 00010 1:128 274ms
00001 00001 1:64 262ms
00000 00000 1:32 251ms
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 52 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
4.3 Code Protection
Code protection allows the device to be protected from
unauthorized access. Internal access to the program
memory is unaffected by any code protection setting.
4.3.1 PROGRAM MEMORY PROTECTION
The entire program memory space is protected from
external reads and writes by the CP bit in Configuration
Words. When CP = 0, external reads and writes of
program memory are inhibited and a read will return all
‘0’s. The CPU can continue to read program memory,
regardless of the protection bit settings. Writing the
program memory is dependent upon the write
protection setting. See Section 4.4 “Write
Protection” for more information.
4.4 Write Protection
Write protection allows the device to be protected from
unintended self-writes. Applications, such as boot
loader software, can be protected while allowing other
regions of the program memory to be modified.
The WRT<1:0> bits in Configuration Words define the
size of the program memory block that is protected.
4.5 User ID
Four memory locations (8000h-8003h) are designated as
ID locations where the user can store checksum or other
code identification numbers. These locations are
readable and writable during normal execution. See
Section 10.4 “User ID, Device ID and Configuration
Word Access” for more information on accessing these
memory locations. For more information on checksum
calculation, see the “PIC12(L)F1612/PIC16(L)F1613
Memory Programming Specification” (DS40001720).
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 53
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
4.6 Device ID and Revision ID
The memory location 8006h is where the Device ID and
Revision ID are stored. The upper nine bits hold the
Device ID. The lower five bits hold the Revision ID. See
Section 10.4 “User ID, Device ID and Configuration
Word Access” for more information on accessing
these memory locations.
Development tools, such as device programmers and
debuggers, may be used to read the Device ID and
Revision ID.
4.7 Register Definitions: Device ID
REGISTER 4-4: DEVID: DEVICE ID REGISTER
RRRRRR
DEV<13:8>
bit 13 bit 8
RRRRRRRR
DEV<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 13-0 DEV<13:0>: Device ID bits
REGISTER 4-5: REVID: REVISION ID REGISTER
RRRRRR
REV<13:8>
bit 13 bit 8
RRRRRRRR
REV<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 13-0 REV<13:0>: Revision ID bits
Device DEVID<13:0> Values
PIC12F1612 11 0000 0101 1000 (3058h)
PIC12LF1612 11 0000 0101 1001 (3059h)
PIC16F1613 11 0000 0100 1100 (304Ch)
PIC16LF1613 11 0000 0100 1101 (304Dh)
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 54 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
5.0 OSCILLATOR MODULE
5.1 Overview
The oscillator module has a wide variety of clock
sources and selection features that allow it to be used
in a wide range of applications while maximizing perfor-
mance and minimizing power consumption. Figure 5-1
illustrates a block diagram of the oscillator module.
Clock sources can be supplied from external oscillators.
In addition, the system clock source can be supplied
from one of two internal oscillators and PLL circuits, with
a choice of speeds selectable via software. Additional
clock features include:
• Selectable system clock source between external
or internal sources via software.
The oscillator module can be configured in one of the
following clock modes.
1. ECL – External Clock Low-Power mode
(0 MHz to 0.5 MHz)
2. ECM – External Clock Medium-Power mode
(0.5 MHz to 4 MHz)
3. ECH – External Clock High-Power mode
(4 MHz to 32 MHz)
4. INTOSC – Internal oscillator (31 kHz to 32 MHz).
Clock Source modes are selected by the FOSC<1:0>
bits in the Configuration Words. The FOSC bits
determine the type of oscillator that will be used when
the device is first powered.
The ECH, ECM, and ECL clock modes rely on an
external logic level signal as the device clock source.
The INTOSC internal oscillator block produces low,
medium, and high-frequency clock sources,
designated LFINTOSC, MFINTOSC and HFINTOSC.
(see Internal Oscillator Block, Figure 5-1). A wide
selection of device clock frequencies may be derived
from these three clock sources.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 55
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
FIGURE 5-1: SIMPLIFIED PIC® MCU CLOCK SOURCE BLOCK DIAGRAM
Rev. 10-000155A
10/11/2013
31 kHz
Oscillator
Prescaler
HFINTOSC(1)
16 MHz
8 MHz
4 MHz
2 MHz
1 MHz
*500 kHz
*250 kHz
*125 kHz
62.5 kHz
*31.25 kHz
*31 kHz
IRCF<3:0>
4
INTOSC
to CPU and
Peripherals
Sleep
F
OSC
(1)
LFINTOSC(1)
to WDT, PWRT, and
other Peripherals
* Available with more than one IRCF selection
SCS<1:0>
2
600 kHz
Oscillator
FRC(1) to ADC and
other Peripherals
CLKIN
1
0
4x PLL(2)
HFPLL
16 MHz
500 kHz
Oscillator
MFINTOSC(1)
Internal Oscillator
Block
to Peripherals
PLLEN
SPLLEN
FOSC<1:0>
2
00
1x
01Reserved
Note 1: See Section 5.2 “Clock Source Types”.
2: If FOSC<1:0> = 00, 4x PLL can only be used if IRCF<3:0> = 1110.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 56 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
5.2 Clock Source Types
Clock sources can be classified as external or internal.
External clock sources rely on external circuitry for the
clock source to function.
Internal clock sources are contained within the oscilla-
tor module. The internal oscillator block has two inter-
nal oscillators and a dedicated Phase-Lock Loop
(HFPLL) that are used to generate three internal sys-
tem clock sources: the 16 MHz High-Frequency Inter-
nal Oscillator (HFINTOSC), 500 kHz (MFINTOSC) and
the 31 kHz Low-Frequency Internal Oscillator
(LFINTOSC).
The system clock can be selected between external or
internal clock sources via the System Clock Select
(SCS) bits in the OSCCON register. See Section 5.3
“Clock Switching” for additional information.
5.2.1 EXTERNAL CLOCK SOURCES
An external clock source can be used as the device
system clock by performing one of the following
actions:
• Program the FOSC<1:0> bits in the Configuration
Words to select an external clock source that will
be used as the default system clock upon a
device Reset.
• Write the SCS<1:0> bits in the OSCCON register
to switch the system clock source to:
- An external clock source determined by the
value of the FOSC bits.
See Section 5.3 “Clock Switching”for more informa-
tion.
5.2.1.1 EC Mode
The External Clock (EC) mode allows an externally
generated logic level signal to be the system clock
source. When operating in this mode, an external clock
source is connected to the CLKIN input. CLKOUT is
available for general purpose I/O or CLKOUT.
Figure 5-2 shows the pin connections for EC mode.
EC mode has three power modes to select from through
the FOSC bits in the Configuration Words:
• ECH – High-power, 4-20 MHz
• ECM – Medium-power, 0.5-4 MHz
• ECL – Low-power, 0-0.5 MHz
The Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) is disabled when
EC mode is selected. Therefore, there is no delay in
operation after a Power-On Reset (POR) or wake-up
from Sleep. Because the PIC® MCU design is fully
static, stopping the external clock input will have the
effect of limiting the device while leaving all data intact.
Upon restarting the external clock, the device will
resume operation as if no time had elapsed.
FIGURE 5-2: EXTERNAL CLOCK (EC)
MODE OPERATION
CLKIN
CLKOUT
Clock from
Ext. System
PIC® MCU
FOSC/4 or I/O(1)
Note 1: Output depends upon CLKOUTEN bit of the
Configuration Words.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 57
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
5.2.2 INTERNAL CLOCK SOURCES
The device may be configured to use the internal oscil-
lator block as the system clock by performing one of the
following actions:
• Program the FOSC<1:0> bits in Configuration
Words to select the INTOSC clock source, which
will be used as the default system clock upon a
device Reset.
• Write the SCS<1:0> bits in the OSCCON register
to switch the system clock source to the internal
oscillator during run-time. See Section 5.3
“Clock Switching”for more information.
In INTOSC mode, CLKIN is available for general
purpose I/O. CLKOUT is available for general purpose
I/O or CLKOUT.
The function of the OSC2/CLKOUT pin is determined
by the CLKOUTEN bit in Configuration Words.
The internal oscillator block has two independent
oscillators and a dedicated Phase-Lock Loop, HFPLL
that can produce one of three internal system clock
sources.
1. The HFINTOSC (High-Frequency Internal
Oscillator) is factory calibrated and operates at
16 MHz. The HFINTOSC source is generated
from the 500 kHz MFINTOSC source and the
dedicated Phase-Lock Loop, HFPLL. The
frequency of the HFINTOSC can be
user-adjusted via software using the OSCTUNE
register (Register 5-3).
2. The MFINTOSC (Medium-Frequency Internal
Oscillator) is factory calibrated and operates at
500 kHz. The frequency of the MFINTOSC can
be user-adjusted via software using the
OSCTUNE register (Register 5-3).
3. The LFINTOSC (Low-Frequency Internal
Oscillator) is uncalibrated and operates at
31 kHz.
5.2.2.1 HFINTOSC
The High-Frequency Internal Oscillator (HFINTOSC) is
a factory calibrated 16 MHz internal clock source. The
frequency of the HFINTOSC can be altered via
software using the OSCTUNE register (Register 5-3).
The output of the HFINTOSC connects to a postscaler
and multiplexer (see Figure 5-1). One of multiple
frequencies derived from the HFINTOSC can be
selected via software using the IRCF<3:0> bits of the
OSCCON register. See Section 5.2.2.8 “Internal
Oscillator Clock Switch Timing” for more information.
The HFINTOSC is enabled by:
• Configure the IRCF<3:0> bits of the OSCCON
register for the desired HF frequency, and
•FOSC<1:0> = 00, or
• Set the System Clock Source (SCS) bits of the
OSCCON register to ‘1x’.
A fast start-up oscillator allows internal circuits to power
up and stabilize before switching to HFINTOSC.
The High-Frequency Internal Oscillator Ready bit
(HFIOFR) of the OSCSTAT register indicates when the
HFINTOSC is running.
The High-Frequency Internal Oscillator Status Locked
bit (HFIOFL) of the OSCSTAT register indicates when
the HFINTOSC is running within 2% of its final value.
The High-Frequency Internal Oscillator Stable bit
(HFIOFS) of the OSCSTAT register indicates when the
HFINTOSC is running within 0.5% of its final value.
5.2.2.2 MFINTOSC
The Medium-Frequency Internal Oscillator
(MFINTOSC) is a factory calibrated 500 kHz internal
clock source. The frequency of the MFINTOSC can be
altered via software using the OSCTUNE register
(Register 5-3).
The output of the MFINTOSC connects to a postscaler
and multiplexer (see Figure 5-1). One of nine
frequencies derived from the MFINTOSC can be
selected via software using the IRCF<3:0> bits of the
OSCCON register. See Section 5.2.2.8 “Internal
Oscillator Clock Switch Timing” for more information.
The MFINTOSC is enabled by:
• Configure the IRCF<3:0> bits of the OSCCON
register for the desired HF frequency, and
•FOSC<1:0> = 00, or
• Set the System Clock Source (SCS) bits of the
OSCCON register to ‘1x’
The Medium-Frequency Internal Oscillator Ready bit
(MFIOFR) of the OSCSTAT register indicates when the
MFINTOSC is running.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 58 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
5.2.2.3 Internal Oscillator Frequency
Adjustment
The 500 kHz internal oscillator is factory calibrated.
This internal oscillator can be adjusted in software by
writing to the OSCTUNE register (Register 5-3). Since
the HFINTOSC and MFINTOSC clock sources are
derived from the 500 kHz internal oscillator a change in
the OSCTUNE register value will apply to both.
The default value of the OSCTUNE register is ‘0’. The
value is a 6-bit two’s complement number. A value of
1Fh will provide an adjustment to the maximum
frequency. A value of 20h will provide an adjustment to
the minimum frequency.
When the OSCTUNE register is modified, the oscillator
frequency will begin shifting to the new frequency. Code
execution continues during this shift. There is no
indication that the shift has occurred.
OSCTUNE does not affect the LFINTOSC frequency.
Operation of features that depend on the LFINTOSC
clock source frequency, such as the Power-up Timer
(PWRT), Watchdog Timer (WDT), and peripherals, are
not affected by the change in frequency.
5.2.2.4 LFINTOSC
The Low-Frequency Internal Oscillator (LFINTOSC) is
an uncalibrated 31 kHz internal clock source.
The output of the LFINTOSC connects to a multiplexer
(see Figure 5-1). Select 31 kHz, via software, using the
IRCF<3:0> bits of the OSCCON register. See
Section 5.2.2.8 “Internal Oscillator Clock Switch
Timing” for more information. The LFINTOSC is also
the frequency for the Power-up Timer (PWRT),
Watchdog Timer (WDT) and Fail-Safe Clock Monitor
(FSCM).
The LFINTOSC is enabled by selecting 31 kHz
(IRCF<3:0> bits of the OSCCON register = 000) as the
system clock source (SCS bits of the OSCCON
register = 1x), or when any of the following are
enabled:
• Configure the IRCF<3:0> bits of the OSCCON
register for the desired LF frequency, and
•FOSC<1:0> = 00, or
• Set the System Clock Source (SCS) bits of the
OSCCON register to ‘1x’
Peripherals that use the LFINTOSC are:
• Power-up Timer (PWRT)
• Watchdog Timer (WDT)
The Low-Frequency Internal Oscillator Ready bit
(LFIOFR) of the OSCSTAT register indicates when the
LFINTOSC is running.
5.2.2.5 FRC
The FRC clock is an uncalibrated, nominal 600 kHz
peripheral clock source.
The FRC is automatically turned on by the peripherals
requesting the FRC clock.
The FRC clock will continue to run during Sleep.
5.2.2.6 Internal Oscillator Frequency
Selection
The system clock speed can be selected via software
using the Internal Oscillator Frequency Select bits
IRCF<3:0> of the OSCCON register.
The postscaler outputs of the 16 MHz HFINTOSC, 500
kHz MFINTOSC, and 31 kHz LFINTOSC output
connect to a multiplexer (see Figure 5-1). The Internal
Oscillator Frequency Select bits IRCF<3:0> of the
OSCCON register select the frequency output of the
internal oscillators. One of the following frequencies
can be selected via software:
-16 MHz
-8 MHz
-4 MHz
-2 MHz
-1 MHz
- 500 kHz (default after Reset)
-250 kHz
-125 kHz
-62.5 kHz
-31.25 kHz
- 31 kHz (LFINTOSC)
The IRCF<3:0> bits of the OSCCON register allow
duplicate selections for some frequencies. These dupli-
cate choices can offer system design trade-offs. Lower
power consumption can be obtained when changing
oscillator sources for a given frequency. Faster transi-
tion times can be obtained between frequency changes
that use the same oscillator source.
Note: Following any Reset, the IRCF<3:0> bits
of the OSCCON register are set to ‘0111’
and the frequency selection is set to
500 kHz. The user can modify the IRCF
bits to select a different frequency.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 59
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
5.2.2.7 32 MHz Internal Oscillator
Frequency Selection
The Internal Oscillator Block can be used with the
4x PLL associated with the External Oscillator Block to
produce a 32 MHz internal system clock source. Either
the 8 or 16 MHz internal oscillator settings can be used,
with the 16 MHz being divided by two before being
input into the PLL. The following settings are required
to use the 32 MHz internal clock source:
• The FOSC bits in Configuration Words must be
set to use the INTOSC source as the device
system clock (FOSC<1:0> = 00).
• The SCS bits in the OSCCON register must be
cleared to use the clock determined by
FOSC<1:0> in Configuration Words
(SCS<1:0> = 00).
• The IRCF bits in the OSCCON register must be
set to either the 16 MHz (IRCF<3:0> = 1111) or
the 8 MHz HFINTOSC (IRCF<3:0> = 1110).
• The SPLLEN bit in the OSCCON register must be
set to enable the 4x PLL, or the PLLEN bit of the
Configuration Words must be programmed to a
‘1’.
The 4x PLL is not available for use with the internal
oscillator when the SCS bits of the OSCCON register
are set to ‘1x’. The SCS bits must be set to ‘00’ to use
the 4x PLL with the internal oscillator.
5.2.2.8 Internal Oscillator Clock Switch
Timing
When switching between the HFINTOSC, MFINTOSC
and the LFINTOSC, the new oscillator may already be
shut down to save power (see Figure 5-3). If this is the
case, there is a delay after the IRCF<3:0> bits of the
OSCCON register are modified before the frequency
selection takes place. The OSCSTAT register will
reflect the current active status of the HFINTOSC,
MFINTOSC and LFINTOSC oscillators. The sequence
of a frequency selection is as follows:
1. IRCF<3:0> bits of the OSCCON register are
modified.
2. If the new clock is shut down, a clock start-up
delay is started.
3. Clock switch circuitry waits for a falling edge of
the current clock.
4. The current clock is held low and the clock
switch circuitry waits for a rising edge in the new
clock.
5. The new clock is now active.
6. The OSCSTAT register is updated as required.
7. Clock switch is complete.
See Figure 5-3 for more details.
If the internal oscillator speed is switched between two
clocks of the same source, there is no start-up delay
before the new frequency is selected. Clock switching
time delays are shown in Table 5-1.
Start-up delay specifications are located in the
oscillator tables of Section 28.0 “Electrical
Specifications”.
Note: When using the PLLEN bit of the
Configuration Words, the 4x PLL cannot
be disabled by software and the 8/16 MHz
HFINTOSC option will no longer be
available.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 60 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 5-3: INTERNAL OSCILLATOR SWITCH TIMING
HFINTOSC/
LFINTOSC
IRCF <3:0>
System Clock
HFINTOSC/
LFINTOSC
IRCF <3:0>
System Clock
00
00
Start-up Time 2-cycle Sync Running
2-cycle Sync Running
HFINTOSC/ LFINTOSC (WDT disabled)
HFINTOSC/ LFINTOSC (WDT enabled)
LFINTOSC
HFINTOSC/
IRCF <3:0>
System Clock
= 0 0
Start-up Time 2-cycle Sync Running
LFINTOSC HFINTOSC/MFINTOSC LFINTOSC turns off unless WDT is enabled
MFINTOSC
MFINTOSC
MFINTOSC
MFINTOSC
MFINTOSC
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 61
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
5.3 Clock Switching
The system clock source can be switched between
external and internal clock sources via software using
the System Clock Select (SCS) bits of the OSCCON
register. The following clock sources can be selected
using the SCS bits:
• Default system oscillator determined by FOSC
bits in Configuration Words
• Internal Oscillator Block (INTOSC)
5.3.1 SYSTEM CLOCK SELECT (SCS)
BITS
The System Clock Select (SCS) bits of the OSCCON
register selects the system clock source that is used for
the CPU and peripherals.
• When the SCS bits of the OSCCON register = 00,
the system clock source is determined by value of
the FOSC<1:0> bits in the Configuration Words.
• When the SCS bits of the OSCCON register = 1x,
the system clock source is chosen by the internal
oscillator frequency selected by the IRCF<3:0>
bits of the OSCCON register. After a Reset, the
SCS bits of the OSCCON register are always
cleared.
When switching between clock sources, a delay is
required to allow the new clock to stabilize. These
oscillator delays are shown in Table 5-1.
TABLE 5-1: OSCILLATOR SWITCHING DELAYS
Switch From Switch To Frequency Oscillator Delay
Sleep/POR
LFINTOSC(1)
MFINTOSC(1)
HFINTOSC(1)
31 kHz
31.25 kHz-500 kHz
31.25kHz-16MHz
Oscillator Warm-up Delay (TWARM)
Sleep/POR EC(1) DC – 32 MHz 2 cycles
LFINTOSC EC(1) DC – 32 MHz 1 cycle of each
Any clock source MFINTOSC(1)
HFINTOSC(1)
31.25 kHz-500 kHz
31.25kHz-16MHz 2s (approx.)
Any clock source LFINTOSC(1) 31 kHz 1 cycle of each
PLL inactive PLL active 16-32 MHz 2 ms (approx.)
Note 1: PLL inactive.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 62 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
5.4 Register Definitions: Oscillator Control
REGISTER 5-1: OSCCON: OSCILLATOR CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
SPLLEN IRCF<3:0> —SCS<1:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 SPLLEN: Software PLL Enable bit
If PLLEN in Configuration Words = 1:
SPLLEN bit is ignored. 4x PLL is always enabled (subject to oscillator requirements)
If PLLEN in Configuration Words = 0:
1 = 4x PLL Is enabled
0 = 4x PLL is disabled
bit 6-3 IRCF<3:0>: Internal Oscillator Frequency Select bits
1111 = 16 MHz HF
1110 =8MHz HF
1101 =4MHz HF
1100 =2MHz HF
1011 =1MHz HF
1010 = 500 kHz HF(1)
1001 = 250 kHz HF(1)
1000 = 125 kHz HF(1)
0111 = 500 kHz MF (default upon Reset)
0110 = 250 kHz MF
0101 = 125 kHz MF
0100 = 62.5 kHz MF
0011 = 31.25 kHz HF(1)
0010 = 31.25 kHz MF
000x =31kHz LF
bit 2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 1-0 SCS<1:0>: System Clock Select bits
1x = Internal oscillator block
01 = Reserved (defaults to internal oscillator block)
00 = Clock determined by FOSC<1:0> in Configuration Words.
Note 1: Duplicate frequency derived from HFINTOSC.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 63
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
REGISTER 5-2: OSCSTAT: OSCILLATOR STATUS REGISTER
U-0 R-0/q U-0 R-0/q R-0/q R-q/q R-0/q R-0/q
—PLLR— HFIOFR HFIOFL MFIOFR LFIOFR HFIOFS
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Conditional
bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6 PLLR 4x PLL Ready bit
1 = 4x PLL is ready
0 = 4x PLL is not ready
bit 5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4 HFIOFR: High-Frequency Internal Oscillator Ready bit
1 = HFINTOSC is ready
0 = HFINTOSC is not ready
bit 3 HFIOFL: High-Frequency Internal Oscillator Locked bit
1 = HFINTOSC is at least 2% accurate
0 = HFINTOSC is not 2% accurate
bit 2 MFIOFR: Medium-Frequency Internal Oscillator Ready bit
1 = MFINTOSC is ready
0 = MFINTOSC is not ready
bit 1 LFIOFR: Low-Frequency Internal Oscillator Ready bit
1 = LFINTOSC is ready
0 = LFINTOSC is not ready
bit 0 HFIOFS: High-Frequency Internal Oscillator Stable bit
1 = HFINTOSC is stable
0 = HFINTOSC is not stable
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 64 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 5-2: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH CLOCK SOURCES
TABLE 5-3: SUMMARY OF CONFIGURATION WORD WITH CLOCK SOURCES
REGISTER 5-3: OSCTUNE: OSCILLATOR TUNING REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
—— TUN<5:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-0 TUN<5:0>: Frequency Tuning bits
100000 = Minimum frequency
•
•
•
111111 =
000000 = Oscillator module is running at the factory-calibrated frequency.
000001 =
•
•
•
011110 =
011111 = Maximum frequency
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
OSCCON SPLLEN IRCF<3:0> —SCS<1:0>62
OSCSTAT —PLLR— HFIOFR HFIOFL MFIOFR LFIOFR HFIOFS 63
OSCTUNE —— TUN<5:0> 64
Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by clock sources.
Name Bits Bit -/7 Bit -/6 Bit 13/5 Bit 12/4 Bit 11/3 Bit 10/2 Bit 9/1 Bit 8/0 Register
on Page
CONFIG1 13:8 — — — —CLKOUTENBOREN<1:0> —48
7:0 CP MCLRE PWRTE — — —FOSC<1:0>
Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by clock sources.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 65
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
6.0 RESETS
There are multiple ways to reset this device:
• Power-On Reset (POR)
• Brown-Out Reset (BOR)
• Low-Power Brown-Out Reset (LPBOR)
•MCLR Reset
•WDT Reset
•RESET instruction
• Stack Overflow
• Stack Underflow
• Programming mode exit
To a l low V DD to stabilize, an optional power-up timer
can be enabled to extend the Reset time after a BOR
or POR event.
A simplified block diagram of the On-chip Reset Circuit
is shown in Figure 6-1.
FIGURE 6-1: SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM OF ON-CHIP RESET CIRCUIT
Device
Reset
Power-on
Reset
WDT
Time-out
Brown-out
Reset
LPBOR
Reset
RE SE T Instruction
MCLRE
Sleep
BOR Active(1)
PWRTE
LFINTOSC
VDD
ICSP™ Programming Mode Exit
Stack Underflow
Stack Overflow
RPower-up
Timer
Rev . 10 -000 006D
1/ 22 /201 4
WDT
Window
Violation
VPP/MCLR
Note 1: See Table 6-1 for BOR active conditions.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 66 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
6.1 Power-On Reset (POR)
The POR circuit holds the device in Reset until VDD has
reached an acceptable level for minimum operation.
Slow rising VDD, fast operating speeds or analog
performance may require greater than minimum VDD.
The PWRT, BOR or MCLR features can be used to
extend the start-up period until all device operation
conditions have been met.
6.1.1 POWER-UP TIMER (PWRT)
The Power-up Timer provides a nominal 64 ms
time-out on POR or Brown-out Reset.
The device is held in Reset as long as PWRT is active.
The PWRT delay allows additional time for the VDD to
rise to an acceptable level. The Power-up Timer is
enabled by clearing the PWRTE bit in Configuration
Words.
The Power-up Timer starts after the release of the POR
and BOR.
For additional information, refer to Application Note
AN607, “Power-up Trouble Shooting” (DS00607).
6.2 Brown-Out Reset (BOR)
The BOR circuit holds the device in Reset when VDD
reaches a selectable minimum level. Between the
POR and BOR, complete voltage range coverage for
execution protection can be implemented.
The Brown-out Reset module has four operating
modes controlled by the BOREN<1:0> bits in Configu-
ration Words. The four operating modes are:
• BOR is always on
• BOR is off when in Sleep
• BOR is controlled by software
• BOR is always off
Refer to Tab le 6-1 for more information.
The Brown-out Reset voltage level is selectable by
configuring the BORV bit in Configuration Words.
A VDD noise rejection filter prevents the BOR from trig-
gering on small events. If VDD falls below VBOR for a
duration greater than parameter TBORDC, the device
will reset. See Figure 6-2 for more information.
TABLE 6-1: BOR OPERATING MODES
6.2.1 BOR IS ALWAYS ON
When the BOREN bits of Configuration Words are pro-
grammed to ‘11’, the BOR is always on. The device
start-up will be delayed until the BOR is ready and VDD
is higher than the BOR threshold.
BOR protection is active during Sleep. The BOR does
not delay wake-up from Sleep.
6.2.2 BOR IS OFF IN SLEEP
When the BOREN bits of Configuration Words are pro-
grammed to ‘10’, the BOR is on, except in Sleep. The
device start-up will be delayed until the BOR is ready
and VDD is higher than the BOR threshold.
BOR protection is not active during Sleep. The device
wake-up will be delayed until the BOR is ready.
6.2.3 BOR CONTROLLED BY SOFTWARE
When the BOREN bits of Configuration Words are
programmed to ‘01’, the BOR is controlled by the
SBOREN bit of the BORCON register. The device
start-up is not delayed by the BOR ready condition or
the VDD level.
BOR protection begins as soon as the BOR circuit is
ready. The status of the BOR circuit is reflected in the
BORRDY bit of the BORCON register.
BOR protection is unchanged by Sleep.
BOREN<1:0> SBOREN Device Mode BOR Mode Instruction Execution upon:
Release of POR or Wake-up from Sleep
11 X X Active Waits for BOR ready(1)
(BORRDY = 1)
10 X
Awake Active Waits for BOR ready
(BORRDY = 1)
Sleep Disabled
01
1XActive Waits for BOR ready(1)
(BORRDY = 1)
0X Disabled Begins immediately
(BORRDY = x)
00 X XDisabled
Note 1: In these specific cases, “release of POR” and “wake-up from Sleep,” there is no delay in start-up. The BOR
ready flag, (BORRDY = 1), will be set before the CPU is ready to execute instructions because the BOR
circuit is forced on by the BOREN<1:0> bits.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 67
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
FIGURE 6-2: BROWN-OUT SITUATIONS
6.3 Register Definitions: BOR Control
REGISTER 6-1: BORCON: BROWN-OUT RESET CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-1/u R/W-0/u U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R-q/u
SBOREN BORFS — — — — —BORRDY
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7 SBOREN: Software Brown-Out Reset Enable bit
If BOREN <1:0> in Configuration Words = 01:
1 = BOR Enabled
0 = BOR Disabled
If BOREN <1:0> in Configuration Words 01:
SBOREN is read/write, but has no effect on the BOR
bit 6 BORFS: Brown-Out Reset Fast Start bit(1)
If BOREN <1:0> = 10 (Disabled in Sleep) or BOREN<1:0> = 01 (Under software control):
1 = Band gap is forced on always (covers sleep/wake-up/operating cases)
0 = Band gap operates normally, and may turn off
If BOREN<1:0> = 11 (Always on) or BOREN<1:0> = 00 (Always off)
BORFS is Read/Write, but has no effect.
bit 5-1 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 0 BORRDY: Brown-Out Reset Circuit Ready Status bit
1 = The Brown-out Reset circuit is active
0 = The Brown-out Reset circuit is inactive
Note 1: BOREN<1:0> bits are located in Configuration Words.
TPWRT(1)
VBOR
VDD
Internal
Reset
VBOR
VDD
Internal
Reset TPWRT(1)
< TPWRT
TPWRT(1)
VBOR
VDD
Internal
Reset
Note 1: TPWRT delay only if PWRTE bit is programmed to ‘0’.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 68 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
6.4 Low-Power Brown-Out Reset
(LPBOR)
The Low-Power Brown-Out Reset (LPBOR) operates
like the BOR to detect low voltage conditions on the
VDD pin. When too low of a voltage is detected, the
device is held in Reset. When this occurs, a register bit
(BOR) is changed to indicate that a BOR Reset has
occurred. The BOR bit in PCON is used for both BOR
and the LPBOR. Refer to Register 6-2.
The LPBOR voltage threshold (VLPBOR) has a wider
tolerance than the BOR (VBOR), but requires much
less current (LPBOR current) to operate. The LPBOR
is intended for use when the BOR is configured as dis-
abled (BOREN = 00) or disabled in Sleep mode
(BOREN = 10).
Refer to Figure 6-1 to see how the LPBOR interacts
with other modules.
6.4.1 ENABLING LPBOR
The LPBOR is controlled by the LPBOR bit of
Configuration Words. When the device is erased, the
LPBOR module defaults to disabled.
6.5 MCLR
The MCLR is an optional external input that can reset
the device. The MCLR function is controlled by the
MCLRE bit of Configuration Words and the LVP bit of
Configuration Words (Table 6-2).
6.5.1 MCLR ENABLED
When MCLR is enabled and the pin is held low, the
device is held in Reset. The MCLR pin is connected to
VDD through an internal weak pull-up.
The device has a noise filter in the MCLR Reset path.
The filter will detect and ignore small pulses.
6.5.2 MCLR DISABLED
When MCLR is disabled, the pin functions as a general
purpose input and the internal weak pull-up is under
software control. See Section 12.3 “PORTA Regis-
ters” for more information.
6.6 Watchdog Timer (WDT) Reset
The Watchdog Timer generates a Reset if the firmware
does not issue a CLRWDT instruction within the time-out
period and the window is open. The TO and PD bits in
the STATUS register are changed to indicate a WDT
Reset caused by the timer overflowing, and WDTWV bit
in the PCON register is changed to indicate a WDT
Reset caused by a window violation. See Section 9.0
“Windowed Watchdog Timer (WDT)” for more
information.
6.7 RESET Instruction
A RESET instruction will cause a device Reset. The RI
bit in the PCON register will be set to ‘0’. See Ta b le 6- 4
for default conditions after a RESET instruction has
occurred.
6.8 Stack Overflow/Underflow Reset
The device can reset when the Stack Overflows or
Underflows. The STKOVF or STKUNF bits of the PCON
register indicate the Reset condition. These Resets are
enabled by setting the STVREN bit in Configuration
Words. See Section 3.4.2 “Overflow/Underflow
Reset” for more information.
6.9 Programming Mode Exit
Upon exit of Programming mode, the device will
behave as if a POR had just occurred.
6.10 Power-Up Timer
The Power-up Timer optionally delays device execution
after a BOR or POR event. This timer is typically used to
allow VDD to stabilize before allowing the device to start
running.
The Power-up Timer is controlled by the PWRTE bit of
Configuration Words.
6.11 Start-up Sequence
Upon the release of a POR or BOR, the following must
occur before the device will begin executing:
1. Power-up Timer runs to completion (if enabled).
2. MCLR must be released (if enabled).
The total time-out will vary based on oscillator configu-
ration and Power-up Timer configuration. See
Section 5.0 “Oscillator Module” for more informa-
tion.
The Power-up Timer runs independently of MCLR
Reset. If MCLR is kept low long enough, the Power-up
Timer will expire. Upon bringing MCLR high, the device
will begin execution after 10 FOSC cycles (see
Figure 6-3). This is useful for testing purposes or to
synchronize more than one device operating in parallel.
TABLE 6-2: MCLR CONFIGURATION
MCLRE LVP MCLR
00Disabled
10Enabled
x1Enabled
Note: A Reset does not drive the MCLR pin low.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 69
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
FIGURE 6-3: RESET START-UP SEQUENCE
Note 1: Code execution begins 10 FOSC cycles after the FOSC clock is released.
External Oscillators , PWRTEN = 1, IESO = 1
code execution (1)
External Oscillators , PWRTEN = 0, IESO = 1
Ext. Oscillator
Osc Start-Up Timer TOST
TPWRT
TOST
VDD
Internal POR
Internal RESET
MCLR
FOSC
Begin Execution
Power-up Timer
Int. Oscillator
code execution (1)
External Oscillators , PWRTEN = 1, IESO = 0
code
execution (1)
External Oscillators , PWRTEN = 0, IESO = 0
Ext. Oscillator
Osc Start-Up Timer
code
execution (1)
TOST
TPWRT
TOST
VDD
Internal POR
Internal RESET
MCLR
FOSC
Begin Execution
Power-up Timer
VDD
Internal POR
External Clock (EC modes), PWRTEN = 0
Internal RESET
MCLR
FOSC
Begin Execution
Ext. Clock (EC)
Power-up Timer
External Clock (EC modes), PWRTEN = 1
code execution (1)
code execution (1)
TPWRT
Int. Oscillator
code execution (1)
Internal Oscillator, PWRTEN = 0Internal Oscillator, PWRTEN = 1
code execution (1)
TPWRT
VDD
Internal POR
Internal RESET
MCLR
FOSC
Begin Execution
Power-up Timer
Rev. 10-000032A
7/30/2013
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 70 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
6.12 Determining the Cause of a Reset
Upon any Reset, multiple bits in the STATUS and
PCON registers are updated to indicate the cause of
the Reset. Ta ble 6-3 and Table 6-4 show the Reset
conditions of these registers.
TABLE 6-3: RESET STATUS BITS AND THEIR SIGNIFICANCE
TABLE 6-4: RESET CONDITION FOR SPECIAL REGISTERS
STKOVF STKUNF RWDT RMCLR RI POR BOR TO PD Condition
001110x11Power-on Reset
001110x0xIllegal, TO is set on POR
001110xx0Illegal, PD is set on POR
00u11u011Brown-out Reset
uu0uuuu0uWDT Reset
uuuuuuu00WDT Wake-up from Sleep
uuuuuuu10Interrupt Wake-up from Sleep
uuu0uuuuuMCLR Reset during normal operation
uuu0uuu10MCLR Reset during Sleep
u u u u 0 u u u u RESET Instruction Executed
1uuuuuuuuStack Overflow Reset (STVREN = 1)
u1uuuuuuuStack Underflow Reset (STVREN = 1)
Condition Program
Counter
STATUS
Register
PCON
Register
Power-on Reset 0000h ---1 1000 00-- 110x
MCLR Reset during normal operation 0000h ---u uuuu uu-- 0uuu
MCLR Reset during Sleep 0000h ---1 0uuu uu-- 0uuu
WDT Reset 0000h ---0 uuuu uu-- uuuu
WDT Wake-up from Sleep PC + 1 ---0 0uuu uu-- uuuu
Brown-out Reset 0000h ---1 1uuu 00-- 11u0
Interrupt Wake-up from Sleep PC + 1(1) ---1 0uuu uu-- uuuu
RESET Instruction Executed 0000h ---u uuuu uu-- u0uu
Stack Overflow Reset (STVREN = 1) 0000h ---u uuuu 1u-- uuuu
Stack Underflow Reset (STVREN = 1) 0000h ---u uuuu u1-- uuuu
Legend: u = unchanged, x = unknown, - = unimplemented bit, reads as ‘0’.
Note 1: When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the Global Interrupt Enable bit (GIE) is set, the return address
is pushed on the stack and PC is loaded with the interrupt vector (0004h) after execution of PC + 1.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 71
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
6.13 Power Control (PCON) Register
The Power Control (PCON) register contains flag bits
to differentiate between a:
• Power-On Reset (POR)
• Brown-Out Reset (BOR)
• Reset Instruction Reset (RI)
•MCLR Reset (RMCLR)
• Watchdog Timer Reset (RWDT)
• Stack Underflow Reset (STKUNF)
• Stack Overflow Reset (STKOVF)
The PCON register bits are shown in Register 6-2.
6.14 Register Definitions: Power Control
REGISTER 6-2: PCON: POWER CONTROL REGISTER
R/W/HS-0/q R/W/HS-0/q R/W/HC-1/q R/W/HC-1/q R/W/HC-1/q R/W/HC-1/q R/W/HC-q/u R/W/HC-q/u
STKOVF STKUNF WDTWV RWDT RMCLR RI POR BOR
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
HC = Bit is cleared by hardware HS = Bit is set by hardware
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7 STKOVF: Stack Overflow Flag bit
1 = A Stack Overflow occurred
0 = A Stack Overflow has not occurred or cleared by firmware
bit 6 STKUNF: Stack Underflow Flag bit
1 = A Stack Underflow occurred
0 = A Stack Underflow has not occurred or cleared by firmware
bit 5 WDTWV: WDT Window Violation Flag bit
1 = A WDT Window Violation Reset has not occurred or set by firmware
0 = A WDT Window Violation Reset has occurred (a CLRWDT instruction was executed either without
arming the window or outside the window (cleared by hardware)
bit 4 RWDT: Watchdog Timer Reset Flag bit
1 = A Watchdog Timer Reset has not occurred or set by firmware
0 = A Watchdog Timer Reset has occurred (cleared by hardware)
bit 3 RMCLR: MCLR Reset Flag bit
1 = A MCLR Reset has not occurred or set by firmware
0 = A MCLR Reset has occurred (cleared by hardware)
bit 2 RI: RESET Instruction Flag bit
1 = A RESET instruction has not been executed or set by firmware
0 = A RESET instruction has been executed (cleared by hardware)
bit 1 POR: Power-On Reset Status bit
1 = No Power-on Reset occurred
0 = A Power-on Reset occurred (must be set in software after a Power-on Reset occurs)
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 72 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 6-5: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH RESETS
TABLE 6-6: SUMMARY OF CONFIGURATION WORD WITH RESETS
bit 0 BOR: Brown-Out Reset Status bit
1 = No Brown-out Reset occurred
0 = A Brown-out Reset occurred (must be set in software after a Power-on Reset or Brown-out Reset
occurs)
REGISTER 6-2: PCON: POWER CONTROL REGISTER (CONTINUED)
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
BORCON SBOREN BORFS ————— BORRDY 67
PCON STKOVF STKUNF WDTWV RWDT RMCLR RI POR BOR 71
STATUS — — —TOPD ZDC C19
WDTCON0 —— WDTPS<4:0> SEN 95
Legend: — = unimplemented bit, reads as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by Resets.
Note 1: Other (non Power-up) Resets include MCLR Reset and Watchdog Timer Reset during normal operation.
Name Bits Bit -/7 Bit -/6 Bit 13/5 Bit 12/4 Bit 11/3 Bit 10/2 Bit 9/1 Bit 8/0 Register
on Page
CONFIG1 13:8 — — — — CLKOUTEN BOREN<1:0> —48
7:0 CP MCLRE PWRTE — — —FOSC<1:0>
CONFIG2 13:8 — — LVP DEBUG LPBOR BORV STVREN PLLEN 49
7:0 ZCDDIS — — — — — WRT<1:0>
CONFIG3 13:8 — — WDTCCS<2:0> WDTCWS<2:0> 50
7:0 — WDTE<1:0> WDTCPS<4:0>
Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by Resets.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 73
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
7.0 INTERRUPTS
The interrupt feature allows certain events to preempt
normal program flow. Firmware is used to determine
the source of the interrupt and act accordingly. Some
interrupts can be configured to wake the MCU from
Sleep mode.
This chapter contains the following information for
Interrupts:
• Operation
• Interrupt Latency
• Interrupts During Sleep
•INT Pin
• Automatic Context Saving
Many peripherals produce interrupts. Refer to the
corresponding chapters for details.
A block diagram of the interrupt logic is shown in
Figure 7-1.
FIGURE 7-1: INTERRUPT LOGIC
TMR0IF
TMR0IE
INTF
INTE
IOCIF
IOCIE
Interrupt
to CPU
Wake-up
(If in Sleep mode)
GIE
(TMR1IF) PIR1<0>
PIRn<7>
PEIE
(TMR1IE) PIE1<0>
Peripheral Interrupts
PIEn<7>
Rev. 10-000010A
7/30/2013
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 74 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
7.1 Operation
Interrupts are disabled upon any device Reset. They
are enabled by setting the following bits:
• GIE bit of the INTCON register
• Interrupt Enable bit(s) for the specific interrupt
event(s)
• PEIE bit of the INTCON register (if the Interrupt
Enable bit of the interrupt event is contained in the
PIE1, PIE2 and PIE3 registers)
The INTCON, PIR1, PIR2 and PIR3 registers record
individual interrupts via interrupt flag bits. Interrupt flag
bits will be set, regardless of the status of the GIE, PEIE
and individual interrupt enable bits.
The following events happen when an interrupt event
occurs while the GIE bit is set:
• Current prefetched instruction is flushed
• GIE bit is cleared
• Current Program Counter (PC) is pushed onto the
stack
• Critical registers are automatically saved to the
shadow registers (See “Section 7.5 “Automatic
Context Saving”.”)
• PC is loaded with the interrupt vector 0004h
The firmware within the Interrupt Service Routine (ISR)
should determine the source of the interrupt by polling
the interrupt flag bits. The interrupt flag bits must be
cleared before exiting the ISR to avoid repeated
interrupts. Because the GIE bit is cleared, any interrupt
that occurs while executing the ISR will be recorded
through its interrupt flag, but will not cause the
processor to redirect to the interrupt vector.
The RETFIE instruction exits the ISR by popping the
previous address from the stack, restoring the saved
context from the shadow registers and setting the GIE
bit.
For additional information on a specific interrupt’s
operation, refer to its peripheral chapter.
7.2 Interrupt Latency
Interrupt latency is defined as the time from when the
interrupt event occurs to the time code execution at the
interrupt vector begins. The latency for synchronous
interrupts is three or four instruction cycles. For
asynchronous interrupts, the latency is three to five
instruction cycles, depending on when the interrupt
occurs. See Figure 7-2 and Figure 7-3 for more details.
Note 1: Individual interrupt flag bits are set,
regardless of the state of any other
enable bits.
2: All interrupts will be ignored while the GIE
bit is cleared. Any interrupt occurring
while the GIE bit is clear will be serviced
when the GIE bit is set again.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 75
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
FIGURE 7-2: INTERRUPT LATENCY
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Fosc
CLKR
PC 0004h 0005h
PC
Inst(0004h)NOP
GIE
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
1-Cycle Instruction at PC
PC
Inst(0004h)NOP
2-Cycle Instruction at PC
FSR ADDR PC+1 PC+2 0004h 0005h
PC
Inst(0004h)NOP
GIE
PCPC-1
3-Cycle Instruction at PC
Execute
Interrupt
Inst(PC)
Interrupt Sampled
during Q1
Inst(PC)
PC-1 PC+1
NOP
PC New PC/
PC+1 0005hPC-1 PC+1/FSR
ADDR 0004h
NOP
Interrupt
GIE
Interrupt
INST(PC) NOPNOP
FSR ADDR PC+1 PC+2 0004h 0005h
PC
Inst(0004h)NOP
GIE
PCPC-1
3-Cycle Instruction at PC
Interrupt
INST(PC) NOPNOP NOP
Inst(0005h)
Execute
Execute
Execute
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 76 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 7-3: INT PIN INTERRUPT TIMING
Q2Q1 Q3 Q4 Q2Q1 Q3 Q4 Q2Q1 Q3 Q4 Q2Q1 Q3 Q4 Q2Q1 Q3 Q4
FOSC
CLKOUT
INT pin
INTF
GIE
INSTRUCTION FLOW
PC
Instruction
Fetched
Instruction
Executed
Interrupt Latency
PC PC + 1 PC + 1 0004h 0005h
Inst (0004h) Inst (0005h)
Forced NOP
Inst (PC) Inst (PC + 1)
Inst (PC – 1) Inst (0004h)
Forced NOP
Inst (PC)
—
Note 1: INTF flag is sampled here (every Q1).
2: Asynchronous interrupt latency = 3-5 TCY. Synchronous latency = 3-4 TCY, where TCY = instruction cycle time.
Latency is the same whether Inst (PC) is a single cycle or a 2-cycle instruction.
3: For minimum width of INT pulse, refer to AC specifications in Section 28.0 “Electrical Specifications”.
4: INTF is enabled to be set any time during the Q4-Q1 cycles.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(1)
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 77
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
7.3 Interrupts During Sleep
Some interrupts can be used to wake from Sleep. To
wake from Sleep, the peripheral must be able to
operate without the system clock. The interrupt source
must have the appropriate Interrupt Enable bit(s) set
prior to entering Sleep.
On waking from Sleep, if the GIE bit is also set, the
processor will branch to the interrupt vector. Otherwise,
the processor will continue executing instructions after
the SLEEP instruction. The instruction directly after the
SLEEP instruction will always be executed before
branching to the ISR. Refer to Section 8.0 “Power-
Down Mode (Sleep)” for more details.
7.4 INT Pin
The INT pin can be used to generate an asynchronous
edge-triggered interrupt. This interrupt is enabled by
setting the INTE bit of the INTCON register. The
INTEDG bit of the OPTION_REG register determines on
which edge the interrupt will occur. When the INTEDG
bit is set, the rising edge will cause the interrupt. When
the INTEDG bit is clear, the falling edge will cause the
interrupt. The INTF bit of the INTCON register will be set
when a valid edge appears on the INT pin. If the GIE and
INTE bits are also set, the processor will redirect
program execution to the interrupt vector.
7.5 Automatic Context Saving
Upon entering an interrupt, the return PC address is
saved on the stack. Additionally, the following registers
are automatically saved in the shadow registers:
• W register
• STATUS register (except for TO and PD)
• BSR register
• FSR registers
• PCLATH register
Upon exiting the Interrupt Service Routine, these regis-
ters are automatically restored. Any modifications to
these registers during the ISR will be lost. If modifica-
tions to any of these registers are desired, the corre-
sponding shadow register should be modified and the
value will be restored when exiting the ISR. The
shadow registers are available in Bank 31 and are
readable and writable. Depending on the user’s appli-
cation, other registers may also need to be saved.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 78 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
7.6 Register Definitions: Interrupt Control
REGISTER 7-1: INTCON: INTERRUPT CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R-0/0
GIE(1) PEIE(2) TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF(3)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 GIE: Global Interrupt Enable bit(1)
1 = Enables all active interrupts
0 = Disables all interrupts
bit 6 PEIE: Peripheral Interrupt Enable bit(2)
1 = Enables all active peripheral interrupts
0 = Disables all peripheral interrupts
bit 5 TMR0IE: Timer0 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the Timer0 interrupt
0 = Disables the Timer0 interrupt
bit 4 INTE: INT External Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the INT external interrupt
0 = Disables the INT external interrupt
bit 3 IOCIE: Interrupt-on-Change Enable bit
1 = Enables the interrupt-on-change
0 = Disables the interrupt-on-change
bit 2 TMR0IF: Timer0 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit
1 = TMR0 register has overflowed
0 = TMR0 register did not overflow
bit 1 INTF: INT External Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The INT external interrupt occurred
0 = The INT external interrupt did not occur
bit 0 IOCIF: Interrupt-on-Change Interrupt Flag bit(3)
1 = When at least one of the interrupt-on-change pins changed state
0 = None of the interrupt-on-change pins have changed state
Note 1: Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt condition occurs, regardless of the state of its corresponding
enable bit or the Global Interrupt Enable bit, GIE of the INTCON register. User software should ensure the
appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear prior to enabling an interrupt.
2: Bit PEIE of the INTCON register must be set to enable any peripheral interrupt.
3: The IOCIF Flag bit is read-only and cleared when all the interrupt-on-change flags in the IOCxF registers
have been cleared by software.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 79
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
REGISTER 7-2: PIE1: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 1
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
TMR1GIE ADIE — — — CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 TMR1GIE: Timer1 Gate Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the Timer1 gate acquisition interrupt
0 = Disables the Timer1 gate acquisition interrupt
bit 6 ADIE: Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the ADC interrupt
0 = Disables the ADC interrupt
bit 5-3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2 CCP1IE: CCP1 Interrupt Enable bit
1 = The CCP1 interrupt is enabled
0 = The CCP1 interrupt is not enabled
bit 1 TMR2IE: TMR2 to PR2 Match Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the Timer2 to PR2 match interrupt
0 = Disables the Timer2 to PR2 match interrupt
bit 0 TMR1IE: Timer1 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the Timer1 overflow interrupt
0 = Disables the Timer1 overflow interrupt
Note: Bit PEIE of the INTCON register must be
set to enable any peripheral interrupt.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 80 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 7-3: PIE2: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 2
U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
—C2IE
(1) C1IE — — TMR6IE TMR4IE CCP2IE
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6 C2IE: Comparator C2 Interrupt Enable bit(1)
1 = Enables the Comparator C2 interrupt
0 = Disables the Comparator C2 interrupt
bit 5 C1IE: Comparator C1 Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the Comparator C1 interrupt
0 = Disables the Comparator C1 interrupt
bit 4-3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2 TMR6IE: TMR6 to PR6 Match Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the Timer6 to PR6 match interrupt
0 = Disables the Timer6 to PR6 match interrupt
bit 1 TMR4IE: TMR4 to PR4 Match Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the Timer4 to PR4 match interrupt
0 = Disables the Timer4 to PR4 match interrupt
bit 2 CCP2IE: CCP2 Interrupt Enable bit
1 = The CCP2 interrupt is enabled
0 = The CCP2 interrupt is not enabled
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1613 only.
2: Bit PEIE of the INTCON register must be set to enable any peripheral interrupt.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 81
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
REGISTER 7-4: PIE3: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 3
U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
——CWGIEZCDIE— — — —
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5 CWGIE: Complementary Waveform Generator (CWG) Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the CWG interrupt
0 = Disables the CWG interrupt
bit 4 ZCDIE: Zero-Cross Detection (ZCD) Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the ZCD interrupt
0 = Disables the ZCD interrupt
bit 3-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
Note: Bit PEIE of the INTCON register must be
set to enable any peripheral interrupt.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 82 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 7-5: PIE4: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 4
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
SCANIE CRCIE SMT2PWAIE SMT2PRAIE SMT2IE SMT1PWAIE SMT1PRAIE SMT1IE
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 SCANIE: Scanner Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the scanner interrupt
0 = Disables the scanner interrupt
bit 6 CRCIE: CRC Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the CRC interrupt
0 = Disables the CRC interrupt
bit 5 SMT2PWAIE: SMT2 Pulse Width Acquisition Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the SMT acquisition interrupt
0 = Disables the SMT acquisition interrupt
bit 4 SMT2PRAIE: SMT2 Period Acquisition Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the SMT acquisition interrupt
0 = Disables the SMT acquisition interrupt
bit 3 SMT2IE: SMT2 Overview Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the SMT overflow interrupt
0 = Disables the SMT overflow interrupt
bit 2 SMT1PWAIE: SMT1 Pulse Width Acquisition Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the SMT acquisition interrupt
0 = Disables the SMT acquisition interrupt
bit 1 SMT1PRAIE: SMT1 Period Acquisition Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the SMT acquisition interrupt
0 = Disables the SMT acquisition interrupt
bit 0 SMT1IE: SMT1 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the SMT overflow interrupt
0 = Disables the SMT overflow interrupt
Note: Bit PEIE of the INTCON register must be
set to enable any peripheral interrupt.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 83
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
REGISTER 7-6: PIR1: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST REGISTER 1
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
TMR1GIF ADIF — — — CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 TMR1GIF: Timer1 Gate Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
bit 6 ADIF: ADC Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
bit 5-3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2 CCP1IF: CCP1 Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
bit 1 TMR2IF: Timer2 to PR2 Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
bit 0 TMR1IF: Timer1 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
Note: Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt
condition occurs, regardless of the state of
its corresponding enable bit or the Global
Interrupt Enable bit, GIE of the INTCON
register. User software should ensure the
appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear prior
to enabling an interrupt.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 84 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 7-7: PIR2: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST REGISTER 2
U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
—C2IF
(1) C1IF — — TMR6IF TMR4IF CCP2IF
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6 C2IF: Comparator C2 Interrupt Flag bit(1)
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
bit 5 C1IF: Comparator C1 Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
bit 4-3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2 TMR6IF: Timer6 to PR6 Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
bit 1 TMR4IF: Timer4 to PR4 Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
bit 0 CCP2IF: CCP2 Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1613 only.
Note: Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt
condition occurs, regardless of the state of
its corresponding enable bit or the Global
Enable bit, GIE of the INTCON register.
User software should ensure the
appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear prior
to enabling an interrupt.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 85
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
REGISTER 7-8: PIR3: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST REGISTER 3
U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
—— CWGIF ZCDIF — — — —
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5 CWGIF: CWG Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
bit 4 ZCDIF: ZCD Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
bit 3-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
Note: Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt
condition occurs, regardless of the state of
its corresponding enable bit or the Global
Enable bit, GIE of the INTCON register.
User software should ensure the
appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear prior
to enabling an interrupt.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 86 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 7-9: PIR4: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST REGISTER 4
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
SCANIF CRCIF SMT2PWAIF SMT2PRAIF SMT2IF SMT1PWAIF SMT1PRAIF SMT1IF
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 SCANIF: Scanner Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
bit 6 CRCIF: CRC Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
bit 5 SMT2PWAIF: SMT2 Pulse Width Acquisition Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
bit 4 SMT2PRAIF: SMT2 Period Acquisition Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
bit 3 SMT2IF: SMT2 Overview Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
bit 2 SMT1PWAIF: SMT1 Pulse Width Acquisition Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
bit 1 SMT1PRAIF: SMT1 Period Acquisition Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
bit 0 SMT1IF: SMT1 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
Note: Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt
condition occurs, regardless of the state of
its corresponding enable bit or the Global
Enable bit, GIE of the INTCON register.
User software should ensure the
appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear prior
to enabling an interrupt.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 87
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
TABLE 7-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH INTERRUPTS
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register on
Page
INTCON GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 78
OPTION_REG WPUEN INTEDG TMR0CS TMR0SE PSA PS<2:0> 183
PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE — — — CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 79
PIE2 —C2IE
(1) C1IE —— TMR6IE TMR4IE CCP2IE 80
PIE3 —— CWGIE ZCDIE — — — — 81
PIE4 SCANIE CRCIE SMT2PWAIE SMT2PRAIE SMT2IE SMT1PWAIE SMT1PRAIE SMT1IE 82
PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF — — — CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 83
PIR2 —C2IF
(1) C1IF —— TMR6IF TMR4IF CCP2IF 84
PIR3 ——CWGIFZCDIF — — — — 85
PIR4 SCANIF CRCIF SMT2PWAIF SMT2PRAIF SMT2IF SMT1PWAIF SMT1PRAIF SMT1IF 86
Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by interrupts.
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1613 only.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 88 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
8.0 POWER-DOWN MODE (SLEEP)
The Power-down mode is entered by executing a
SLEEP instruction.
Upon entering Sleep mode, the following conditions exist:
1. WDT will be cleared but keeps running, if
enabled for operation during Sleep.
2. PD bit of the STATUS register is cleared.
3. TO bit of the STATUS register is set.
4. CPU clock is disabled.
5. 31 kHz LFINTOSC is unaffected and peripherals
that operate from it may continue operation in
Sleep.
6. Timer1 and peripherals that operate from
Timer1 continue operation in Sleep when the
Timer1 clock source selected is:
•LFINTOSC
•T1CKI
• Timer1 oscillator
7. ADC is unaffected, if the dedicated FRC oscillator
is selected.
8. I/O ports maintain the status they had before
SLEEP was executed (driving high, low or high-
impedance).
9. Resets other than WDT are not affected by
Sleep mode.
Refer to individual chapters for more details on
peripheral operation during Sleep.
To minimize current consumption, the following
conditions should be considered:
• I/O pins should not be floating
• External circuitry sinking current from I/O pins
• Internal circuitry sourcing current from I/O pins
• Current draw from pins with internal weak pull-ups
• Modules using 31 kHz LFINTOSC
• CWG modules using HFINTOSC
I/O pins that are high-impedance inputs should be
pulled to VDD or VSS externally to avoid switching
currents caused by floating inputs.
Examples of internal circuitry that might be sourcing
current include the FVR module. See Section 14.0
“Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR)” for more
information on this module.
8.1 Wake-up from Sleep
The device can wake-up from Sleep through one of the
following events:
1. External Reset input on MCLR pin, if enabled
2. BOR Reset, if enabled
3. POR Reset
4. Watchdog Timer, if enabled
5. Any external interrupt
6. Interrupts by peripherals capable of running
during Sleep (see individual peripheral for more
information)
The first three events will cause a device Reset. The
last three events are considered a continuation of pro-
gram execution. To determine whether a device Reset
or wake-up event occurred, refer to Section 6.12
“Determining the Cause of a Reset”.
When the SLEEP instruction is being executed, the next
instruction (PC + 1) is prefetched. For the device to
wake-up through an interrupt event, the corresponding
interrupt enable bit must be enabled. Wake-up will
occur regardless of the state of the GIE bit. If the GIE
bit is disabled, the device continues execution at the
instruction after the SLEEP instruction. If the GIE bit is
enabled, the device executes the instruction after the
SLEEP instruction, the device will then call the Interrupt
Service Routine. In cases where the execution of the
instruction following SLEEP is not desirable, the user
should have a NOP after the SLEEP instruction.
The WDT is cleared when the device wakes up from
Sleep, regardless of the source of wake-up.
8.1.1 WAKE-UP USING INTERRUPTS
When global interrupts are disabled (GIE cleared) and
any interrupt source has both its interrupt enable bit
and interrupt flag bit set, one of the following will occur:
• If the interrupt occurs before the execution of a
SLEEP instruction
-SLEEP instruction will execute as a NOP.
- WDT and WDT prescaler will not be cleared
-TO
bit of the STATUS register will not be set
-PD bit of the STATUS register will not be
cleared.
• If the interrupt occurs during or after the execu-
tion of a SLEEP instruction
-SLEEP instruction will be completely
executed
- Device will immediately wake-up from Sleep
- WDT and WDT prescaler will be cleared
-TO
bit of the STATUS register will be set
-PD bit of the STATUS register will be cleared
Even if the flag bits were checked before executing a
SLEEP instruction, it may be possible for flag bits to
become set before the SLEEP instruction completes. To
determine whether a SLEEP instruction executed, test
the PD bit. If the PD bit is set, the SLEEP instruction
was executed as a NOP.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 89
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
FIGURE 8-1: WAKE-UP FROM SLEEP THROUGH INTERRUPT
8.2 Low-Power Sleep Mode
This device contains an internal Low Dropout (LDO)
voltage regulator, which allows the device I/O pins to
operate at voltages up to 5.5V while the internal device
logic operates at a lower voltage. The LDO and its
associated reference circuitry must remain active when
the device is in Sleep mode.
Low-Power Sleep mode allows the user to optimize the
operating current in Sleep. Low-Power Sleep mode can
be selected by setting the VREGPM bit of the
VREGCON register, putting the LDO and reference
circuitry in a low-power state whenever the device is in
Sleep.
8.2.1 SLEEP CURRENT VS. WAKE-UP
TIME
In the Default Operating mode, the LDO and reference
circuitry remain in the normal configuration while in
Sleep. The device is able to exit Sleep mode quickly
since all circuits remain active. In Low-Power Sleep
mode, when waking up from Sleep, an extra delay time
is required for these circuits to return to the normal con-
figuration and stabilize.
The Low-Power Sleep mode is beneficial for applica-
tions that stay in Sleep mode for long periods of time.
The Normal mode is beneficial for applications that
need to wake from Sleep quickly and frequently.
8.2.2 PERIPHERAL USAGE IN SLEEP
Some peripherals that can operate in Sleep mode will
not operate properly with the Low-Power Sleep mode
selected. The LDO will remain in the Normal-Power
mode when those peripherals are enabled. The Low-
Power Sleep mode is intended for use with these
peripherals:
• Brown-Out Reset (BOR)
• Watchdog Timer (WDT)
• External interrupt pin/Interrupt-on-change pins
• Timer1 (with external clock source)
The Complementary Waveform Generator (CWG) can
utilize the HFINTOSC oscillator as either a clock
source or as an input source. Under certain condi-
tions, when the HFINTOSC is selected for use with the
CWG modules, the HFINTOSC will remain active
during Sleep. This will have a direct effect on the
Sleep mode current.
Please refer to sections Section 24.11 “Operation
During Sleep” for more information.
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
CLKIN(1)
CLKOUT(2)
Interrupt flag
GIE bit
(INTCON reg.)
Instruction Flow
PC
Instruction
Fetched
Instruction
Executed
PC PC + 1 PC + 2
Inst(PC) = Sleep
Inst(PC - 1)
Inst(PC + 1)
Sleep
Processor in
Sleep
Interrupt Latency(4)
Inst(PC + 2)
Inst(PC + 1)
Inst(0004h) Inst(0005h)
Inst(0004h)
Forced NOP
PC + 2 0004h 0005h
Forced NOP
T1OSC(3)
PC + 2
Note 1: External clock. High, Medium, Low mode assumed.
2: CLKOUT is shown here for timing reference.
3: T1OSC; See Section 28.0 “Electrical Specifications”.
4: GIE = 1 assumed. In this case after wake-up, the processor calls the ISR at 0004h. If GIE = 0, execution will continue in-line.
Note: The PIC12LF1612/16LF1613 does not
have a configurable Low-Power Sleep
mode. PIC12LF1612/16LF1613 is an
unregulated device and is always in the
lowest power state when in Sleep, with no
wake-up time penalty. This device has a
lower maximum VDD and I/O voltage than
the PIC12F1612/16F1613. See
Section 28.0 “Electrical Specifica-
tions” for more information.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 90 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
8.3 Register Definitions: Voltage Regulator Control
TABLE 8-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH POWER-DOWN MODE
REGISTER 8-1: VREGCON: VOLTAGE REGULATOR CONTROL REGISTER(1)
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-1/1
— — — — — —VREGPMReserved
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 1 VREGPM: Voltage Regulator Power Mode Selection bit
1 = Low-Power Sleep mode enabled in Sleep(2)
Draws lowest current in Sleep, slower wake-up
0 = Normal Power mode enabled in Sleep(2)
Draws higher current in Sleep, faster wake-up
bit 0 Reserved: Read as ‘1’. Maintain this bit set.
Note 1: PIC12F1612/16F1613 only.
2: See Section 28.0 “Electrical Specifications”.
Name Bit 7Bit 6Bit 5Bit 4Bit 3Bit 2Bit 1Bit 0
Register on
Page
INTCON GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 78
IOCAF —— IOCAF5 IOCAF4 IOCAF3 IOCAF2 IOCAF1 IOCAF0 143
IOCAN —— IOCAN5 IOCAN4 IOCAN3 IOCAN2 IOCAN1 IOCAN0 143
IOCAP —— IOCAP5 IOCAP4 IOCAP3 IOCAP2 IOCAP1 IOCAP0 143
IOCCP —— IOCCP5 IOCCP4 IOCCP3
IOCCP2 IOCCP1 IOCCP0
143
IOCCN —— IOCCN5 IOCCN4 IOCCN3
IOCCN2 IOCCN1 IOCCN0
143
IOCCF —— IOCCF5 IOCCF4 IOCCF3
IOCCF2 IOCCF1 IOCCF0
143
PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE ——— CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 79
PIE2 —C2IE
(1) C1IE —— TMR6IE TMR4IE CCP2IE 80
PIE3 —— CWGIE ZCDIE ————81
PIE4 SCANIE CRCIE SMT2PWAIE SMT2PRAIE SMT2IE SMT1PWAIE SMT1PRAIE SMT1IE 82
PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF ——— CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 83
PIR2 —C2IF
(1) C1IF —— TMR6IF TMR4IF CCP2IF 84
PIR3 —— CWGIF ZCDIF ————85
PIR4 SCANIF CRCIF SMT2PWAIF SMT2PRAIF SMT2IF SMT1PWAIF SMT1PRAIF SMT1IF 86
STATUS — — —TOPD ZDC C19
WDTCON0 —— WDTPS<4:0> SEN 95
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used in Power-Down mode.
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1613 only.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 91
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
9.0 WINDOWED WATCHDOG
TIMER (WDT)
The Watchdog Timer (WDT) is a system timer that
generates a Reset if the firmware does not issue a
CLRWDT instruction within the time-out period. The
Watchdog Timer is typically used to recover the system
from unexpected events. The Windowed Watchdog
Timer (WDT) differs in that CLRWDT instructions are
only accepted when they are performed within a
specific window during the time-out period.
The WDT has the following features:
• Selectable clock source
• Multiple operating modes
- WDT is always on
- WDT is off when in Sleep
- WDT is controlled by software
- WDT is always off
• Configurable time-out period is from 1 ms to 256
seconds (nominal)
• Configurable window size from 12.5 to 100
percent of the time-out period
• Multiple Reset conditions
• Operation during Sleep
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 92 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 9-1: WATCHDOG TIMER BLOCK DIAGRAM
Rev . 10 -000 162A
1/2/201 4
WINDOW
CL RW DT
RE SE T
WDT Time-out
WDT
Window
Violation
WDTPS
5-bit
WDT Counter
Overflow
Latch
18-bit Prescale
Counter
00 0
01 1
01 0
00 1
10 0
10 1
11 0
11 1Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
MFINTOSC/16
LFINTOSC
R
R
WDTCS
WWDT
Armed
Window
Sizes Comparator
Window Closed
E
WDTE<1:0> = 01
WDTE<1:0> = 11
WDTE<1:0> = 10
SEN
Sleep
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 93
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
9.1 Independent Clock Source
The WDT can derive its time base from either the 31
kHz LFINTOSC or 31.25 kHz MFINTOSC internal
oscillators, depending on the value of either the
WDTCCS<2:0> configuration bits or the WDTCS<2:0>
bits of WDTCON0. Time intervals in this chapter are
based on a minimum nominal interval of 1 ms. See
Section 28.0 “Electrical Specifications” for
LFINTOSC and MFINTOSC tolerances.
9.2 WDT Operating Modes
The Watchdog Timer module has four operating modes
controlled by the WDTE<1:0> bits in Configuration
Words. See Ta b l e 9-1 .
9.2.1 WDT IS ALWAYS ON
When the WDTE bits of Configuration Words are set to
‘11’, the WDT is always on.
WDT protection is active during Sleep.
9.2.2 WDT IS OFF IN SLEEP
When the WDTE bits of Configuration Words are set to
‘10’, the WDT is on, except in Sleep.
WDT protection is not active during Sleep.
9.2.3 WDT CONTROLLED BY SOFTWARE
When the WDTE bits of Configuration Words are set to
‘01’, the WDT is controlled by the SEN bit of the
WDTCON0 register.
WDT protection is unchanged by Sleep. See Table 9-1
for more details.
TABLE 9-1: WDT OPERATING MODES
9.3 Time-Out Period
The WDTPS bits of the WDTCON0 register set the
time-out period from 1 ms to 256 seconds (nominal).
After a Reset, the default time-out period is two
seconds.
9.4 Watchdog Window
The Watchdog Timer has an optional Windowed mode
that is controlled by the WDTCWS<2:0> Configuration
bits and WINDOW<2:0> bits of the WDTCON1 register.
In the Windowed mode, the CLRWDT instruction must
occur within the allowed window of the WDT period.
Any CLRWDT instruction that occurs outside of this win-
dow will trigger a window violation and will cause a
WDT Reset, similar to a WDT time out. See Figure 9-2
for an example.
The window size is controlled by the WDTCWS<2:0>
Configuration bits, or the WINDOW<2:0> bits of
WDTCON1, if WDTCWS<2:0> = 111.
In the event of a window violation, a Reset will be gen-
erated and the WDTWV bit of the PCON register will be
cleared. This bit is set by a POR or can be set in firm-
ware.
9.5 Clearing the WDT
The WDT is cleared when any of the following condi-
tions occur:
•Any Reset
•Valid CLRWDT instruction is executed
• Device enters Sleep
• Device wakes up from Sleep
• WDT is disabled
• Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) is running
9.5.1 CLRWDT CONSIDERATIONS
(WINDOWED MODE)
When in Windowed mode, the WDT must be armed
before a CLRWDT instruction will clear the timer. This is
performed by reading the WDTCON0 register. Execut-
ing a CLRWDT instruction without performing such an
arming action will trigger a window violation.
See Table 9-2 for more information.
9.6 Operation During Sleep
When the device enters Sleep, the WDT is cleared. If
the WDT is enabled during Sleep, the WDT resumes
counting. When the device exits Sleep, the WDT is
cleared again.
The WDT remains clear until the OST, if enabled, com-
pletes. See Section 5.0 “Oscillator Module” for more
information on the OST.
When a WDT time-out occurs while the device is in
Sleep, no Reset is generated. Instead, the device
wakes up and resumes operation. The TO and PD bits
in the STATUS register are changed to indicate the
event. The RWDT bit in the PCON register can also be
used. See Section 3.0 “Memory Organization” for
more information.
WDTE<1:0> SEN Device
Mode
WDT
Mode
11 X XActive
10 X
Awake Active
Sleep Disabled
01 1XActive
0X Disabled
00 X X Disabled
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 94 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 9-2: WINDOW PERIOD AND DELAY
TABLE 9-2: WDT CLEARING CONDITIONS
Conditions WDT
WDTE<1:0> = 00
Cleared
WDTE<1:0> = 01 and SEN = 0
WDTE<1:0> = 10 and enter Sleep
CLRWDT Command
Oscillator Fail Detected
Exit Sleep + System Clock = T1OSC, EXTRC, INTOSC, EXTCLK
Exit Sleep + System Clock = XT, HS, LP Cleared until the end of OST
Change INTOSC divider (IRCF bits) Unaffected
Rev . 10 -000 163A
11/8 /201 3
Window Period
CLRWDT Instruction
(or other WDT reset)
Window Delay
(window violation can occur)
Window Closed Window Open
Time-out Event
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 95
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
9.7 Register Definitions: Windowed Watchdog Timer Control
REGISTER 9-1: WDTCON0: WATCHDOG TIMER CONTROL REGISTER 0
U-0 U-0 R/W(3)-q/q(2) R/W(3)-q/q(2) R/W(3)-q/q(2) R/W(3)-q/q(2) R/W(3)-q/q(2) R/W-0/0
—— WDTPS<4:0>(1) SEN
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-1 WDTPS<4:0>: Watchdog Timer Prescale Select bits(1)
Bit Value = Prescale Rate
11111 = Reserved. Results in minimum interval (1:32)
•
•
•
10011 = Reserved. Results in minimum interval (1:32)
10010 = 1:8388608 (223) (Interval 256s nominal)
10001 = 1:4194304 (222) (Interval 128s nominal)
10000 = 1:2097152 (221) (Interval 64s nominal)
01111 = 1:1048576 (220) (Interval 32s nominal)
01110 = 1:524288 (219) (Interval 16s nominal)
01101 = 1:262144 (218) (Interval 8s nominal)
01100 = 1:131072 (217) (Interval 4s nominal)
01011 = 1:65536 (Interval 2s nominal) (Reset value)
01010 = 1:32768 (Interval 1s nominal)
01001 = 1:16384 (Interval 512 ms nominal)
01000 = 1:8192 (Interval 256 ms nominal)
00111 = 1:4096 (Interval 128 ms nominal)
00110 = 1:2048 (Interval 64 ms nominal)
00101 = 1:1024 (Interval 32 ms nominal)
00100 = 1:512 (Interval 16 ms nominal)
00011 = 1:256 (Interval 8 ms nominal)
00010 = 1:128 (Interval 4 ms nominal)
00001 = 1:64 (Interval 2 ms nominal)
00000 = 1:32 (Interval 1 ms nominal)
bit 0 SEN: Software Enable/Disable for Watchdog Timer bit
If WDTE<1:0> = 1x:
This bit is ignored.
If WDTE<1:0> = 01:
1 = WDT is turned on
0 = WDT is turned off
If WDTE<1:0> = 00:
This bit is ignored.
Note 1: Times are approximate. WDT time is based on 31 kHz LFINTOSC.
2: When WDTCPS <4:0> in CONFIG3 = 11111, the Reset value of WDTPS<4:0> is 01011. Otherwise, the
Reset value of WDTPS<4:0> is equal to WDTCPS<4:0> in CONFIG3.
3: When WDTCPS <4:0> in CONFIG3 ≠ 11111, these bits are read-only.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 96 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 9-2: WDTCON1: WATCHDOG TIMER CONTROL REGISTER 1
U-0 R/W(3)-q/q(1) R/W(3)-q/q(1) R/W(3)-q/q(1) U-0 R/W(4)-q/q(2) R/W(4)-q/q(2) R/W(4)-q/q(2)
— WDTCS<2:0> — WINDOW<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6-4 WDTCS<2:0>: Watchdog Timer Clock Select bits
111 =Reserved
•
•
•
010 =Reserved
001 = MFINTOSC 31.25 kHz
000 = LFINTOSC 31 kHz
bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2-0 WINDOW<2:0>: Watchdog Timer Window Select bits
Note 1: If WDTCCS <2:0> in CONFIG3 = 111, the Reset value of WDTCS<2:0> is 000.
2: The Reset value of WINDOW<2:0> is determined by the value of WDTCWS<2:0> in the CONFIG3 register.
3: If WDTCCS<2:0> in CONFIG3 ≠ 111, these bits are read-only.
4: If WDTCWS<2:0> in CONFIG3 ≠ 111, these bits are read-only.
WINDOW<2:0> Window delay
Percent of time
Window opening
Percent of time
111 N/A 100
110 12.5 87.5
101 25 75
100 37.5 62.5
011 50 50
010 62.5 37.5
001 75 25
000 87.5 12.5
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 97
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
REGISTER 9-3: WDTPSL: WDT PRESCALE SELECT LOW BYTE REGISTER (READ ONLY)
R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0
PSCNT<7:0>(1)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 PSCNT<7:0>: Prescale Select Low Byte bits(1)
Note 1: The 18-bit WDT prescale value, PSCNT<17:0> includes the WDTPSL, WDTPSH and the lower bits of the WDTTMR
registers. PSCNT<17:0> is intended for debug operations and should be read during normal operation.
REGISTER 9-4: WDTPSH: WDT PRESCALE SELECT HIGH BYTE REGISTER (READ ONLY)
R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0
PSCNT<15:8>(1)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 PSCNT<15:8>: Prescale Select High Byte bits(1)
Note 1: The 18-bit WDT prescale value, PSCNT<17:0> includes the WDTPSL, WDTPSH and the lower bits of the WDTTMR
registers. PSCNT<17:0> is intended for debug operations and should be read during normal operation.
REGISTER 9-5: WDTTMR: WDT TIMER REGISTER (READ ONLY)
R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0
WDTTMR<3:0> STATE PSCNT<17:16>(1)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-3 WDTTMR<4:0>: Watchdog Timer Value
bit 2 STATE: WDT Armed Status bit
1 = WDT is armed
0 = WDT is not armed
bit 1-0 PSCNT<17:16>: Prescale Select Upper Byte bits(1)
Note 1: The 18-bit WDT prescale value, PSCNT<17:0> includes the WDTPSL, WDTPSH and the lower bits of the WDTTMR
registers. PSCNT<17:0> is intended for debug operations and should be read during normal operation.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 98 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 9-3: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH WATCHDOG TIMER
TABLE 9-4: SUMMARY OF CONFIGURATION WORD WITH WATCHDOG TIMER
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
OSCCON SPLLEN IRCF<3:0> —SCS<1:0>
62
PCON STKOVF STKUNF WDTWV RWDT RMCLR RI POR BOR 71
STATUS ———TOPD ZDC C19
WDTCON0 ——WDTPS<4:0>SEN
95
WDTCON1 — WDTCS<2:0> — WINDOW<2:0> 95
WDTPSL PSCNT<7:0> 95
WDTPSH PSCNT<15:8> 95
WDTTMR —WDTTMR<4:0> STATE PSCNT<17:16> 95
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, – = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by Watchdog Timer.
Name Bits Bit -/7 Bit -/6 Bit 13/5 Bit 12/4 Bit 11/3 Bit 10/2 Bit 9/1 Bit 8/0 Register
on Page
CONFIG1 13:8 — — — — CLKOUTEN BOREN<1:0> —48
7:0 CP MCLRE PWRTE — — — FOSC<1:0>
CONFIG3 13:8 —— WDTCCS<2:0> WDTCWS<2:0> 50
7:0 — WDTE<1:0> WDTCPS<4:0>
Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by Watchdog Timer.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 99
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
10.0 FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY
CONTROL
The Flash program memory is readable and writable
during normal operation over the full VDD range.
Program memory is indirectly addressed using Special
Function Registers (SFRs). The SFRs used to access
program memory are:
•PMCON1
•PMCON2
•PMDATL
•PMDATH
• PMADRL
•PMADRH
When accessing the program memory, the
PMDATH:PMDATL register pair forms a 2-byte word
that holds the 14-bit data for read/write, and the
PMADRH:PMADRL register pair forms a 2-byte word
that holds the 15-bit address of the program memory
location being read.
The write time is controlled by an on-chip timer. The
write/erase voltages are generated by an on-chip charge
pump rated to operate over the operating voltage range
of the device.
The Flash program memory can be protected in two
ways; by code protection (CP bit in Configuration Words)
and write protection (WRT<1:0> bits in Configuration
Words).
Code protection (CP = 0)(1), disables access, reading
and writing, to the Flash program memory via external
device programmers. Code protection does not affect
the self-write and erase functionality. Code protection
can only be reset by a device programmer performing
a Bulk Erase to the device, clearing all Flash program
memory, Configuration bits and User IDs.
Write protection prohibits self-write and erase to a
portion or all of the Flash program memory, as defined
by the bits WRT<1:0>. Write protection does not affect
a device programmers ability to read, write or erase the
device.
10.1 PMADRL and PMADRH Registers
The PMADRH:PMADRL register pair can address up
to a maximum of 16K words of program memory. When
selecting a program address value, the MSB of the
address is written to the PMADRH register and the LSB
is written to the PMADRL register.
10.1.1 PMCON1 AND PMCON2
REGISTERS
PMCON1 is the control register for Flash program
memory accesses.
Control bits RD and WR initiate read and write,
respectively. These bits cannot be cleared, only set, in
software. They are cleared by hardware at completion
of the read or write operation. The inability to clear the
WR bit in software prevents the accidental, premature
termination of a write operation.
The WREN bit, when set, will allow a write operation to
occur. On power-up, the WREN bit is clear. The
WRERR bit is set when a write operation is interrupted
by a Reset during normal operation. In these situations,
following Reset, the user can check the WRERR bit
and execute the appropriate error handling routine.
The PMCON2 register is a write-only register. Attempting
to read the PMCON2 register will return all ‘0’s.
To enable writes to the program memory, a specific
pattern (the unlock sequence), must be written to the
PMCON2 register. The required unlock sequence
prevents inadvertent writes to the program memory
write latches and Flash program memory.
10.2 Flash Program Memory Overview
It is important to understand the Flash program memory
structure for erase and programming operations. Flash
program memory is arranged in rows. A row consists of
a fixed number of 14-bit program memory words. A row
is the minimum size that can be erased by user software.
After a row has been erased, the user can reprogram
all or a portion of this row. Data to be written into the
program memory row is written to 14-bit wide data write
latches. These write latches are not directly accessible
to the user, but may be loaded via sequential writes to
the PMDATH:PMDATL register pair.
See Table 10-1 for Erase Row size and the number of
write latches for Flash program memory.
Note 1: Code protection of the entire Flash
program memory array is enabled by
clearing the CP bit of Configuration Words.
Note: If the user wants to modify only a portion
of a previously programmed row, then the
contents of the entire row must be read
and saved in RAM prior to the erase.
Then, new data and retained data can be
written into the write latches to reprogram
the row of Flash program memory. How-
ever, any unprogrammed locations can be
written without first erasing the row. In this
case, it is not necessary to save and
rewrite the other previously programmed
locations.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 100 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
10.2.1 READING THE FLASH PROGRAM
MEMORY
To read a program memory location, the user must:
1. Write the desired address to the
PMADRH:PMADRL register pair.
2. Clear the CFGS bit of the PMCON1 register.
3. Then, set control bit RD of the PMCON1 register.
Once the read control bit is set, the program memory
Flash controller will use the second instruction cycle to
read the data. This causes the second instruction
immediately following the “BSF PMCON1,RD” instruction
to be ignored. The data is available in the very next cycle,
in the PMDATH:PMDATL register pair; therefore, it can
be read as two bytes in the following instructions.
PMDATH:PMDATL register pair will hold this value until
another read or until it is written to by the user.
FIGURE 10-1: FLASH PROGRAM
MEMORY READ
FLOWCHART
TABLE 10-1: FLASH MEMORY
ORGANIZATION BY DEVICE
Device Row Erase
(words)
Write
Latches
(words)
PIC12(L)F1612 16 16
PIC16(L)F1613
Note: The two instructions following a program
memory read are required to be NOPs.
This prevents the user from executing a
2-cycle instruction on the next instruction
after the RD bit is set.
Start
Read Operation
Select
Program or Configuration Memory
(CFGS)
Select
Word Address
(PMADRH:PMADRL)
Initiate Read operation
(RD = 1)
Instruction fetched ignored
NOP execution forced
Data read now in
PMDATH:PMDATL
Instruction fetched ignored
NOP execution forced
End
Read Operation
Rev. 10-000046A
7/30/2013
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 101
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
FIGURE 10-2: FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY READ CYCLE EXECUTION
EXAMPLE 10-1: FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY READ
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
BSF PMCON1,RD
executed here
INSTR(PC + 1)
executed here
PC
PC + 1 PMADRH,PMADRL PC+3 PC + 5
Flash ADDR
RD bit
PMDATH,PMDATL
PC + 3 PC + 4
INSTR (PC + 1)
INSTR(PC - 1)
executed here INSTR(PC + 3)
executed here INSTR(PC + 4)
executed here
Flash Data
PMDATH
PMDATL
Register
INSTR (PC) INSTR (PC + 3) INSTR (PC + 4)
instruction ignored
Forced NOP
INSTR(PC + 2)
executed here
instruction ignored
Forced NOP
* This code block will read 1 word of program
* memory at the memory address:
PROG_ADDR_HI: PROG_ADDR_LO
* data will be returned in the variables;
* PROG_DATA_HI, PROG_DATA_LO
BANKSEL PMADRL ; Select Bank for PMCON registers
MOVLW PROG_ADDR_LO ;
MOVWF PMADRL ; Store LSB of address
MOVLW PROG_ADDR_HI ;
MOVWF PMADRH ; Store MSB of address
BCF PMCON1,CFGS ; Do not select Configuration Space
BSF PMCON1,RD ; Initiate read
NOP ; Ignored (Figure 10-2)
NOP ; Ignored (Figure 10-2)
MOVF PMDATL,W ; Get LSB of word
MOVWF PROG_DATA_LO ; Store in user location
MOVF PMDATH,W ; Get MSB of word
MOVWF PROG_DATA_HI ; Store in user location
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 102 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
10.2.2 FLASH MEMORY UNLOCK
SEQUENCE
The unlock sequence is a mechanism that protects the
Flash program memory from unintended self-write pro-
gramming or erasing. The sequence must be executed
and completed without interruption to successfully
complete any of the following operations:
•Row Erase
• Load program memory write latches
• Write of program memory write latches to
program memory
• Write of program memory write latches to User
IDs
The unlock sequence consists of the following steps:
1. Write 55h to PMCON2
2. Write AAh to PMCON2
3. Set the WR bit in PMCON1
4. NOP instruction
5. NOP instruction
Once the WR bit is set, the processor will always force
two NOP instructions. When an Erase Row or Program
Row operation is being performed, the processor will stall
internal operations (typical 2 ms), until the operation is
complete and then resume with the next instruction.
When the operation is loading the program memory write
latches, the processor will always force the two NOP
instructions and continue uninterrupted with the next
instruction.
Since the unlock sequence must not be interrupted,
global interrupts should be disabled prior to the unlock
sequence and re-enabled after the unlock sequence is
completed.
FIGURE 10-3: FLASH PROGRAM
MEMORY UNLOCK
SEQUENCE FLOWCHART
Start
Unlock Sequence
End
Unlock Sequence
Write 0x55 to
PMCON2
Write 0xAA to
PMCON2
Initiate
Write or Erase operation
(WR = 1)
Instruction fetched ignored
NOP execution forced
Instruction fetched ignored
NOP execution forced
Rev. 10-000047A
7/30/2013
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 103
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
10.2.3 ERASING FLASH PROGRAM
MEMORY
While executing code, program memory can only be
erased by rows. To erase a row:
1. Load the PMADRH:PMADRL register pair with
any address within the row to be erased.
2. Clear the CFGS bit of the PMCON1 register.
3. Set the FREE and WREN bits of the PMCON1
register.
4. Write 55h, then AAh, to PMCON2 (Flash
programming unlock sequence).
5. Set control bit WR of the PMCON1 register to
begin the erase operation.
See Example 10-2.
After the “BSF PMCON1,WR” instruction, the processor
requires two cycles to set up the erase operation. The
user must place two NOP instructions immediately fol-
lowing the WR bit set instruction. The processor will
halt internal operations for the typical 2 ms erase time.
This is not Sleep mode as the clocks and peripherals
will continue to run. After the erase cycle, the processor
will resume operation with the third instruction after the
PMCON1 write instruction.
FIGURE 10-4: FLASH PROGRAM
MEMORY ERASE
FLOWCHART
Start
Erase Operation
End
Erase Operation
Disable Interrupts
(GIE = 0)
Select
Program or Configuration Memory
(CFGS)
Select Erase Operation
(FREE = 1)
Select Row Address
(PMADRH:PMADRL)
Enable Write/Erase Operation
(WREN = 1)
Unlock Sequence
(See Note 1)
Re-enable Interrupts
(GIE = 1)
Disable Write/Erase Operation
(WREN = 0)
CPU stalls while
Erase operation completes
(2 ms typical)
Rev. 10-000048A
7/30/2013
Note 1: See Figure 10-3.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 104 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
EXAMPLE 10-2: ERASING ONE ROW OF PROGRAM MEMORY
; This row erase routine assumes the following:
; 1. A valid address within the erase row is loaded in ADDRH:ADDRL
; 2. ADDRH and ADDRL are located in shared data memory 0x70 - 0x7F (common RAM)
BCF INTCON,GIE ; Disable ints so required sequences will execute properly
BANKSEL PMADRL
MOVF ADDRL,W ; Load lower 8 bits of erase address boundary
MOVWF PMADRL
MOVF ADDRH,W ; Load upper 6 bits of erase address boundary
MOVWF PMADRH
BCF PMCON1,CFGS ; Not configuration space
BSF PMCON1,FREE ; Specify an erase operation
BSF PMCON1,WREN ; Enable writes
MOVLW 55h ; Start of required sequence to initiate erase
MOVWF PMCON2 ; Write 55h
MOVLW AAh ;
MOVWF PMCON2 ; Write AAh
BSF PMCON1,WR ; Set WR bit to begin erase
NOP ; NOP instructions are forced as processor starts
NOP ; row erase of program memory.
;
; The processor stalls until the erase process is complete
; after erase processor continues with 3rd instruction
BCF PMCON1,WREN ; Disable writes
BSF INTCON,GIE ; Enable interrupts
Required
Sequence
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 105
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
10.2.4 WRITING TO FLASH PROGRAM
MEMORY
Program memory is programmed using the following
steps:
1. Load the address in PMADRH:PMADRL of the
row to be programmed.
2. Load each write latch with data.
3. Initiate a programming operation.
4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 until all data is written.
Before writing to program memory, the word(s) to be
written must be erased or previously unwritten. Pro-
gram memory can only be erased one row at a time. No
automatic erase occurs upon the initiation of the write.
Program memory can be written one or more words at
a time. The maximum number of words written at one
time is equal to the number of write latches. See
Figure 10-5 (row writes to program memory with 16
write latches) for more details.
The write latches are aligned to the Flash row address
boundary defined by the upper 11-bits of
PMADRH:PMADRL, (PMADRH<6:0>:PMADRL<7:4>)
with the lower four bits of PMADRL, (PMADRL<3:0>)
determining the write latch being loaded. Write opera-
tions do not cross these boundaries. At the completion
of a program memory write operation, the data in the
write latches is reset to contain 0x3FFF.
The following steps should be completed to load the
write latches and program a row of program memory.
These steps are divided into two parts. First, each write
latch is loaded with data from the PMDATH:PMDATL
using the unlock sequence with LWLO = 1. When the
last word to be loaded into the write latch is ready, the
LWLO bit is cleared and the unlock sequence
executed. This initiates the programming operation,
writing all the latches into Flash program memory.
1. Set the WREN bit of the PMCON1 register.
2. Clear the CFGS bit of the PMCON1 register.
3. Set the LWLO bit of the PMCON1 register.
When the LWLO bit of the PMCON1 register is
‘1’, the write sequence will only load the write
latches and will not initiate the write to Flash
program memory.
4. Load the PMADRH:PMADRL register pair with
the address of the location to be written.
5. Load the PMDATH:PMDATL register pair with
the program memory data to be written.
6. Execute the unlock sequence (Section 10.2.2
“Flash Memory Unlock Sequence”). The write
latch is now loaded.
7. Increment the PMADRH:PMADRL register pair
to point to the next location.
8. Repeat steps 5 through 7 until all but the last
write latch has been loaded.
9. Clear the LWLO bit of the PMCON1 register.
When the LWLO bit of the PMCON1 register is
‘0’, the write sequence will initiate the write to
Flash program memory.
10. Load the PMDATH:PMDATL register pair with
the program memory data to be written.
11. Execute the unlock sequence (Section 10.2.2
“Flash Memory Unlock Sequence”). The
entire program memory latch content is now
written to Flash program memory.
An example of the complete write sequence is shown in
Example 10-3. The initial address is loaded into the
PMADRH:PMADRL register pair; the data is loaded
using indirect addressing.
Note: The special unlock sequence is required
to load a write latch with data or initiate a
Flash programming operation. If the
unlock sequence is interrupted, writing to
the latches or program memory will not be
initiated.
Note: The program memory write latches are
reset to the blank state (0x3FFF) at the
completion of every write or erase
operation. As a result, it is not necessary
to load all the program memory write
latches. Unloaded latches will remain in
the blank state.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 106 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 10-5: BLOCK WRITES TO FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY WITH 16 WRITE LATCHES
6 8
14
1414
Write Latch #15
0Fh
1414
Program Memory Write Latches
14 14 14
PMADRH<6:0>:
PMADRL<7:4>
Flash Program Memory
Row
Row
Address
Decode
Addr
Write Latch #14
0Eh
Write Latch #1
01h
Write Latch #0
00h
Addr Addr Addr
000h 000Fh
000Eh
0000h 0001h
001h 001Fh
001Eh
0010h 0011h
002h 002Fh002Eh0020h 0021h
7FEh 7FEFh7FEEh
7FE0h 7FE1h
7FFh 7FFFh7FFEh7FF0h 7FF1h
14
PMADRL<3:0>
800h 800Ah - 801Fh8000h - 8003h
Configuration
Words
USER ID 0 - 3
8007h – 8009h8006h
DEVICE ID
reserved reserved
Configuration Memory
CFGS = 0
CFGS = 1
PMADRH PMADRL
7 6 0 7 4 3 0
c3 c2 c1 c0r9 r8 r7 r6 r5 r4 r3-r1 r0r2
PMDATH PMDATL
7 5 0 7 0
--
8004h
411
rA
Rev . 10 -000 004C
11 /13 / 201 3
MASK/
REV ID
8005h
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 107
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
FIGURE 10-6: FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY WRITE FLOWCHART
Start
Write Operation
End
Write Operation
CPU stalls while Write
operation completes
(2 ms typical)
No delay when writing to
Program Memory Latches
Determine number of
words to be written into
Program or Configuration
Memory. The number of
words cannot exceed the
number of words per row
(word_cnt)
Last word to
write ?
Disable Interrupts
(GIE = 0)
Select
Program or Config.
Memory (CFGS)
Select Row Address
(PMADRH:PMADRL)
Select Write Operation
(FREE = 0)
Load Write Latches Only
(LWLO = 1)
Enable Write/Erase
Operation (WREN = 1)
Load the value to write
(PMDATH:PMDATL)
Update the word counter
(word_cnt--)
Unlock Sequence
(See Note 1)
Increment Address
(PMADRH:PMADRL++)
Write Latches to Flash
(LWLO = 0)
Unlock Sequence
(See Note 1)
Disable Write/Erase
Operation (WREN = 0)
Re-enable Interrupts
(GIE = 1)
Yes
No
Rev. 10-000049A
7/30/2013
Note 1: See Figure 10-3.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 108 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
EXAMPLE 10-3: WRITING TO FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY (16 WRITE LATCHES)
; This write routine assumes the following:
; 1. 64 bytes of data are loaded, starting at the address in DATA_ADDR
; 2. Each word of data to be written is made up of two adjacent bytes in DATA_ADDR,
; stored in little endian format
; 3. A valid starting address (the Least Significant bits = 00000) is loaded in ADDRH:ADDRL
; 4. ADDRH and ADDRL are located in shared data memory 0x70 - 0x7F (common RAM)
;
BCF INTCON,GIE ; Disable ints so required sequences will execute properly
BANKSEL PMADRH ; Bank 3
MOVF ADDRH,W ; Load initial address
MOVWF PMADRH ;
MOVF ADDRL,W ;
MOVWF PMADRL ;
MOVLW LOW DATA_ADDR ; Load initial data address
MOVWF FSR0L ;
MOVLW HIGH DATA_ADDR ; Load initial data address
MOVWF FSR0H ;
BCF PMCON1,CFGS ; Not configuration space
BSF PMCON1,WREN ; Enable writes
BSF PMCON1,LWLO ; Only Load Write Latches
LOOP
MOVIW FSR0++ ; Load first data byte into lower
MOVWF PMDATL ;
MOVIW FSR0++ ; Load second data byte into upper
MOVWF PMDATH ;
MOVF PMADRL,W ; Check if lower bits of address are '00000'
XORLW 0x0F ; Check if we're on the last of 16 addresses
ANDLW 0x0F ;
BTFSC STATUS,Z ; Exit if last of 16 words,
GOTO START_WRITE ;
MOVLW 55h ; Start of required write sequence:
MOVWF PMCON2 ; Write 55h
MOVLW AAh ;
MOVWF PMCON2 ; Write AAh
BSF PMCON1,WR ; Set WR bit to begin write
NOP ; NOP instructions are forced as processor
; loads program memory write latches
NOP ;
INCF PMADRL,F ; Still loading latches Increment address
GOTO LOOP ; Write next latches
START_WRITE
BCF PMCON1,LWLO ; No more loading latches - Actually start Flash program
; memory write
MOVLW 55h ; Start of required write sequence:
MOVWF PMCON2 ; Write 55h
MOVLW AAh ;
MOVWF PMCON2 ; Write AAh
BSF PMCON1,WR ; Set WR bit to begin write
NOP ; NOP instructions are forced as processor writes
; all the program memory write latches simultaneously
NOP ; to program memory.
; After NOPs, the processor
; stalls until the self-write process in complete
; after write processor continues with 3rd instruction
BCF PMCON1,WREN ; Disable writes
BSF INTCON,GIE ; Enable interrupts
Required
Sequence
Required
Sequence
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 109
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
10.3 Modifying Flash Program Memory
When modifying existing data in a program memory
row, and data within that row must be preserved, it must
first be read and saved in a RAM image. Program
memory is modified using the following steps:
1. Load the starting address of the row to be
modified.
2. Read the existing data from the row into a RAM
image.
3. Modify the RAM image to contain the new data
to be written into program memory.
4. Load the starting address of the row to be
rewritten.
5. Erase the program memory row.
6. Load the write latches with data from the RAM
image.
7. Initiate a programming operation.
FIGURE 10-7: FLASH PROGRAM
MEMORY MODIFY
FLOWCHART
Start
Modify Operation
End
Modify Operation
Read Operation
(See Note 1)
An image of the entire row
read must be stored in RAM
Erase Operation
(See Note 2)
Modify Image
The words to be modified are
changed in the RAM image
Write Operation
Use RAM image
(See Note 3)
Rev. 10-000050A
7/30/2013
Note 1: See Figure 10-2.
2: See Figure 10-4.
3: See Figure 10-5.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 110 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
10.4 User ID, Device ID and
Configuration Word Access
Instead of accessing program memory, the User ID’s,
Device ID/Revision ID and Configuration Words can be
accessed when CFGS = 1 in the PMCON1 register.
This is the region that would be pointed to by
PC<15> = 1, but not all addresses are accessible.
Different access may exist for reads and writes. Refer
to Tab le 10-2 .
When read access is initiated on an address outside
the parameters listed in Table 1 0-2, the
PMDATH:PMDATL register pair is cleared, reading
back ‘0’s.
TABLE 10-2: USER ID, DEVICE ID AND CONFIGURATION WORD ACCESS (CFGS = 1)
EXAMPLE 10-4: CONFIGURATION WORD AND DEVICE ID ACCESS
Address Function Read Access Write Access
8000h-8003h User IDs Yes Yes
8006h/8005h Device ID/Revision ID Yes No
8007h-8009h Configuration Words 1, 2, and 3 Yes No
* This code block will read 1 word of program memory at the memory address:
* PROG_ADDR_LO (must be 00h-08h) data will be returned in the variables;
* PROG_DATA_HI, PROG_DATA_LO
BANKSEL PMADRL ; Select correct Bank
MOVLW PROG_ADDR_LO ;
MOVWF PMADRL ; Store LSB of address
CLRF PMADRH ; Clear MSB of address
BSF PMCON1,CFGS ; Select Configuration Space
BCF INTCON,GIE ; Disable interrupts
BSF PMCON1,RD ; Initiate read
NOP ; Executed (See Figure 10-2)
NOP ; Ignored (See Figure 10-2)
BSF INTCON,GIE ; Restore interrupts
MOVF PMDATL,W ; Get LSB of word
MOVWF PROG_DATA_LO ; Store in user location
MOVF PMDATH,W ; Get MSB of word
MOVWF PROG_DATA_HI ; Store in user location
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 111
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
10.5 Write Verify
It is considered good programming practice to verify that
program memory writes agree with the intended value.
Since program memory is stored as a full page then the
stored program memory contents are compared with the
intended data stored in RAM after the last write is
complete.
FIGURE 10-8: FLASH PROGRAM
MEMORY VERIFY
FLOWCHART
Start
Verify Operation
This routine assumes that the last
row of data written was from an
image saved on RAM. This image
will be used to verify the data
currently stored in Flash Program
Memory
Fail
Verify Operation
Last word ?
PMDAT =
RAM image ?
Read Operation
(See Note 1)
End
Verify Operation
No
No
Yes
Yes
Rev. 10-000051A
7/30/2013
Note 1: See Figure 10-2.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 112 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
10.6 Register Definitions: Flash Program Memory Control
REGISTER 10-1: PMDATL: PROGRAM MEMORY DATA LOW BYTE REGISTER
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
PMDAT<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 PMDAT<7:0>: Read/write value for Least Significant bits of program memory
REGISTER 10-2: PMDATH: PROGRAM MEMORY DATA HIGH BYTE REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
—— PMDAT<13:8>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-0 PMDAT<13:8>: Read/write value for Most Significant bits of program memory
REGISTER 10-3: PMADRL: PROGRAM MEMORY ADDRESS LOW BYTE REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
PMADR<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 PMADR<7:0>: Specifies the Least Significant bits for program memory address
REGISTER 10-4: PMADRH: PROGRAM MEMORY ADDRESS HIGH BYTE REGISTER
U-1 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
—(1) PMADR<14:8>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’
bit 6-0 PMADR<14:8>: Specifies the Most Significant bits for program memory address
Note 1: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 113
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
REGISTER 10-5: PMCON1: PROGRAM MEMORY CONTROL 1 REGISTER
U-1 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W/HC-0/0 R/W/HC-x/q(2) R/W-0/0 R/S/HC-0/0 R/S/HC-0/0
—(1) CFGS LWLO FREE WRERR WREN WR RD
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
S = Bit can only be set x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HC = Bit is cleared by hardware
bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’
bit 6 CFGS: Configuration Select bit
1 = Access Configuration, User ID and Device ID Registers
0 = Access Flash program memory
bit 5 LWLO: Load Write Latches Only bit(3)
1 = Only the addressed program memory write latch is loaded/updated on the next WR command
0 = The addressed program memory write latch is loaded/updated and a write of all program memory write latches
will be initiated on the next WR command
bit 4 FREE: Program Flash Erase Enable bit
1 = Performs an erase operation on the next WR command (hardware cleared upon completion)
0 = Performs a write operation on the next WR command
bit 3 WRERR: Program/Erase Error Flag bit
1 = Condition indicates an improper program or erase sequence attempt or termination (bit is set automatically
on any set attempt (write ‘1’) of the WR bit).
0 = The program or erase operation completed normally.
bit 2 WREN: Program/Erase Enable bit
1 = Allows program/erase cycles
0 = Inhibits programming/erasing of program Flash
bit 1 WR: Write Control bit
1 = Initiates a program Flash program/erase operation.
The operation is self-timed and the bit is cleared by hardware once operation is complete.
The WR bit can only be set (not cleared) in software.
0 = Program/erase operation to the Flash is complete and inactive.
bit 0 RD: Read Control bit
1 = Initiates a program Flash read. Read takes one cycle. RD is cleared in hardware. The RD bit can only be set
(not cleared) in software.
0 = Does not initiate a program Flash read.
Note 1: Unimplemented bit, read as ‘1’.
2: The WRERR bit is automatically set by hardware when a program memory write or erase operation is started (WR = 1).
3: The LWLO bit is ignored during a program memory erase operation (FREE = 1).
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 114 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 10-3: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY
TABLE 10-4: SUMMARY OF CONFIGURATION WORD WITH FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY
REGISTER 10-6: PMCON2: PROGRAM MEMORY CONTROL 2 REGISTER
W-0/0 W-0/0 W-0/0 W-0/0 W-0/0 W-0/0 W-0/0 W-0/0
Program Memory Control Register 2
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
S = Bit can only be set x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 Flash Memory Unlock Pattern bits
To unlock writes, a 55h must be written first, followed by an AAh, before setting the WR bit of the
PMCON1 register. The value written to this register is used to unlock the writes. There are specific
timing requirements on these writes.
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register on
Page
INTCON GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 78
PMCON1 —(1) CFGS LWLO FREE WRERR WREN WR RD 113
PMCON2 Program Memory Control Register 2 114
PMADRL PMADRL<7:0> 112
PMADRH —(1) PMADRH<6:0> 112
PMDATL PMDATL<7:0> 112
PMDATH ——PMDATH<5:0>112
Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by Flash program memory.
Note 1: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
Name Bits Bit -/7 Bit -/6 Bit 13/5 Bit 12/4 Bit 11/3 Bit 10/2 Bit 9/1 Bit 8/0 Register
on Page
CONFIG1 13:8 — — — — CLKOUTEN BOREN<1:0> —48
7:0 CP MCLRE PWRTE — — — FOSC<1:0>
CONFIG2 13:8 — — LVP DEBUG LPBOR BORV STVREN PLLEN 49
7:0 ZCDDIS — — — — —WRT<1:0>
CONFIG3 13:8 —— WDTCCS<2:0> WDTCWS<2:0> 50
7:0 — WDTE<1:0> WDTCPS<4:0>
Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by Flash program memory.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 115
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
11.0 CYCLIC REDUNDANCY CHECK
(CRC) MODULE
The Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) module provides
a software-configurable hardware-implemented CRC
checksum generator. This module includes the following
features:
• Any standard CRC up to 16 bits can be used
• Configurable Polynomial
• Any seed value up to 16 bits can be used
• Standard and reversed bit order available
• Augmented zeros can be added automatically or
by the user
• Memory scanner for fast CRC calculations on
program memory user data
• Software loadable data registers for communica-
tion CRC’s
11.1 CRC Module Overview
The CRC module provides a means for calculating a
check value of program or EEPROM memory. The
CRC module is coupled with a memory scanner for
faster CRC calculations. The memory scanner can
automatically provide data to the CRC module. The
CRC module can also be operated by directly writing
data to SFRs, without using a scanner.
11.2 CRC Functional Overview
The CRC module can be used to detect bit errors in the
Flash memory using the built-in memory scanner or
through user input RAM memory. The CRC module can
accept up to a 16-bit polynomial with up to a 16-bit seed
value. A CRC calculated check value (or checksum)
will then be generated into the CRCACC<15:0> regis-
ters for user storage. The CRC module uses an XOR
shift register implementation to perform the polynomial
division required for the CRC calculation.
EXAMPLE 11-1:
11.3 CRC Polynomial Implementation
Any standard polynomial up to 17 bits can be used. The
PLEN<3:0> bits are used to specify how long the poly-
nomial used will be. For an xn polynomial, PLEN = n-2.
In an n-bit polynomial the xn bit and the LSb will be
used as a ‘1’ in the CRC calculation because the MSb
and LSb must always be a ‘1’ for a CRC polynomial.
For example, if using CRC-16-ANSI, the polynomial will
look like 0x8005. This will be implemented into the
CRCXOR<15:1> registers, as shown in Example 11-1.
Rev. 10-000206A
1/8/2014
CRC-16-ANSI
x16 + x15 + x2+ 1 (17 bits)
CRCXORH = 0b10000000
CRCXORL = 0b0000010- (1)
Standard 16-bit representation = 0x8005
Data Sequence:
0x55, 0x66, 0x77, 0x88
Check Value (ACCM = 1):
SHIFTM = 0: 0x32D6
CRCACCH = 0b00110010
CRCACCL = 0b11010110
SHIFTM = 1: 0x6BA2
CRCACCH = 0b01101011
CRCACCL = 0b10100010
DLEN = 0b0111
PLEN = 0b1111
Data entered into the CRC:
SHIFTM = 0:
01010101 01100110 01110111 10001000
SHIFTM = 1:
10101010 01100110 11101110 00010001
Note 1: Bit 0 is unimplemented. The LSb of any
CRC polynomial is always ‘1’ and will always
be treated as a ‘1’ by the CRC for calculating
the CRC check value. This bit will be read in
software as a ‘0’.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 116 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
EXAMPLE 11-2: CRC LFSR EXAMPLE
11.4 CRC Data Sources
Data can be input to the CRC module in two ways:
- User data using the CRCDAT registers
- Flash using the Program Memory Scanner
To set the number of bits of data, up to 16 bits, the
DLEN bits of CRCCON1 must be set accordingly. Only
data bits in CRCDATA registers up to DLEN will be
used, other data bits in CRCDATA registers will be
ignored.
Data is moved into the CRCSHIFT as an intermediate
to calculate the check value located in the CRCACC
registers.
The SHIFTM bit is used to determine the bit order of the
data being shifted into the accumulator. If SHIFTM is
not set, the data will be shifted in MSb first. The value
of DLEN will determine the MSb. If SHIFTM bit is set,
the data will be shifted into the accumulator in reversed
order, LSb first.
The CRC module can be seeded with an initial value by
setting the CRCACC<15:0> registers to the appropri-
ate value before beginning the CRC.
11.4.1 CRC FROM USER DATA
To use the CRC module on data input from the user, the
user must write the data to the CRCDAT registers. The
data from the CRCDAT registers will be latched into the
shift registers on any write to the CRCDATL register.
11.4.2 CRC FROM FLASH
To use the CRC module on data located in Flash
memory, the user can initialize the Program Memory
Scanner as defined in Section 11.8, Program Mem-
ory Scan Configuration.
11.5 CRC Check Value
The CRC check value will be located in the CRCACC
registers after the CRC calculation has finished. The
check value will depend on two mode settings of the
CRCCON: ACCM and SHIFTM.
If the ACCM bit is set, the CRC module will augment
the data with a number of zeros equal to the length of
the polynomial to find the final check value. If the
ACCM bit is not set, the CRC will stop at the end of the
data. A number of zeros equal to the length of the poly-
nomial can then be entered to find the same check
value as augmented mode, alternatively the expected
check value can be entered at this point to make the
final result equal 0.
A final XOR value may be needed with the check value
to find the desired CRC result
11.6 CRC Interrupt
The CRC will generate an interrupt when the BUSY bit
transitions from 1 to 0. The CRCIF interrupt flag bit of
the PIR4 register is set every time the BUSY bit transi-
tions, regardless of whether or not the CRC interrupt is
enabled. The CRCIF bit can only be cleared in soft-
ware. The CRC interrupt enable is the CRCIE bit of the
PIE4 register.
Rev. 10-000207A
1/8/2014
Data in
b0b1b2b3b4b5b6b7b8b9b10b11b12b13b14b15 Data out
Linear Feedback Shift Register for CRC-16-ANSI
x16 + x15 + x2+ 1
x0x1x2x3x4x5x6x7x8x9x10 x11 x12 x13 x14 x15 x16
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 117
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
11.7 Configuring the CRC
The following steps illustrate how to properly configure
the CRC.
1. Determine if the automatic Program Memory
scan will be used with the Scanner or manual
calculation through the SFR interface and per-
form the actions specified in Section 11.4 “CRC
Data Sources”, depending on which decision
was made.
2. If desired, seed a starting CRC value into the
CRCACCH/L registers.
3. Program the CRCXORH/L registers with the
desired generator polynomial.
4. Program the DLEN<3:0> bits of the CRCCON1
register with the length of the data word - 1 (refer
to Example 11-1). This determines how many
times the shifter will shift into the accumulator for
each data word.
5. Program the PLEN<3:0> bits of the CRCCON1
register with the length of the polynomial - 2
(refer to Example 11-1).
6. Determine whether shifting in trailing zeros is
desired and set the ACCM bit of CRCCON0 reg-
ister appropriately.
7. Likewise, determine whether the MSb or LSb
should be shifted first and write the SHIFTM bit
of CRCCON0 register appropriately.
8. Write the CRCGO bit of the CRCCON0 register
to begin the shifting process.
9a. If manual SFR entry is used, monitor the FULL bit
of CRCCON0 register. When FULL = 0, another
word of data can be written to the CRCDATH/L
registers, keeping in mind that CRCDATH should
be written first if the data has >8 bits, as the
shifter will begin upon the CRCDATL register
being written.
9b. If the scanner is used, the scanner will
automatically stuff words into the CRCDATH/L
registers as needed, as long as the SCANGO bit
is set.
10a.If using the Flash memory scanner, monitor the
SCANIF (or the SCANGO bit) for the scanner to
finish pushing information into the CRCDATA
registers. After the scanner is completed, moni-
tor the CRCIF (or the BUSY bit) to determine
that the CRC has been completed and the check
value can be read from the CRCACC registers.
If both the interrupt flags are set (or both BUSY
and SCANGO bits are cleared), the completed
CRC calculation can be read from the
CRCACCH/L registers.
10b.If manual entry is used, monitor the CRCIF (or
BUSY bit) to determine when the CRCACC
registers will hold the check value.
11.8 Program Memory Scan
Configuration
If desired, the Program Memory Scan module may be
used in conjunction with the CRC module to perform a
CRC calculation over a range of program memory
addresses. In order to set up the Scanner to work with
the CRC you need to perform the following steps:
1. Set the EN bit to enable the module. This can be
performed at any point preceding the setting of
the SCANGO bit, but if it gets disabled, all inter-
nal states of the Scanner are reset (registers are
unaffected).
2. Choose which memory access mode is to be
used (see Section 11.10 “Scanning Modes”)
and set the MODE bits of the SCANCON0
register appropriately.
3. Based on the memory access mode, set the
INTM bits of the SCANCON0 register to the
appropriate interrupt mode (see
Section 11.10.5 “Interrupt Interaction”)
4. Set the SCANLADRL/H and SCANHADRL/H
registers with the beginning and ending loca-
tions in memory that are to be scanned.
5. Begin the scan by setting the SCANGO bit in the
SCANCON0 register. The scanner will wait
(CRCGO must be set) for the signal from the
CRC that it is ready for the first Flash memory
location, then begin loading data into the CRC.
It will continue to do so until it either hits the con-
figured end address or an address that is unim-
plemented on the device, at which point the
SCANGO bit will clear, Scanner functions will
cease, and the SCANIF interrupt will be trig-
gered. Alternately, the SCANGO bit can be
cleared in software if desired.
11.9 Scanner Interrupt
The scanner will trigger an interrupt when the
SCANGO bit transitions from 1 to 0. The SCANIF inter-
rupt flag of PIR4 is set when the last memory location
is reached and the data is entered into the CRCDATA
registers. The SCANIF bit can only be cleared in soft-
ware. The SCAN interrupt enable is the SCANIE bit of
the PIE4 register.
11.10 Scanning Modes
The memory scanner can scan in four modes: Burst,
Peek, Concurrent, and Triggered. These modes are
controlled by the MODE bits of the SCANCON0 regis-
ter. The four modes are summarized in Table 11-1.
11.10.1 BURST MODE
When MODE = 01, the scanner is in Burst mode. In
Burst mode, CPU operation is stalled beginning with the
operation after the one that sets the SCANGO bit, and
the scan begins, using the instruction clock to execute.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 118 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
The CPU is held until the scan stops. Note that because
the CPU is not executing instructions, the SCANGO bit
cannot be cleared in software, so the CPU will remain
stalled until one of the hardware end-conditions occurs.
Burst mode has the highest throughput for the scanner,
but has the cost of stalling other execution while it
occurs.
11.10.2 CONCURRENT MODE
When MODE = 00, the scanner is in Concurrent mode.
Concurrent mode, like Burst mode, stalls the CPU
while performing accesses of memory. However, while
Burst mode stalls until all accesses are complete,
Concurrent mode allows the CPU to execute in
between access cycles.
11.10.3 TRIGGERED MODE
When MODE = 11, the scanner is in Triggered mode.
Triggered mode behaves identically to Concurrent
mode, except instead of beginning the scan immedi-
ately upon the SCANGO bit being set, it waits for a ris-
ing edge from a separate trigger clock, the source of
which is determined by the SCANTRIG register.
11.10.4 PEEK MODE
When MODE = 10, the scanner is in Peek mode. Peek
mode waits for an instruction cycle in which the CPU
does not need to access the NVM (such as a branch
instruction) and uses that cycle to do its own NVM
access. This results in the lowest throughput for the NVM
access (and can take a much longer time to complete a
scan than the other modes), but does so without any
impact on execution times, unlike the other modes.
TABLE 11-1: SUMMARY OF SCANNER MODES
11.10.5 INTERRUPT INTERACTION
The INTM bit of the SCANCON0 register controls the
scanner’s response to interrupts depending on which
mode the NVM scanner is in, as described in
Table 11-2.
TABLE 11-2: SCAN INTERRUPT MODES
In general, if INTM = 0, the scanner will take prece-
dence over the interrupt, resulting in decreased inter-
rupt processing speed and/or increased interrupt
response latency. If INTM = 1, the interrupt will take
precedence and have a better speed, delaying the
memory scan.
MODE<1:0>
Description
First Scan Access CPU Operation
11 Triggered As soon as possible
following a trigger Stalled during NVM access CPU resumes execution following
each access
10 Peek At the first dead cycle Timing is unaffected CPU continues execution following
each access
01 Burst
As soon as possible Stalled during NVM access
CPU suspended until scan
completes
00 Concurrent CPU resumes execution following
each access
INTM
MODE<1:0>
MODE == Burst MODE != Burst
1
Interrupt overrides SCANGO to pause the burst
and the interrupt handler executes at full speed;
Scanner Burst resumes when interrupt
completes.
Scanner suspended during interrupt response;
interrupt executes at full speed and scan
resumes when the interrupt is complete.
0
Interrupts do not override SCANGO, and the
scan (burst) operation will continue; interrupt
response will be delayed until scan completes
(latency will be increased).
Scanner accesses NVM during interrupt
response. If MODE != Peak the interrupt handler
execution speed will be affected.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 119
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
11.10.6 WDT INTERACTION
Operation of the WDT is not affected by scanner activ-
ity. Hence, it is possible that long scans, particularly in
Burst mode, may exceed the WDT time-out period and
result in an undesired device Reset. This should be
considered when performing memory scans with an
application that also utilizes WDT.
11.10.7 IN-CIRCUIT DEBUG (ICD)
INTERACTION
The scanner freezes when an ICD halt occurs, and
remains frozen until user-mode operation resumes.
The debugger may inspect the SCANCON0 and
SCANLADR registers to determine the state of the
scan.
The ICD interaction with each operating mode is
summarized in Table 11-3.
TABLE 11-3: ICD AND SCANNER INTERACTIONS
ICD Halt
Scanner Operating Mode
Peek Concurrent
Triggered Burst
External Halt
If Scanner would peek an instruction
that is not executed (because of ICD
entry), the peek will occur after ICD
exit, when the instruction executes.
If external halt is asserted during a
scan cycle, the instruction (delayed
by scan) may or may not execute
before ICD entry, depending on
external halt timing.
If external halt is asserted during the
BSF(SCANCON.GO), ICD entry
occurs, and the burst is delayed until
ICD exit.
Otherwise, the current NVM-access
cycle will complete, and then the
scanner will be interrupted for ICD
entry.
If external halt is asserted during the
cycle immediately prior to the scan
cycle, both scan and instruction
execution happen after the ICD exits.
If external halt is asserted during the
burst, the burst is suspended and will
resume with ICD exit.
PC
Breakpoint
Scan cycle occurs before ICD entry
and instruction execution happens
after the ICD exits. If PCPB (or single step) is on
BSF(SCANCON.GO), the ICD is
entered before execution; execution
of the burst will occur at ICD exit, and
the burst will run to completion.
Note that the burst can be interrupted
by an external halt.
Data
Breakpoint
The instruction with the dataBP
executes and ICD entry occurs
immediately after. If scan is
requested during that cycle, the scan
cycle is postponed until the ICD exits.
Single Step
If a scan cycle is ready after the
debug instruction is executed, the
scan will read PFM and then the ICD
is re-entered.
SWBP and
ICDINST
If scan would stall a SWBP, the scan
cycle occurs and the ICD is entered.
If SWBP replaces
BSF(SCANCON.GO), the ICD will be
entered; instruction execution will
occur at ICD exit (from ICDINSTR
register), and the burst will run to
completion.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 120 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
11.11 Register Definitions: CRC and Scanner Control
REGISTER 11-1: CRCCON0: CRC CONTROL REGISTER 0
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R-0 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R-0
EN CRCGO BUSY ACCM —— SHIFTM FULL
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 EN: CRC Enable bit
1 = CRC module is released from Reset
0 = CRC is disabled and consumes no operating current
bit 6 CRCGO: CRC Start bit
1 = Start CRC serial shifter
0 = CRC serial shifter turned off
bit 5 BUSY: CRC Busy bit
1 = Shifting in progress or pending
0 = All valid bits in shifter have been shifted into accumulator and EMPTY = 1
bit 4 ACCM: Accumulator Mode bit
1 = Data is augmented with zeros
0 = Data is not augmented with zeros
bit 3-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 1 SHIFTM: Shift Mode bit
1 = Shift right (LSb)
0 = Shift left (MSb)
bit 0 FULL: Data Path Full Indicator bit
1 = CRCDATH/L registers are full
0 = CRCDATH/L registers have shifted their data into the shifter
REGISTER 11-2: CRCCON1: CRC CONTROL REGISTER 1
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
DLEN<3:0> PLEN<3:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-4 DLEN<3:0>: Data Length bits
Denotes the length of the data word -1 (See Example 11-1)
bit 3-0 PLEN<3:0>: Polynomial Length bits
Denotes the length of the polynomial -1 (See Example 11-1)
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 121
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
REGISTER 11-3: CRCDATH: CRC DATA HIGH BYTE REGISTER
R/W-xx R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x
DAT<15:8>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 DAT<15:8>: CRC Input/Output Data bits
REGISTER 11-4: CRCDATL: CRC DATA LOW BYTE REGISTER
R/W-xx R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x
DAT<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 DAT<7:0>: CRC Input/Output Data bits
Writing to this register fills the shifter.
REGISTER 11-5: CRCACCH: CRC ACCUMULATOR HIGH BYTE REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
ACC<15:8>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 ACC<15:8>: CRC Accumulator Register bits
Writing to this register writes to the CRC accumulator register. Reading from
this register reads the CRC accumulator.
REGISTER 11-6: CRCACCL: CRC ACCUMULATOR LOW BYTE REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
ACC<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 ACC<7:0>: CRC Accumulator Register bits
Writing to this register writes to the CRC accumulator register through the CRC write bus. Reading from
this register reads the CRC accumulator.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 122 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 11-7: CRCSHIFTH: CRC SHIFT HIGH BYTE REGISTER
R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0
SHIFT<15:8>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 SHIFT<15:8>: CRC Shifter Register bits
Reading from this register reads the CRC
Shifter.
REGISTER 11-8: CRCSHIFTL: CRC SHIFT LOW BYTE REGISTER
R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0
SHIFT<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 SHIFT<7:0>: CRC Shifter Register bits
Reading from this register reads the CRC
Shifter.
REGISTER 11-9: CRCXORH: CRC XOR HIGH BYTE REGISTER
R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W
X<15:8>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 X<15:8>: XOR of Polynomial Term XN Enable bits
REGISTER 11-10: CRCXORL: CRC XOR LOW BYTE REGISTER
R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x U-0
X<7:1> —
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-1 X<7:1>: XOR of Polynomial Term XN Enable bits
bit 0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 123
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
REGISTER 11-11: SCANCON0: SCANNER ACCESS CONTROL REGISTER 0
R/W-0/0 R/W/HC-0/0 R-0 R-0 R/W-0/0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
EN(1) SCANGO(2, 3) BUSY(4) INVALID INTM —MODE<1:0>
(5)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HC = Bit is cleared by hardware
bit 7 EN: Scanner Enable bit(1)
1 = Scanner is enabled
0 = Scanner is disabled, internal states are reset
bit 6 SCANGO: Scanner GO bit(2, 3)
1 = When the CRC sends a ready signal, NVM will be accessed according to MDx and data passed
to the client peripheral.
0 = Scanner operations will not occur
bit 5 BUSY: Scanner Busy Indicator bit(4)
1 = Scanner cycle is in process
0 = Scanner cycle is complete (or never started)
bit 4 INVALID: Scanner Abort signal bit
1 = SCANLADRL/H has incremented or contains an invalid address(6)
0 = SCANLADRL/H points to a valid address
bit 3 INTM: NVM Scanner Interrupt Management Mode select bit
If MODE = 10:
This bit is ignored
If MODE = 01 (CPU is stalled until all data is transferred):
1 = SCANGO is overridden (to zero) during interrupt operation; scanner resumes after returning from
interrupt
0 = SCANGO is not affected by interrupts, the interrupt response will be affected
If MODE = 00 or 11:
1 = SCANGO is overridden (to zero) during interrupt operation; scan operations resume after returning
from interrupt
0 = Interrupts do not prevent NVM access
bit 2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 1-0 MODE<1:0>: Memory Access Mode bits(5)
11 = Triggered mode
10 = Peek mode
01 = Burst mode
00 = Concurrent mode
Note 1: Setting EN = 0 (SCANCON0 register) does not affect any other register content.
2: This bit is cleared when LADR > HADR (and a data cycle is not occurring).
3: If INTM = 1, this bit is overridden (to zero, but not cleared) during an interrupt response.
4: BUSY = 1 when the NVM is being accessed, or when the CRC sends a ready signal.
5: See Table 11-1 for more detailed information.
6: An invalid address happens when the entire range of the PFM is scanned and completed, i.e., device
memory is 0x4000 and SCANHADR = 0x3FFF, after the last scan SCANLADR increments to 0x4000, the
address is invalid.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 124 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 11-12: SCANLADRH: SCAN LOW ADDRESS HIGH BYTE REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
LADR<15:8>(1, 2)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 LADR<15:8>: Scan Start/Current Address bits(1, 2)
Most Significant bits of the current address to be fetched from, value increments on each fetch of
memory.
Note 1: Registers SCANLADRH/L form a 16-bit value, but are not guarded for atomic or asynchronous access;
registers should only be read or written while SCANGO = 0 (SCANCON0 register).
2: While SCANGO = 1 (SCANCON0 register), writing to this register is ignored.
REGISTER 11-13: SCANLADRL: SCAN LOW ADDRESS LOW BYTE REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
LADR<7:0>(1, 2)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 LADR<7:0>: Scan Start/Current Address bits(1, 2)
Least Significant bits of the current address to be fetched from, value increments on each fetch of
memory
Note 1: Registers SCANLADRH/L form a 16-bit value, but are not guarded for atomic or asynchronous access;
registers should only be read or written while SCANGO = 0 (SCANCON0 register).
2: While SCANGO = 1 (SCANCON0 register), writing to this register is ignored.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 125
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
REGISTER 11-14: SCANHADRH: SCAN HIGH ADDRESS HIGH BYTE REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
HADR<15:8>(1, 2)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 HADR<15:8>: Scan End Address bits(1, 2)
Most Significant bits of the address at the end of the designated scan
Note 1: Registers SCANHADRH/L form a 16-bit value, but are not guarded for atomic or asynchronous access;
registers should only be read or written while SCANGO = 0 (SCANCON0 register).
2: While SCANGO = 1 (SCANCON0 register), writing to this register is ignored.
REGISTER 11-15: SCANHADRL: SCAN HIGH ADDRESS LOW BYTE REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
HADR<7:0>(1, 2)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 HADR<7:0>: Scan End Address bits(1, 2)
Least Significant bits of the address at the end of the designated scan
Note 1: Registers SCANHADRH/L form a 16-bit value, but are not guarded for atomic or asynchronous access;
registers should only be read or written while SCANGO = 0 (SCANCON0 register).
2: While SCANGO = 1 (SCANCON0 register), writing to this register is ignored.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 126 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 11-4: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH CRC
REGISTER 11-16: SCANTRIG: SCAN TRIGGER SELECTION REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
— — — — — — TSEL<1:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 1-0 TSEL<1:0>: Scanner Data Trigger Input Selection bits
11 = TMR6_postscaled
10 = TMR4_postscaled
01 = TMR2_postscaled
00 = LFINTOSC
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
CRCACCH ACC<15:8> 121
CRCACCL ACC<7:0> 121
CRCCON0 EN CRCGO BUSY ACCM —— SHIFTM FULL 120
CRCCON1 DLEN<3:0> PLEN<3:0> 120
CRCDATH DATA<15:8> 121
CRCDATL DATA<7:0> 121
CRCSHIFTH SHIFT<15:8> 122
CRCSHIFTL SHIFT<7:0> 122
CRCXORH X<15:8> 122
CRCXORL X<7:1> —122
INTCON GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 78
PIR4 SCANIF CRCIF SMT2PWAIF SMT2PRAIF SMT2IF SMT1PWAIF SMT1PRAIF SMT1IF 86
PIE4 SCANIE CRCIE SMT2PWAIE SMT2PRAIE SMT2IE SMT1PWAIE SMT1PRAIE SMT1IE 82
SCANCON0 EN SCANGO BUSY INVALID INTM — MODE<1:0> 123
SCANHADRH HADR<15:8> 125
SCANHADRL HADR<7:0> 125
SCANLADRH LADR<15:8> 124
SCANLADRL LADR<7:0> 124
SCANTRIG —— TSEL<1:0> 126
Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for the CRC module.
* Page provides register information.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 127
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
12.0 I/O PORTS
Each port has three standard registers for its operation.
These registers are:
• TRISx registers (data direction)
• PORTx registers (reads the levels on the pins of
the device)
• LATx registers (output latch)
• INLVLx (input level control)
• ODCONx registers (open drain)
• SLRCONx registers (slew rate
Some ports may have one or more of the following
additional registers. These registers are:
• ANSELx (analog select)
• WPUx (weak pull-up)
In general, when a peripheral is enabled on a port pin,
that pin cannot be used as a general purpose output.
However, the pin can still be read.
The Data Latch (LATx registers) is useful for
read-modify-write operations on the value that the I/O
pins are driving.
A write operation to the LATx register has the same
effect as a write to the corresponding PORTx register.
A read of the LATx register reads of the values held in
the I/O PORT latches, while a read of the PORTx
register reads the actual I/O pin value.
Ports that support analog inputs have an associated
ANSELx register. When an ANSEL bit is set, the digital
input buffer associated with that bit is disabled.
Disabling the input buffer prevents analog signal levels
on the pin between a logic high and low from causing
excessive current in the logic input circuitry. A
simplified model of a generic I/O port, without the
interfaces to other peripherals, is shown in Figure 12-1.
FIGURE 12-1: GENERIC I/O PORT
OPERATION
TABLE 12-1: PORT AVAILABILITY PER
DEVICE
Device
PORTA
PORTC
PIC16(L)F1613 ●●
PIC12(L)F1612 ●
Write LATx
Write PORTx
Data bus
Read PORTx
To digital peripherals
To analog peripherals
Data Register
TRISx
VSS
I/O pin
ANSELx
DQ
CK
Read LATx
VDD
Rev. 10-000052A
7/30/2013
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 128 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
12.1 Alternate Pin Function
The Alternate Pin Function Control (APFCON) register
is used to steer specific peripheral input and output
functions between different pins. The APFCON register
is shown in Register 12-1. For this device family, the
following functions can be moved between different
pins.
•CWGA
•CWGB
•T1G
• CCP1
• CCP2
These bits have no effect on the values of any TRIS
register. PORT and TRIS overrides will be routed to the
correct pin. The unselected pin will be unaffected.
12.2 Register Definitions: Alternate Pin Function Control
REGISTER 12-1: APFCON: ALTERNATE PIN FUNCTION CONTROL REGISTER
U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 R/W-0/0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
—CWGASEL(1) CWGBSEL(1) —T1GSEL —CCP2SEL(2) CCP1SEL(1)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6 CWGASEL: Pin Selection bit(1)
1 = CWGA function is on RA5
0 = CWGA function is on RA2
bit 5 CWGBSEL: Pin Selection bit(1)
1 = CWGB function is on RA4
0 = CWGB function is on RA0
bit 4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3 T1GSEL: Pin Selection bit
1 = T1G function is on RA3
0 = T1G function is on RA4
bit 2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 1 CCP2SEL: Pin Selection bit(2)
1 = CCP2 function is on RA5
0 = CCP2 function is on RC3
bit 0 CCP1SEL: Pin Selection bit(1)
1 = CCP1 function is on RA5
0 = CCP1 function is on RA2
Note 1: PIC12(L)F1612 only.
2: PIC16(L)F1613 only.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 129
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
12.3 PORTA Registers
12.3.1 DATA REGISTER
PORTA is a 6-bit wide, bidirectional port. The
corresponding data direction register is TRISA
(Register 12-3). Setting a TRISA bit (= 1) will make the
corresponding PORTA pin an input (i.e., disable the
output driver). Clearing a TRISA bit (= 0) will make the
corresponding PORTA pin an output (i.e., enables
output driver and puts the contents of the output latch
on the selected pin). The exception is RA3, which is
input-only and its TRIS bit will always read as ‘1’.
Example 12-1 shows how to initialize an I/O port.
Reading the PORTA register (Register 12-2) reads the
status of the pins, whereas writing to it will write to the
PORT latch. All write operations are read-modify-write
operations. Therefore, a write to a port implies that the
port pins are read, this value is modified and then
written to the PORT data latch (LATA).
12.3.2 DIRECTION CONTROL
The TRISA register (Register 12-3) controls the
PORTA pin output drivers, even when they are being
used as analog inputs. The user should ensure the bits
in the TRISA register are maintained set when using
them as analog inputs. I/O pins configured as analog
input always read ‘0’.
12.3.3 OPEN DRAIN CONTROL
The ODCONA register (Register 12-7) controls the
open-drain feature of the port. Open drain operation is
independently selected for each pin. When an
ODCONA bit is set, the corresponding port output
becomes an open drain driver capable of sinking
current only. When an ODCONA bit is cleared, the
corresponding port output pin is the standard push-pull
drive capable of sourcing and sinking current.
12.3.4 SLEW RATE CONTROL
The SLRCONA register (Register 12-8) controls the
slew rate option for each port pin. Slew rate control is
independently selectable for each port pin. When an
SLRCONA bit is set, the corresponding port pin drive is
slew rate limited. When an SLRCONA bit is cleared,
The corresponding port pin drive slews at the maximum
rate possible.
12.3.5 INPUT THRESHOLD CONTROL
The INLVLA register (Register 12-9) controls the input
voltage threshold for each of the available PORTA input
pins. A selection between the Schmitt Trigger CMOS or
the TTL Compatible thresholds is available. The input
threshold is important in determining the value of a
read of the PORTA register and also the level at which
an interrupt-on-change occurs, if that feature is
enabled. See 28.3 “DC Characteristics” for more
information on threshold levels.
12.3.6 ANALOG CONTROL
The ANSELA register (Register 12-5) is used to
configure the Input mode of an I/O pin to analog.
Setting the appropriate ANSELA bit high will cause all
digital reads on the pin to be read as ‘0’ and allow
analog functions on the pin to operate correctly.
The state of the ANSELA bits has no effect on digital
output functions. A pin with TRIS clear and ANSEL set
will still operate as a digital output, but the Input mode
will be analog. This can cause unexpected behavior
when executing read-modify-write instructions on the
affected port.
EXAMPLE 12-1: INITIALIZING PORTA
Note: Changing the input threshold selection
should be performed while all peripheral
modules are disabled. Changing the
threshold level during the time a module is
active may inadvertently generate a tran-
sition associated with an input pin, regard-
less of the actual voltage level on that pin.
Note: The ANSELA bits default to the Analog
mode after Reset. To use any pins as
digital general purpose or peripheral
inputs, the corresponding ANSEL bits
must be initialized to ‘0’ by user software.
BANKSEL PORTA ;
CLRF PORTA ;Init PORTA
BANKSEL LATA ;Data Latch
CLRF LATA ;
BANKSEL ANSELA ;
CLRF ANSELA ;digital I/O
BANKSEL TRISA ;
MOVLW B'00111000' ;Set RA<5:3> as inputs
MOVWF TRISA ;and set RA<2:0> as
;outputs
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 130 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
12.3.7 PORTA FUNCTIONS AND OUTPUT
PRIORITIES
Each PORTA pin is multiplexed with other functions. The
pins, their combined functions and their output priorities
are shown in Table 12-2.
When multiple outputs are enabled, the actual pin
control goes to the peripheral with the highest priority.
Analog input functions, such as ADC and comparator
inputs, are not shown in the priority lists. These inputs
are active when the I/O pin is set for Analog mode using
the ANSELx registers. Digital output functions may
control the pin when it is in Analog mode with the
priority shown below in Table 12 - 2 .
TABLE 12-2: PORTA OUTPUT PRIORITY
(PIC12(L)F1612 ONLY)
Pin Name Function Priority(1)
RA0 DAC1OUT1
CWG1B(2)
CCP2
RA0
RA1 ZCD1OUT
RA1
RA2 CWG1A(2)
C1OUT
CCP1
RA2(2)
RA3 RA3
RA4 CLKOUT
CWG1B(3)
RA4
RA5 CWG1A(3)
CCP1(3)
RA5
Note 1: Priority listed from highest to lowest.
2: Default pin (see APFCON register).
3: Alternate pin (see APFCON register).
TABLE 12-3: PORTA OUTPUT PRIORITY
(PIC16(L)F1613 ONLY)
Pin Name Function Priority(1)
RA0 DAC1OUT1
RA0
RA1 ZCD1OUT
RA1
RA2 C1OUT
RA2(2)
RA3 RA3
RA4 CLKOUT
RA4
RA5 CCP2(3)
RA5
Note 1: Priority listed from highest to lowest.
2: Default pin (see APFCON register).
3: Alternate pin (see APFCON register).
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 131
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
12.4 Register Definitions: PORTA
REGISTER 12-2: PORTA: PORTA REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x
—— RA5 RA4 RA3 RA2 RA1 RA0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-0 RA<5:0>: PORTA I/O Value bits(1)
1 = Port pin is > VIH
0 = Port pin is < VIL
Note 1: Writes to PORTA are actually written to corresponding LATA register. Reads from PORTA register is return
of actual I/O pin values.
REGISTER 12-3: TRISA: PORTA TRI-STATE REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 U-1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
—— TRISA5 TRISA4 —(1) TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-4 TRISA<5:4>: PORTA Tri-State Control bit
1 = PORTA pin configured as an input (tri-stated)
0 = PORTA pin configured as an output
bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’
bit 2-0 TRISA<2:0>: PORTA Tri-State Control bit
1 = PORTA pin configured as an input (tri-stated)
0 = PORTA pin configured as an output
Note 1: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 132 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 12-4: LATA: PORTA DATA LATCH REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-x/u R/W-x/u U-0 R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
——LATA5LATA4— LATA2 LATA1 LATA0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-4 LATA<5:4>: RA<5:4> Output Latch Value bits(1)
bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2-0 LATA<2:0>: RA<2:0> Output Latch Value bits(1)
Note 1: Writes to PORTA are actually written to corresponding LATA register. Reads from PORTA register is return
of actual I/O pin values.
REGISTER 12-5: ANSELA: PORTA ANALOG SELECT REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1/1 U-0 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
— — — ANSA4 — ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4 ANSA4: Analog Select between Analog or Digital Function on pins RA4, respectively
1 = Analog input. Pin is assigned as analog input(1). Digital input buffer disabled.
0 = Digital I/O. Pin is assigned to port or digital special function.
bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2-0 ANSA<2:0>: Analog Select between Analog or Digital Function on pins RA<2:0>, respectively
1 = Analog input. Pin is assigned as analog input(1). Digital input buffer disabled.
0 = Digital I/O. Pin is assigned to port or digital special function.
Note 1: When setting a pin to an analog input, the corresponding TRIS bit must be set to Input mode in order to
allow external control of the voltage on the pin.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 133
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
REGISTER 12-6: WPUA: WEAK PULL-UP PORTA REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
—— WPUA5 WPUA4 WPUA3 WPUA2 WPUA1 WPUA0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-0 WPUA<5:0>: Weak Pull-up Register bits(3)
1 = Pull-up enabled
0 = Pull-up disabled
Note 1: Global WPUEN bit of the OPTION_REG register must be cleared for individual pull-ups to be enabled.
2: The weak pull-up device is automatically disabled if the pin is configured as an output.
3: For the WPUA3 bit, when MCLRE = 1, weak pull-up is internally enabled, but not reported here.
REGISTER 12-7: ODCONA: PORTA OPEN DRAIN CONTROL REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
—— ODA5 ODA4 — ODA2 ODA1 ODA0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-4 ODA<5:4>: PORTA Open Drain Enable bits
For RA<5:4> pins, respectively
1 = Port pin operates as open-drain drive (sink current only)
0 = Port pin operates as standard push-pull drive (source and sink current)
bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2-0 ODA<2:0>: PORTA Open Drain Enable bits
For RA<2:0> pins, respectively
1 = Port pin operates as open-drain drive (sink current only)
0 = Port pin operates as standard push-pull drive (source and sink current)
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 134 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 12-8: SLRCONA: PORTA SLEW RATE CONTROL REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 U-0 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
—— SLRA5 SLRA4 — SLRA2 SLRA1 SLRA0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-4 SLRA<5:4>: PORTA Slew Rate Enable bits
For RA<5:4> pins, respectively
1 = Port pin slew rate is limited
0 = Port pin slews at maximum rate
bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2-0 SLRA<2:0>: PORTA Slew Rate Enable bits
For RA<2:0> pins, respectively
1 = Port pin slew rate is limited
0 = Port pin slews at maximum rate
REGISTER 12-9: INLVLA: PORTA INPUT LEVEL CONTROL REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
—— INLVLA5 INLVLA4 INLVLA3 INLVLA2 INLVLA1 INLVLA0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-0 INLVLA<5:0>: PORTA Input Level Select bits
For RA<5:0> pins, respectively
1 = ST input used for PORT reads and interrupt-on-change
0 = TTL input used for PORT reads and interrupt-on-change
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 135
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
TABLE 12-4: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTA
TABLE 12-5: SUMMARY OF CONFIGURATION WORD WITH PORTA
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
ANSELA — — — ANSA4 — ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0 132
APFCON — CWGASEL(2) CWGBSEL(2) —T1GSEL— CCP2SEL(3) CCP1SEL(2) 128
INLVLA —— INLVLA5 INLVLA4 INLVLA3 INLVLA2 INLVLA1 INLVLA0 134
LATA ——LATA5LATA4— LATA2 LATA1 LATA0 132
ODCONA ——ODA5ODA4— ODA2 ODA1 ODA0 133
OPTION_REG WPUEN INTEDG TMR0CS TMR0SE PSA PS<2:0> 183
PORTA —— RA5 RA4 RA3 RA2 RA1 RA0 131
SLRCONA —— SLRA5 SLRA4 — SLRA2 SLRA1 SLRA0 134
TRISA —— TRISA5 TRISA4 —(1) TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 131
WPUA —— WPUA5 WPUA4 WPUA3 WPUA2 WPUA1 WPUA0 133
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, – = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by PORTA.
Note 1: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
2: PIC12(L)F1612 only.
3: PIC16(L)F1613 only.
Name Bits Bit -/7 Bit -/6 Bit 13/5 Bit 12/4 Bit 11/3 Bit 10/2 Bit 9/1 Bit 8/0 Register
on Page
CONFIG1 13:8 — — FCMEN IESO CLKOUTEN BOREN<1:0> —48
7:0 CP MCLRE PWRTE — — — FOSC<1:0>
Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by PORTA.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 136 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
12.5 PORTC Registers
(PIC16(L)F1613 only)
12.5.1 DATA REGISTER
PORTC is a 6-bit wide, bidirectional port. The
corresponding data direction register is TRISC
(Register 12-11). Setting a TRISC bit (= 1) will make
the corresponding PORTC pin an input (i.e., disable
the output driver). Clearing a TRISC bit (= 0) will make
the corresponding PORTC pin an output (i.e., enable
the output driver and put the contents of the output
latch on the selected pin). Example 12-1 shows how to
initialize an I/O port.
Reading the PORTC register (Register 12-10) reads the
status of the pins, whereas writing to it will write to the
PORT latch. All write operations are read-modify-write
operations. Therefore, a write to a port implies that the
port pins are read, this value is modified and then written
to the PORT data latch (LATC).
12.5.2 DIRECTION CONTROL
The TRISC register (Register 12-11) controls the
PORTC pin output drivers, even when they are being
used as analog inputs. The user should ensure the bits in
the TRISC register are maintained set when using them
as analog inputs. I/O pins configured as analog input
always read ‘0’.
12.5.3 OPEN DRAIN CONTROL
The ODCONC register (Register 12-14) controls the
open-drain feature of the port. Open-drain operation is
independently selected for each pin. When an
ODCONC bit is set, the corresponding port output
becomes an open-drain driver capable of sinking
current only. When an ODCONC bit is cleared, the
corresponding port output pin is the standard push-pull
drive capable of sourcing and sinking current.
12.5.4 SLEW RATE CONTROL
The SLRCONC register (Register 12-15) controls the
slew rate option for each port pin. Slew rate control is
independently selectable for each port pin. When an
SLRCONC bit is set, the corresponding port pin drive is
slew rate limited. When an SLRCONC bit is cleared,
The corresponding port pin drive slews at the maximum
rate possible.
12.5.5 INPUT THRESHOLD CONTROL
The INLVLC register (Register 12-16) controls the input
voltage threshold for each of the available PORTC
input pins. A selection between the Schmitt Trigger
CMOS or the TTL Compatible thresholds is available.
The input threshold is important in determining the
value of a read of the PORTC register and also the
level at which an interrupt-on-change occurs, if that
feature is enabled. See 28.3 “DC Characteristics” for
more information on threshold levels.
12.5.6 ANALOG CONTROL
The ANSELC register (Register 12-13) is used to
configure the Input mode of an I/O pin to analog.
Setting the appropriate ANSELC bit high will cause all
digital reads on the pin to be read as ‘0’ and allow
analog functions on the pin to operate correctly.
The state of the ANSELC bits has no effect on digital out-
put functions. A pin with TRIS clear and ANSELC set will
still operate as a digital output, but the Input mode will be
analog. This can cause unexpected behavior when exe-
cuting read-modify-write instructions on the affected
port.
Note: Changing the input threshold selection
should be performed while all peripheral
modules are disabled. Changing the
threshold level during the time a module is
active may inadvertently generate a tran-
sition associated with an input pin, regard-
less of the actual voltage level on that pin.
Note: The ANSELC bits default to the Analog
mode after Reset. To use any pins as
digital general purpose or peripheral
inputs, the corresponding ANSEL bits
must be initialized to ‘0’ by user software.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 137
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
12.5.7 PORTC FUNCTIONS AND OUTPUT
PRIORITIES
Each PORTC pin is multiplexed with other functions. The
pins, their combined functions and their output priorities
are shown in Table 12-6.
When multiple outputs are enabled, the actual pin
control goes to the peripheral with the highest priority.
Analog input and some digital input functions are not
included in the output priority list. These input functions
can remain active when the pin is configured as an
output. Certain digital input functions override other
port functions and are included in the output priority list.
TABLE 12-6: PORTC OUTPUT PRIORITY
Pin Name Function Priority(1)
RC0 RC0
RC1 RC1
RC2 CWG1D
RC2
RC3 CWG1C
CCP2(2)
RC3
RC4 CWG1B
C2OUT
RC4
RC5 CWG1A
CCP1
RC5
Note 1: Priority listed from highest to lowest.
2: Default pin (see APFCON register).
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 138 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
12.6 Register Definitions: PORTC (PIC16(L)F1613 ONLY)
REGISTER 12-10: PORTC: PORTC REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
—— RC5 RC4 RC3 RC2 RC1 RC0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-0 RC<5:0>: PORTC General Purpose I/O Pin bits
1 = Port pin is > VIH
0 = Port pin is < VIL
REGISTER 12-11: TRISC: PORTC TRI-STATE REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
—— TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-0 TRISC<5:0>: PORTC Tri-State Control bits
1 = PORTC pin configured as an input (tri-stated)
0 = PORTC pin configured as an output
REGISTER 12-12: LATC: PORTC DATA LATCH REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
—— LATC5 LATC4 LATC3 LATC2 LATC1 LATC0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-0 LATC<5:0>: PORTC Output Latch Value bits(1)
Note 1: Writes to PORTC are actually written to corresponding LATC register. Reads from PORTC register is
return of actual I/O pin values.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 139
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
REGISTER 12-13: ANSELC: PORTC ANALOG SELECT REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
— — — — ANSC3 ANSC2 ANSC1 ANSC0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3-0 ANSC<3:0>: Analog Select between Analog or Digital Function on pins RC<3:0>, respectively
1 = Analog input. Pin is assigned as analog input(1). Digital input buffer disabled.
0 = Digital I/O. Pin is assigned to port or digital special function.
Note 1: When setting a pin to an analog input, the corresponding TRIS bit must be set to Input mode in order to
allow external control of the voltage on the pin.
REGISTER 12-14: ODCONC: PORTC OPEN DRAIN CONTROL REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
—— ODC5 ODC4 ODC4 ODC2 ODC1 ODC0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-0 ODC<5:0>: PORTC Open Drain Enable bits
For RC<5:0> pins, respectively
1 = Port pin operates as open-drain drive (sink current only)
0 = Port pin operates as standard push-pull drive (source and sink current)
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 140 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 12-7: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTC(2)
REGISTER 12-15: SLRCONC: PORTC SLEW RATE CONTROL REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
—— SLRC5 SLRC4 SLRC3 SLRC2 SLRC1 SLRC0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-0 SLRC<5:0>: PORTC Slew Rate Enable bits
For RC<5:0> pins, respectively
1 = Port pin slew rate is limited
0 = Port pin slews at maximum rate
REGISTER 12-16: INLVLC: PORTC INPUT LEVEL CONTROL REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
—— INLVLC5 INLVLC4 INLVLC3 INLVLC2 INLVLC1 INLVLC0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-0 INLVLC<5:0>: PORTC Input Level Select bits
For RC<5:0> pins, respectively
1 = ST input used for PORT reads and interrupt-on-change
0 = TTL input used for PORT reads and interrupt-on-change
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
ANSELC — — — — ANSC3 ANSC2 ANSC1 ANSC0 132
APFCON —CWGASEL(1) CWGBSEL(1) — T1GSEL — CCP2SEL(2) CCP1SEL(1) 128
INLVLC —— INLVLC5 INLVLC4 INLVLC3 INLVLC2 INLVLC1 INLVLC0 134
LATC —— LATC5 LATC4 LATC3 LATC2 LATC1 LATC0 132
ODCONC —— ODC5 ODC4 ODC3 ODC2 ODC1 ODC0 133
OPTION_REG WPUEN INTEDG TMR0CS TMR0SE PSA PS<2:0> 183
PORTC —— RC5 RC4 RC3 RC2 RC1 RC0 131
SLRCONC —— SLRC5 SLRC4 SLRC3 SLRC2 SLRC1 SLRC0 134
TRISC —— TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 131
WPUC —— WPUC5 WPUC4 WPUC3 WPUC2 WPUC1 WPUC0 133
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by PORTC.
Note 1: PIC12(L)F1612 only.
2: PIC16(L)F1613 only.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 141
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
13.0 INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE
The PORTA and PORTC pins can be configured to
operate as Interrupt-On-Change (IOC) pins. An interrupt
can be generated by detecting a signal that has either a
rising edge or a falling edge. Any individual port pin, or
combination of port pins, can be configured to generate
an interrupt. The interrupt-on-change module has the
following features:
• Interrupt-on-Change enable (Master Switch)
• Individual pin configuration
• Rising and falling edge detection
• Individual pin interrupt flags
Figure 13-1 is a block diagram of the IOC module.
13.1 Enabling the Module
To allow individual port pins to generate an interrupt, the
IOCIE bit of the INTCON register must be set. If the
IOCIE bit is disabled, the edge detection on the pin will
still occur, but an interrupt will not be generated.
13.2 Individual Pin Configuration
For each port pin, a rising edge detector and a falling
edge detector are present. To enable a pin to detect a
rising edge, the associated bit of the IOCxP register is
set. To enable a pin to detect a falling edge, the
associated bit of the IOCxN register is set.
A pin can be configured to detect rising and falling
edges simultaneously by setting both associated bits of
the IOCxP and IOCxN registers, respectively.
13.3 Interrupt Flags
The IOCAFx and IOCCFx bits located in the IOCAF and
IOCCF registers, respectively, are status flags that
correspond to the interrupt-on-change pins of the
associated port. If an expected edge is detected on an
appropriately enabled pin, then the status flag for that pin
will be set, and an interrupt will be generated if the IOCIE
bit is set. The IOCIF bit of the INTCON register reflects
the status of all IOCAFx and IOCCFx bits.
13.4 Clearing Interrupt Flags
The individual status flags, (IOCAFx and IOCCFx bits),
can be cleared by resetting them to zero. If another edge
is detected during this clearing operation, the associated
status flag will be set at the end of the sequence,
regardless of the value actually being written.
In order to ensure that no detected edge is lost while
clearing flags, only AND operations masking out known
changed bits should be performed. The following
sequence is an example of what should be performed.
EXAMPLE 13-1: CLEARING INTERRUPT
FLAGS
(PORTA EXAMPLE)
13.5 Operation in Sleep
The interrupt-on-change interrupt sequence will wake
the device from Sleep mode, if the IOCIE bit is set.
If an edge is detected while in Sleep mode, the IOCxF
register will be updated prior to the first instruction
executed out of Sleep.
MOVLW 0xff
XORWF IOCAF, W
ANDWF IOCAF, F
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 142 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 13-1: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE BLOCK DIAGRAM (PORTA EXAMPLE)
IOCANx
IOCAPx
Q2
Q4Q1
data bus =
0or1
write IOCAFx
IOCIE
to data bus
IOCAFx
edge
detect
IOC interrupt
to CPU core
from all other
IOCnFx individual
pin detectors
DQ
R
S
DQ
R
DQ
R
RAx
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q4Q1
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q4Q1 Q4Q1
Q4Q1
FOSC
Rev. 10-000037A
7/30/2013
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 143
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
13.6 Register Definitions: Interrupt-on-Change Control
REGISTER 13-1: IOCAP: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE PORTA POSITIVE EDGE REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
—— IOCAP5 IOCAP4 IOCAP3 IOCAP2 IOCAP1 IOCAP0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-0 IOCAP<5:0>: Interrupt-on-Change PORTA Positive Edge Enable bits
1 = Interrupt-on-Change enabled on the pin for a positive going edge. IOCAFx bit and IOCIF flag will be set
upon detecting an edge.
0 = Interrupt-on-Change disabled for the associated pin.
REGISTER 13-2: IOCAN: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE PORTA NEGATIVE EDGE REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
—— IOCAN5 IOCAN4 IOCAN3 IOCAN2 IOCAN1 IOCAN0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-0 IOCAN<5:0>: Interrupt-on-Change PORTA Negative Edge Enable bits
1 = Interrupt-on-Change enabled on the pin for a negative going edge. IOCAFx bit and IOCIF flag will be set
upon detecting an edge.
0 = Interrupt-on-Change disabled for the associated pin.
REGISTER 13-3: IOCAF: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE PORTA FLAG REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0
—— IOCAF5 IOCAF4 IOCAF3 IOCAF2 IOCAF1 IOCAF0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HS - Bit is set in hardware
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-0 IOCAF<5:0>: Interrupt-on-Change PORTA Flag bits
1 = An enabled change was detected on the associated pin.
Set when IOCAPx = 1 and a rising edge was detected on RAx, or when IOCANx = 1 and a falling edge was
detected on RAx.
0 = No change was detected, or the user cleared the detected change.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 144 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 13-4: IOCCP: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE PORTC POSITIVE EDGE REGISTER(1)
U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
—— IOCCP5 IOCCP4 IOCCP3 IOCCP2 IOCCP1 IOCCP0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-0 IOCCP<5:0>: Interrupt-on-Change PORTC Positive Edge Enable bits
1 = Interrupt-on-Change enabled on the pin for a positive going edge. IOCCFx bit and IOCIF flag will be set upon
detecting an edge.
0 = Interrupt-on-Change disabled for the associated pin.
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1613 only.
REGISTER 13-5: IOCCN: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE PORTC NEGATIVE EDGE REGISTER(1)
U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
—— IOCCN5 IOCCN4 IOCCN3 IOCCN2 IOCCN1 IOCCN0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-0 IOCCN<5:0>: Interrupt-on-Change PORTC Negative Edge Enable bits
1 = Interrupt-on-Change enabled on the pin for a negative going edge. IOCCFx bit and IOCIF flag will be set upon
detecting an edge.
0 = Interrupt-on-Change disabled for the associated pin.
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1613 only.
REGISTER 13-6: IOCCF: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE PORTC FLAG REGISTER(1)
U-0 U-0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0
—— IOCCF5 IOCCF4 IOCCF3 IOCCF2 IOCCF1 IOCCF0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HS - Bit is set in hardware
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-0 IOCCF<5:0>: Interrupt-on-Change PORTC Flag bits
1 = An enabled change was detected on the associated pin.
Set when IOCCPx = 1 and a rising edge was detected on RCx, or when IOCCNx = 1 and a falling edge was
detected on RCx.
0 = No change was detected, or the user cleared the detected change.
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1613 only.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 145
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
TABLE 13-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
ANSELA ———ANSA4— ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0 132
INTCON GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 78
IOCAF —— IOCAF5 IOCAF4 IOCAF3 IOCAF2 IOCAF1 IOCAF0 143
IOCAN —— IOCAN5 IOCAN4 IOCAN3 IOCAN2 IOCAN1 IOCAN0 143
IOCAP —— IOCAP5 IOCAP4 IOCAP3 IOCAP2 IOCAP1 IOCAP0 143
IOCCF(2) —— IOCCF5 IOCCF4 IOCCF3 IOCCF2 IOCCF1 IOCCF0 144
IOCCN(2) —— IOCCN5 IOCCN4 IOCCN3 IOCCN2 IOCCN1 IOCCN0 144
IOCCP(2) —— IOCCP5 IOCCP4 IOCCP3 IOCCP2 IOCCP1 IOCCP0 144
TRISA —— TRISA5 TRISA4 —(1) TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 131
TRISC(2) —— TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 138
Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by interrupt-on-change.
Note 1: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
2: PIC16(L)F1613 only.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 146 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
14.0 FIXED VOLTAGE REFERENCE
(FVR)
The Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR) is a stable voltage
reference, independent of VDD, with a nominal output
level (VFVR) of 1.024V. The output of the FVR can be
configured to supply a reference voltage to the
following:
• ADC input channel
• Comparator positive input
• Comparator negative input
The FVR can be enabled by setting the FVREN bit of
the FVRCON register.
14.1 Independent Gain Amplifier
The output of the FVR supplied to the peripherals,
(listed above), is routed through a programmable gain
amplifier. Each amplifier can be programmed for a gain
of 1x, 2x or 4x, to produce the three possible voltage
levels.
The ADFVR<1:0> bits of the FVRCON register are
used to enable and configure the gain amplifier settings
for the reference supplied to the ADC module. Refer-
ence Section 16.0 “Analog-to-Digital Converter
(ADC) Module” for additional information.
The CDAFVR<1:0> bits of the FVRCON register are
used to enable and configure the gain amplifier settings
for the reference supplied to the comparator modules.
Reference Section 18.0 “Comparator Module” for
additional information.
To minimize current consumption when the FVR is
disabled, the FVR buffers should be turned off by
clearing the Buffer Gain Selection bits.
14.2 FVR Stabilization Period
When the Fixed Voltage Reference module is enabled, it
requires time for the reference and amplifier circuits to
stabilize. Once the circuits stabilize and are ready for use,
the FVRRDY bit of the FVRCON register will be set. See
Figure 29-19: FVR Stabilization Period.
FIGURE 14-1: VOLTAGE REFERENCE BLOCK DIAGRAM
1x
2x
4x
1x
2x
4x
ADFVR<1:0>
CDAFVR<1:0>
FVR_buffer1
(To ADC Module)
FVR_buffer2
(To Comparators
and DAC)
+
_
FVREN FVRRDY
Note 1
2
2
Rev . 10 -000 053C
12/9 /201 3
Note 1: Any peripheral requiring the Fixed Reference (See Table 1 4-1)
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 147
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
TABLE 14-1: PERIPHERALS REQUIRING THE FIXED VOLTAGE REFERENCE (FVR)
Peripheral Conditions Description
HFINTOSC FOSC<2:0> = 010 and
IRCF<3:0> = 000x
INTOSC is active and device is not in Sleep.
BOR
BOREN<1:0> = 11 BOR always enabled.
BOREN<1:0> = 10 and BORFS = 1BOR disabled in Sleep mode, BOR Fast Start enabled.
BOREN<1:0> = 01 and BORFS = 1BOR under software control, BOR Fast Start enabled.
LDO All PIC12F1612/16F1613 devices,
when VREGPM = 1 and not in Sleep
The device runs off of the Low-Power Regulator when in
Sleep mode.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 148 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
14.3 Register Definitions: FVR Control
TABLE 14-2: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH THE FIXED VOLTAGE REFERENCE
REGISTER 14-1: FVRCON: FIXED VOLTAGE REFERENCE CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R-q/q R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
FVREN(1) FVRRDY(2) TSEN(3) TSRNG(3) CDAFVR<1:0>(1) ADFVR<1:0>(1)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7 FVREN: Fixed Voltage Reference Enable bit(1)
1 = Fixed Voltage Reference is enabled
0 = Fixed Voltage Reference is disabled
bit 6 FVRRDY: Fixed Voltage Reference Ready Flag bit(2)
1 = Fixed Voltage Reference output is ready for use
0 = Fixed Voltage Reference output is not ready or not enabled
bit 5 TSEN: Temperature Indicator Enable bit(3)
1 = Temperature Indicator is enabled
0 = Temperature Indicator is disabled
bit 4 TSRNG: Temperature Indicator Range Selection bit(3)
1 =VOUT = VDD - 4VT (High Range)
0 =V
OUT = VDD - 2VT (Low Range)
bit 3-2 CDAFVR<1:0>: Comparator FVR Buffer Gain Selection bits(1)
11 = Comparator FVR Buffer Gain is 4x, with output VCDAFVR = 4x VFVR(4)
10 = Comparator FVR Buffer Gain is 2x, with output VCDAFVR = 2x VFVR(4)
01 = Comparator FVR Buffer Gain is 1x, with output VCDAFVR = 1x VFVR
00 = Comparator FVR Buffer is off
bit 1-0 ADFVR<1:0>: ADC FVR Buffer Gain Selection bit(1)
11 = ADC FVR Buffer Gain is 4x, with output VADFVR = 4x VFVR(4)
10 = ADC FVR Buffer Gain is 2x, with output VADFVR = 2x VFVR(4)
01 = ADC FVR Buffer Gain is 1x, with output VADFVR = 1x VFVR
00 = ADC FVR Buffer is off
Note 1: To minimize current consumption when the FVR is disabled, the FVR buffers should be turned off by clear-
ing the Buffer Gain Selection bits.
2: FVRRDY is always ‘1’ for the PIC12F1612/16F1613 devices.
3: See Section 15.0 “Temperature Indicator Module” for additional information.
4: Fixed Voltage Reference output cannot exceed VDD.
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on page
FVRCON FVREN FVRRDY TSEN TSRNG CDAFVR>1:0> ADFVR<1:0> 148
Legend: Shaded cells are unused by the Fixed Voltage Reference module.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 149
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
15.0 TEMPERATURE INDICATOR
MODULE
This family of devices is equipped with a temperature
circuit designed to measure the operating temperature
of the silicon die. The circuit’s range of operating
temperature falls between -40°C and +85°C. The
output is a voltage that is proportional to the device
temperature. The output of the temperature indicator is
internally connected to the device ADC.
The circuit may be used as a temperature threshold
detector or a more accurate temperature indicator,
depending on the level of calibration performed. A one-
point calibration allows the circuit to indicate a
temperature closely surrounding that point. A two-point
calibration allows the circuit to sense the entire range
of temperature more accurately. Reference Application
Note AN1333, “Use and Calibration of the Internal
Temperature Indicator” (DS01333) for more details
regarding the calibration process.
15.1 Circuit Operation
Figure 15-1 shows a simplified block diagram of the
temperature circuit. The proportional voltage output is
achieved by measuring the forward voltage drop across
multiple silicon junctions.
Equation 15-1 describes the output characteristics of
the temperature indicator.
EQUATION 15-1: VOUT RANGES
The temperature sense circuit is integrated with the
Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR) module. See
Section 14.0 “Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR)” for
more information.
The circuit is enabled by setting the TSEN bit of the
FVRCON register. When disabled, the circuit draws no
current.
The circuit operates in either high or low range. The high
range, selected by setting the TSRNG bit of the
FVRCON register, provides a wider output voltage. This
provides more resolution over the temperature range,
but may be less consistent from part to part. This range
requires a higher bias voltage to operate and thus, a
higher VDD is needed.
The low range is selected by clearing the TSRNG bit of
the FVRCON register. The low range generates a lower
voltage drop and thus, a lower bias voltage is needed to
operate the circuit. The low range is provided for low
voltage operation.
FIGURE 15-1: TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT
DIAGRAM
15.2 Minimum Operating VDD
When the temperature circuit is operated in low range,
the device may be operated at any operating voltage
that is within specifications.
When the temperature circuit is operated in high range,
the device operating voltage, VDD, must be high
enough to ensure that the temperature circuit is
correctly biased.
Table 15-1 shows the recommended minimum VDD vs.
range setting.
TABLE 15-1: RECOMMENDED VDD VS.
RANGE
15.3 Temperature Output
The output of the circuit is measured using the internal
Analog-to-Digital Converter. A channel is reserved for
the temperature circuit output. Refer to Section 16.0
“Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) Module” for
detailed information.
15.4 ADC Acquisition Time
To ensure accurate temperature measurements, the
user must wait at least 200 s after the ADC input
multiplexer is connected to the temperature indicator
output before the conversion is performed. In addition,
the user must wait 200 s between sequential
conversions of the temperature indicator output.
High Range: VOUT = VDD - 4VT
Low Range: VOUT = VDD - 2VT
Min. VDD, TSRNG = 1Min. VDD, TSRNG = 0
3.6V 1.8V
V
OUT
Temp. Indicator To ADC
TSRNG
TSEN
Rev. 10-000069A
7/31/2013
V
DD
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 150 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 15-2: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH THE TEMPERATURE INDICATOR
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on page
FVRCON FVREN FVRRDY TSEN TSRNG CDAFVR<1:0> ADFVR<1:0> 118
Legend: Shaded cells are unused by the temperature indicator module.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 151
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
16.0 ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL
CONVERTER (ADC) MODULE
The Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) allows
conversion of an analog input signal to a 10-bit binary
representation of that signal. This device uses analog
inputs, which are multiplexed into a single sample and
hold circuit. The output of the sample and hold is
connected to the input of the converter. The converter
generates a 10-bit binary result via successive
approximation and stores the conversion result into the
ADC result registers (ADRESH:ADRESL register pair).
Figure 16-1 shows the block diagram of the ADC.
The ADC voltage reference is software selectable to be
either internally generated or externally supplied.
The ADC can generate an interrupt upon completion of
a conversion. This interrupt can be used to wake-up the
device from Sleep.
FIGURE 16-1: ADC BLOCK DIAGRAM
Rev . 10 -000 033C
1/ 15 /201 4
VRPOSVRNEG
Enable
Reserved
FVR_buffer1
Temp Indicator
CHS<4:0>
External
Channel
Inputs
GO/DONE
complete
start
ADC
Sample Circuit
Write to bit
GO/DONE
VSS
VDD
VREF+ pin
VDD
ADPREF
0=Left Justify
1=Right Justify
ADRESH ADRESL
16
ADFM
10
Internal
Channel
Inputs
.
.
.
AN0
ANa
ANz
set bit ADIF
VDD
ADON
sampled
input
Q1
Q2
Q4
Fosc
Divider FOSC
FOSC/n
FRC
ADC
Clock
Select
ADC_clk
ADCS<2:0>
FRC
ADC CLOCK SOURCE
Trigger Select
Trigger Sources
. . .
TRIGSEL<3:0>
AUTO CO NVE RSIO N
TRIGGER
Positive
Reference
Select
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 152 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
16.1 ADC Configuration
When configuring and using the ADC the following
functions must be considered:
• Port configuration
• Channel selection
• ADC voltage reference selection
• ADC conversion clock source
• Interrupt control
• Result formatting
16.1.1 PORT CONFIGURATION
The ADC can be used to convert both analog and
digital signals. When converting analog signals, the I/O
pin should be configured for analog by setting the
associated TRIS and ANSEL bits. Refer to
Section 12.0 “I/O Ports” for more information.
16.1.2 CHANNEL SELECTION
There are up to 11 channel selections available:
• AN<7:0> pins (PIC16(L)F1613 only)
• AN<3:0> pins (PIC12(L)F1612 only)
• Temperature Indicator
• DAC1_output
• FVR_buffer1
The CHS bits of the ADCON0 register determine which
channel is connected to the sample and hold circuit.
When changing channels, a delay (TACQ) is required
before starting the next conversion. Refer to
Section 16.2.6 “ADC Conversion Procedure” for
more information.
16.1.3 ADC VOLTAGE REFERENCE
The ADC module uses a positive and a negative
voltage reference. The positive reference is labeled
ref+ and the negative reference is labeled ref-.
The positive voltage reference (ref+) is selected by the
ADPREF bits in the ADCON1 register. The positive
voltage reference source can be:
•V
REF+ pin
•VDD
• FVR_buffer1
The negative voltage reference (ref-) source is:
•V
SS
16.1.4 CONVERSION CLOCK
The source of the conversion clock is software select-
able via the ADCS bits of the ADCON1 register. There
are seven possible clock options:
•F
OSC/2
•FOSC/4
•FOSC/8
•F
OSC/16
•FOSC/32
•FOSC/64
• FRC (internal RC oscillator)
The time to complete one bit conversion is defined as
TAD. One full 10-bit conversion requires 11.5 TAD peri-
ods as shown in Figure 16-2.
For correct conversion, the appropriate TAD specifica-
tion must be met. Refer to the ADC conversion require-
ments in Section 28.0 “Electrical Specifications” for
more information. Table 16-1 gives examples of appro-
priate ADC clock selections.
Note: Analog voltages on any pin that is defined
as a digital input may cause the input
buffer to conduct excess current.
Note: Unless using the FRC, any changes in the
system clock frequency will change the
ADC clock frequency, which may
adversely affect the ADC result.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 153
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
TABLE 16-1: ADC CLOCK PERIOD (TAD) VS. DEVICE OPERATING FREQUENCIES
FIGURE 16-2: ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL CONVERSION TAD CYCLES
ADC Clock Period (TAD) Device Frequency (FOSC)
ADC
Clock
Source
ADCS<2:0
>20 MHz 16 MHz 8 MHz 4 MHz 1 MHz
Fosc/2 000 100 ns 125 ns 250 ns 500 ns 2.0 s
Fosc/4 100 200 ns 250 ns 500 ns 1.0 s4.0 s
Fosc/8 001 400 ns 500 ns 1.0 s2.0 s8.0 s
Fosc/16 101 800 ns 1.0 s2.0 s4.0 s16.0 s
Fosc/32 010 1.6 s2.0 s4.0 s8.0 s32.0 s
Fosc/64 110 3.2 s4.0 s8.0 s16.0 s64.0 s
FRC x11 1.0-6.0 s 1.0-6.0 s 1.0-6.0 s 1.0-6.0 s 1.0-6.0 s
Legend: Shaded cells are outside of recommended range.
Note 1: The FRC source has a typical TAD time of 1.7 ms.
2: When the device frequency is greater that 1 MHz, the FRC clock source is only recommended if the
conversion will be performed during Sleep.
3: The TAD period when using the FRC clock source can fall within a specified range, (see TAD parameter).
The TAD period when using the FOSC-based clock source can be configured for a more precise TAD period.
However, the FRC clock source must be used when conversions are to be performed with the device in
Sleep mode.
TAD1TAD2TAD3TAD4TAD5TAD6TAD7TAD8TAD9TAD10 TAD11
SetGObit
Conversion Starts
Holding capacitor disconnected
from analog input (THCD).
On the following cycle:
ADRESH:ADRESL is loaded,
GO bit is cleared,
ADIF bit is set,
holding capacitor is reconnected to analog input.
b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Enable ADC (ADON bit)
and
Select channel (ACS bits)
THCD
TACQ
Rev. 10-000035A
7/30/2013
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 154 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
16.1.5 INTERRUPTS
The ADC module allows for the ability to generate an
interrupt upon completion of an Analog-to-Digital
conversion. The ADC Interrupt Flag is the ADIF bit in
the PIR1 register. The ADC Interrupt Enable is the
ADIE bit in the PIE1 register. The ADIF bit must be
cleared in software.
This interrupt can be generated while the device is
operating or while in Sleep. If the device is in Sleep, the
interrupt will wake-up the device. Upon waking from
Sleep, the next instruction following the SLEEP instruc-
tion is always executed. If the user is attempting to
wake-up from Sleep and resume in-line code execu-
tion, the GIE and PEIE bits of the INTCON register
must be disabled. If the GIE and PEIE bits of the
INTCON register are enabled, execution will switch to
the Interrupt Service Routine.
16.1.6 RESULT FORMATTING
The 10-bit ADC conversion result can be supplied in
two formats, left justified or right justified. The ADFM bit
of the ADCON1 register controls the output format.
Figure 16-3 shows the two output formats.
FIGURE 16-3: 10-BIT ADC CONVERSION RESULT FORMAT
Note 1: The ADIF bit is set at the completion of
every conversion, regardless of whether
or not the ADC interrupt is enabled.
2: The ADC operates during Sleep only
when the FRC oscillator is selected.
MSB
MSB
LSB
LSB
(ADFM = 0)
(ADFM = 1)
bit 7 bit 7
bit 7bit 7
bit 0
bit 0
bit 0
bit 0
10-bit ADC Result
10-bit ADC Result
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
ADRESH ADRESL
Rev. 10-000054A
7/30/2013
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 155
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
16.2 ADC Operation
16.2.1 STARTING A CONVERSION
To enable the ADC module, the ADON bit of the
ADCON0 register must be set to a ‘1’. Setting the GO/
DONE bit of the ADCON0 register to a ‘1’ will start the
Analog-to-Digital conversion.
16.2.2 COMPLETION OF A CONVERSION
When the conversion is complete, the ADC module will:
• Clear the GO/DONE bit
• Set the ADIF Interrupt Flag bit
• Update the ADRESH and ADRESL registers with
new conversion result
16.2.3 TERMINATING A CONVERSION
If a conversion must be terminated before completion,
the GO/DONE bit can be cleared in software. The
ADRESH and ADRESL registers will be updated with
the partially complete Analog-to-Digital conversion
sample. Incomplete bits will match the last bit
converted.
16.2.4 ADC OPERATION DURING SLEEP
The ADC module can operate during Sleep. This
requires the ADC clock source to be set to the FRC
option. Performing the ADC conversion during Sleep
can reduce system noise. If the ADC interrupt is
enabled, the device will wake-up from Sleep when the
conversion completes. If the ADC interrupt is disabled,
the ADC module is turned off after the conversion com-
pletes, although the ADON bit remains set.
When the ADC clock source is something other than
FRC, a SLEEP instruction causes the present conver-
sion to be aborted and the ADC module is turned off,
although the ADON bit remains set.
16.2.5 AUTO-CONVERSION TRIGGER
The auto-conversion trigger allows periodic ADC mea-
surements without software intervention. When a rising
edge of the selected source occurs, the GO/DONE bit
is set by hardware.
The auto-conversion trigger source is selected with the
TRIGSEL<3:0> bits of the ADCON2 register.
Using the auto-conversion trigger does not assure
proper ADC timing. It is the user’s responsibility to
ensure that the ADC timing requirements are met.
See Table 16-2 for auto-conversion sources.
Note: The GO/DONE bit should not be set in the
same instruction that turns on the ADC.
Refer to Section 16.2.6 “ADC Conver-
sion Procedure”.
Note: A device Reset forces all registers to their
Reset state. Thus, the ADC module is
turned off and any pending conversion is
terminated.
TABLE 16-2: AUTO-CONVERSION
SOURCES
Source Peripheral Signal Name
Timer0 T0_overflow
Timer1 T1_overflow
Timer2 TMR2_postscaled
Timer4 TMR4_postscaled
Timer6 TMR6_postscaled
Comparator C1 C1_OUT_sync
Comparator C2(1) C2_OUT_sync
SMT1 SMT1_CPW
SMT1 SMT1_CPR
SMT1 SMT1_PR
SMT2 SMT2_CPW
SMT2 SMT2_CPR
SMT2 SMT2_PR
CCP1 CCP1_out
CCP2 CCP2_out
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1613 only.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 156 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
16.2.6 ADC CONVERSION PROCEDURE
This is an example procedure for using the ADC to
perform an Analog-to-Digital conversion:
1. Configure Port:
• Disable pin output driver (Refer to the TRIS
register)
• Configure pin as analog (Refer to the ANSEL
register)
2. Configure the ADC module:
• Select ADC conversion clock
• Configure voltage reference
• Select ADC input channel
• Turn on ADC module
3. Configure ADC interrupt (optional):
• Clear ADC interrupt flag
• Enable ADC interrupt
• Enable peripheral interrupt
• Enable global interrupt(1)
4. Wait the required acquisition time(2).
5. Start conversion by setting the GO/DONE bit.
6. Wait for ADC conversion to complete by one of
the following:
• Polling the GO/DONE bit
• Waiting for the ADC interrupt (interrupts
enabled)
7. Read ADC Result.
8. Clear the ADC interrupt flag (required if interrupt
is enabled).
EXAMPLE 16-1: ADC CONVERSION
Note 1: The global interrupt can be disabled if the
user is attempting to wake-up from Sleep
and resume in-line code execution.
2: Refer to Section 16.4 “ADC Acquisi-
tion Requirements”.
;This code block configures the ADC
;for polling, Vdd and Vss references, FRC
;oscillator and AN0 input.
;
;Conversion start & polling for completion
; are included.
;
BANKSEL ADCON1 ;
MOVLW B’11110000’ ;Right justify, FRC
;oscillator
MOVWF ADCON1 ;Vdd and Vss Vref+
BANKSEL TRISA ;
BSF TRISA,0 ;Set RA0 to input
BANKSEL ANSEL ;
BSF ANSEL,0 ;Set RA0 to analog
BANKSEL ADCON0 ;
MOVLW B’00000001’ ;Select channel AN0
MOVWF ADCON0 ;Turn ADC On
CALL SampleTime ;Acquisiton delay
BSF ADCON0,ADGO ;Start conversion
BTFSC ADCON0,ADGO ;Is conversion done?
GOTO $-1 ;No, test again
BANKSEL ADRESH ;
MOVF ADRESH,W ;Read upper 2 bits
MOVWF RESULTHI ;store in GPR space
BANKSEL ADRESL ;
MOVF ADRESL,W ;Read lower 8 bits
MOVWF RESULTLO ;Store in GPR space
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 157
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
16.3 Register Definitions: ADC Control
REGISTER 16-1: ADCON0: ADC CONTROL REGISTER 0
U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
— CHS<4:0> GO/DONE ADON
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6-2 CHS<4:0>: Analog Channel Select bits
11111 = FVR (Fixed Voltage Reference) Buffer 1 Output(3)
11110 = DAC (Digital-to-Analog Converter)(2)
11101 = Temperature Indicator(1)
11100 = Reserved. No channel connected.
•
•
•
01000 = Reserved. No channel connected.
00111 =AN7
(4)
00110 =AN6
(4)
00101 =AN5
(4)
00100 =AN4
(4)
00011 =AN3
00010 =AN2
00001 =AN1
00000 =AN0
bit 1 GO/DONE: ADC Conversion Status bit
1 = ADC conversion cycle in progress. Setting this bit starts an ADC conversion cycle.
This bit is automatically cleared by hardware when the ADC conversion has completed.
0 = ADC conversion completed/not in progress
bit 0 ADON: ADC Enable bit
1 = ADC is enabled
0 = ADC is disabled and consumes no operating current
Note 1: See Section 15.0 “Temperature Indicator Module”.
2: See Section 17.0 “8-bit Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC1) Module” for more information.
3: See Section 14.0 “Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR)” for more information.
4: AN<7:4> available on PIC16(L)F1613 only.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 158 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 16-2: ADCON1: ADC CONTROL REGISTER 1
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
ADFM ADCS<2:0> —— ADPREF<1:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 ADFM: ADC Result Format Select bit
1 = Right justified. Six Most Significant bits of ADRESH are set to ‘0’ when the conversion result is
loaded.
0 = Left justified. Six Least Significant bits of ADRESL are set to ‘0’ when the conversion result is
loaded.
bit 6-4 ADCS<2:0>: ADC Conversion Clock Select bits
111 = FRC (clock supplied from an internal RC oscillator)
110 =F
OSC/64
101 =F
OSC/16
100 =F
OSC/4
011 = FRC (clock supplied from an internal RC oscillator)
010 =F
OSC/32
001 =F
OSC/8
000 =F
OSC/2
bit 3-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 1-0 ADPREF<1:0>: ADC Positive Voltage Reference Configuration bits
11 =VRPOS is connected to internal Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR)
10 =V
RPOS is connected to external VREF+ pin(1)
01 = Reserved
00 =V
RPOS is connected to VDD
Note 1: When selecting the VREF+ pin as the source of the positive reference, be aware that a minimum voltage
specification exists. See Section 28.0 “Electrical Specifications” for details.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 159
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
REGISTER 16-3: ADCON2: ADC CONTROL REGISTER 2
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
TRIGSEL<3:0>(1) — — — —
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-4 TRIGSEL<3:0>: Auto-Conversion Trigger Selection bits(1)
1111 = SMT2_PR
1110 = SMT1_PR
1101 = TMR6_postscaled
1100 = TMR4_postscaled
1011 = SMT2_CPR
1010 = SMT2_CPW
1001 = SMT1_CPR
1000 =SMT1_CPW
0111 = C2_OUT_sync(3)
0110 = C1_OUT_sync
0101 = TMR2_postscaled
0100 = T1_overflow(2)
0011 = T0_overflow(2)
0010 = CCP2_out
0001 = CCP1_out
0000 = No auto-conversion trigger selected
bit 3-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
Note 1: This is a rising edge sensitive input for all sources.
2: Signal also sets its corresponding interrupt flag.
3: PIC16(L)F1613 only. Reserved on PIC12(L)F1612.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 160 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 16-4: ADRESH: ADC RESULT REGISTER HIGH (ADRESH) ADFM = 0
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
ADRES<9:2>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 ADRES<9:2>: ADC Result Register bits
Upper eight bits of 10-bit conversion result
REGISTER 16-5: ADRESL: ADC RESULT REGISTER LOW (ADRESL) ADFM = 0
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
ADRES<1:0> — — — — — —
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 ADRES<1:0>: ADC Result Register bits
Lower two bits of 10-bit conversion result
bit 5-0 Reserved: Do not use.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 161
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
REGISTER 16-6: ADRESH: ADC RESULT REGISTER HIGH (ADRESH) ADFM = 1
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
— — — — — — ADRES<9:8>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-2 Reserved: Do not use.
bit 1-0 ADRES<9:8>: ADC Result Register bits
Upper two bits of 10-bit conversion result
REGISTER 16-7: ADRESL: ADC RESULT REGISTER LOW (ADRESL) ADFM = 1
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
ADRES<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 ADRES<7:0>: ADC Result Register bits
Lower eight bits of 10-bit conversion result
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 162 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
16.4 ADC Acquisition Requirements
For the ADC to meet its specified accuracy, the charge
holding capacitor (CHOLD) must be allowed to fully
charge to the input channel voltage level. The Analog
Input model is shown in Figure 16-4. The source
impedance (RS) and the internal sampling switch (RSS)
impedance directly affect the time required to charge
the capacitor CHOLD. The sampling switch (RSS)
impedance varies over the device voltage (VDD), refer
to Figure 16-4. The maximum recommended
impedance for analog sources is 10 k. As the
source impedance is decreased, the acquisition time
may be decreased. After the analog input channel is
selected (or changed), an ADC acquisition must be
done before the conversion can be started. To calculate
the minimum acquisition time, Equation 16-1 may be
used. This equation assumes that 1/2 LSb error is used
(1,024 steps for the ADC). The 1/2 LSb error is the
maximum error allowed for the ADC to meet its
specified resolution.
EQUATION 16-1: ACQUISITION TIME EXAMPLE
TACQ Amplifier Settling Time Hold Capacitor Charging Time Temperature Coefficient++=
TAMP TCTCOFF++=
2µs TCTemperature - 25°C0.05µs/°C++=
TCCHOLD RIC RSS RS++ ln(1/2047)–=
12.5pF 1k
7k
10k
++– ln(0.0004885)=
1.12=µs
VAPPLIED 1e
Tc–
RC
---------
–



VAPPLIED 11
2n1+
1–
--------------------------–


=
VAPPLIED 11
2n1+
1–
--------------------------
–


VCHOLD=
VAPPLIED 1e
TC–
RC
----------
–



VCHOLD=
;[1] VCHOLD charged to within 1/2 lsb
;[2] VCHOLD charge response to VAPPLIED
;combining [1] and [2]
The value for TC can be approximated with the following equations:
Solving for TC:
Therefore:
Temperature 50°C and external impedance of 10k
5.0V VDD=
Assumptions:
Note: Where n = number of bits of the ADC.
TACQ 2µs 1.12µs 50°C- 25°C0.05µs/°C++=
4.37µs=
Note 1: The reference voltage (VRPOS) has no effect on the equation, since it cancels itself out.
2: The charge holding capacitor (CHOLD) is not discharged after each conversion.
3: The maximum recommended impedance for analog sources is 10 k. This is required to meet the pin
leakage specification.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 163
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
FIGURE 16-4: ANALOG INPUT MODEL
FIGURE 16-5: ADC TRANSFER FUNCTION
V
DD
Analog
Input pin
CPIN
5pF V
T
§ 0.6V
V
T
§ 0.6V
ILEAKAGE(1)
R
IC
1
K
Legend: C
HOLD
= Sample/Hold Capacitance
C
PIN
= Input Capacitance
I
LEAKAGE
= Leakage Current at the pin due to varies injunctions
R
IC
= Interconnect Resistance
R
SS
= Resistance of Sampling switch
SS = Sampling Switch
V
T
= Threshold Voltage
VA
R
S
R
SS
SS
Sampling
switch
CHOLD = 10 pF
Ref-
567891011
2V
3V
4V
5V
6V
VDD RSS
Sampling Switch
(k )
Rev. 10-000070A
8/2/2013
Note 1: Refer to Section 28.0 “Electrical Specifications”.
3FFh
3FEh
ADC Output Code
3FDh
3FCh
03h
02h
01h
00h
Full-Scale
3FBh
0.5 LSB
Ref- Zero-Scale
Transition Ref+
Transition
1.5 LSB
Full-Scale Range
Analog Input Voltage
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 164 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 16-3: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH ADC
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
ADCON0 — CHS<4:0> GO/DONE ADON 157
ADCON1 ADFM ADCS<2:0> —— ADPREF<1:0> 158
ADCON2 TRIGSEL<3:0> — — — — 159
ADRESH ADC Result Register High 160, 161
ADRESL ADC Result Register Low 160, 161
ANSELA ———ANSA4— ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0 132
ANSELC(2) ———— ANSC3 ANSC2 ANSC1 ANSC0 139
INTCON GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 78
PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE ———CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 79
PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF ———CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 83
TRISA — — TRISA5 TRISA4 —(1) TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 131
TRISC(2) — — TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 138
FVRCON FVREN FVRRDY TSEN TSRNG CDAFVR<1:0> ADFVR<1:0> 148
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, — = unimplemented read as ‘0’, q = value depends on condition. Shaded cells are not
used for ADC module.
Note 1: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
2: PIC16(L)F1613 only.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 165
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
17.0 8-BIT DIGITAL-TO-ANALOG
CONVERTER (DAC1) MODULE
The Digital-to-Analog Converter supplies a variable
voltage reference, ratiometric with the input source,
with 256 selectable output levels.
The input of the DAC can be connected to:
•External V
REF pins
•VDD supply voltage
• FVR (Fixed Voltage Reference)
The output of the DAC can be configured to supply a
reference voltage to the following:
• Comparator positive input
• ADC input channel
•DAC
XOUT1 pin
The Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC) is enabled by
setting the DAC1EN bit of the DAC1CON0 register.
17.1 Output Voltage Selection
The DAC has 256 voltage level ranges. The 256 levels
are set with the DAC1R<7:0> bits of the DAC1CON1
register.
The DAC output voltage is determined by Equation 17-1:
EQUATION 17-1: DAC OUTPUT VOLTAGE
17.2 Ratiometric Output Level
The DAC output value is derived using a resistor ladder
with each end of the ladder tied to a positive and
negative voltage reference input source. If the voltage
of either input source fluctuates, a similar fluctuation will
result in the DAC output value.
The value of the individual resistors within the ladder
can be found in Section 28.0 “Electrical
Specifications”.
17.3 DAC Voltage Reference Output
The DAC voltage can be output to the DACxOUT1 pin
by setting the DAC1OE1 pin of the DAC1CON0
register. Selecting the DAC reference voltage for output
on the DACXOUT1 pin automatically overrides the
digital output buffer and digital input threshold detector
functions of that pin. Reading the DACXOUT1 pin when
it has been configured for DAC reference voltage
output will always return a ‘0’.
Due to the limited current drive capability, a buffer must
be used on the DAC voltage reference output for
external connections to either DACXOUT1 pin.
Figure 17-2 shows an example buffering technique.
IF DAC1EN = 1
VSOURCE+ = VDD, VREF, or FVR BUFFER 2
VSOURCE- = VSS
VOUT VSOURCE+VSOURCE-–
DAC1R 7:0
28
---------------------------------


VSOURCE-+=
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 166 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 17-1: DIGITAL-TO-ANALOG CONVERTER BLOCK DIAGRAM
FIGURE 17-2: VOLTAGE REFERENCE OUTPUT BUFFER EXAMPLE
VREF+
VDD
VSOURCE+
VSOURCE-
VSS
R
256
Steps
R
R
R
R
R
R
256-to-1 MUX
To Peripherals
DACxOUT1 (1)
DACOE1
DACx_output
DACEN
DACR<7:0>
8
Note 1: The unbuffered DACx_output is provided on the DACxOUT pin(s).
Rev . 10 -000 026C
12/9 /201 3
00
11
10
01
FVR_buffer2
Reserved
DACPSS
DACXOUT1 Buffered DAC Output
+
–
DAC
Module
Voltage
Reference
Output
Impedance
R
PIC® MCU
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 167
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
17.4 Operation During Sleep
When the device wakes up from Sleep through an
interrupt or a Watchdog Timer time-out, the contents of
the DAC1CON0 register are not affected. To minimize
current consumption in Sleep mode, the voltage
reference should be disabled.
17.5 Effects of a Reset
A device Reset affects the following:
• DAC is disabled.
• DAC output voltage is removed from the
DACXOUT1 pin.
• The DAC1R<7:0> range select bits are cleared.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 168 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
17.6 Register Definitions: DAC Control
TABLE 17-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH THE DAC1 MODULE
REGISTER 17-1: DAC1CON0: VOLTAGE REFERENCE CONTROL REGISTER 0
R/W-0/0 U-0 R/W-0/0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0
DAC1EN —DAC1OE1— DAC1PSS<1:0> — —
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 DAC1EN: DAC1 Enable bit
1 = DAC is enabled
0 = DAC is disabled
bit 6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5 DAC1OE1: DAC1 Voltage Output 1 Enable bit
1 = DAC voltage level is also an output on the DACxOUT1 pin
0 = DAC voltage level is disconnected from the DACxOUT1 pin
bit 4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3-2 DAC1PSS<1:0>: DAC1 Positive Source Select bits
11 = Reserved, do not use
10 = FVR Buffer2 output
01 =V
REF+ pin
00 =V
DD
bit 1-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
REGISTER 17-2: DAC1CON1: VOLTAGE REFERENCE CONTROL REGISTER 1
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
DAC1R<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 DAC1R<7:0>: DAC1 Voltage Output Select bits
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on page
FVRCON FVREN FVRRDY TSEN TSRNG CDAFVR<1:0> ADFVR<1:0> 148
DAC1CON0 DAC1EN —DAC1OE1— DAC1PSS<1:0> — — 168
DAC1CON1 DAC1R<7:0> 168
Legend: — = Unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used with the DAC module.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 169
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
18.0 COMPARATOR MODULE
Comparators are used to interface analog circuits to a
digital circuit by comparing two analog voltages and
providing a digital indication of their relative magnitudes.
Comparators are very useful mixed signal building
blocks because they provide analog functionality
independent of program execution. The analog
comparator module includes the following features:
• Independent comparator control
• Programmable input selection
• Comparator output is available internally/externally
• Programmable output polarity
• Interrupt-on-change
• Wake-up from Sleep
• Programmable Speed/Power optimization
•PWM shutdown
• Programmable and fixed voltage reference
18.1 Comparator Overview
A single comparator is shown in Figure 18-1 along with
the relationship between the analog input levels and
the digital output. When the analog voltage at VIN+ is
less than the analog voltage at VIN-, the output of the
comparator is a digital low level. When the analog
voltage at VIN+ is greater than the analog voltage at
VIN-, the output of the comparator is a digital high level.
The comparators available for this device are located in
Table 18-1.
FIGURE 18-1: SINGLE COMPARATOR
TABLE 18-1: COMPARATOR AVAILABILITY
PER DEVICE
Device C1 C2
PIC16(L)F1613 ●●
PIC12(L)F1612 ●
–
+
VIN+
VIN-Output
Output
VIN+
VIN-
Note: The black areas of the output of the
comparator represents the uncertainty
due to input offsets and response time.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 170 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 18-2: COMPARATOR MODULE SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM
Rev . 10 -000 027D
12/19 /201 3
CxIN0-
CxIN1-
CxIN+
FVR_buffer2
DAC_output
+
CxVN
CxVP
CxPCH<1:0>
CxNCH<2:0>
2
3
CxON(1)
CxON(1)
CxON(1)
CxSP CxHYS
Interrupt
Rising
Edge
DQ
Q1
CxINTP
CxINTN
CxOUT
MCxOUT
DQ
0
1
CxSYNC
set bit
CxIF
TRIS bit
CxOUT
CxOUT_sync
CxOE
-
Interrupt
Falling
Edge
FVR_buffer2
CxPOL
Cx
(From Timer1 Module) T1CLK
to
peripheral s
Note 1: When CxON = 0, all multiplexer inputs are disconne cted and the Compa rator will produce a ‘0’ at the output.
2: PIC16(L)F161 3 Only
00 0
01 1
01 0
00 1
10 0
10 1
11 0
11 1
Reserved
Reserved
00
11
10
01
CxIN2-(2)
CxIN3-(2)
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 171
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
18.2 Comparator Control
Each comparator has two control registers: CMxCON0
and CMxCON1.
The CMxCON0 registers (see Register 18-1) contain
Control and Status bits for the following:
• Enable
•Output selection
• Output polarity
• Speed/Power selection
• Hysteresis enable
• Output synchronization
The CMxCON1 registers (see Register 18-2) contain
Control bits for the following:
• Interrupt enable
• Interrupt edge polarity
• Positive input channel selection
• Negative input channel selection
18.2.1 COMPARATOR ENABLE
Setting the CxON bit of the CMxCON0 register enables
the comparator for operation. Clearing the CxON bit
disables the comparator resulting in minimum current
consumption.
18.2.2 COMPARATOR OUTPUT
SELECTION
The output of the comparator can be monitored by
reading either the CxOUT bit of the CMxCON0 register
or the MCxOUT bit of the CMOUT register. In order to
make the output available for an external connection,
the following conditions must be true:
• CxOE bit of the CMxCON0 register must be set
• Corresponding TRIS bit must be cleared
• CxON bit of the CMxCON0 register must be set
18.2.3 COMPARATOR OUTPUT POLARITY
Inverting the output of the comparator is functionally
equivalent to swapping the comparator inputs. The
polarity of the comparator output can be inverted by
setting the CxPOL bit of the CMxCON0 register.
Clearing the CxPOL bit results in a non-inverted output.
Table 18-2 shows the output state versus input
conditions, including polarity control.
18.2.4 COMPARATOR SPEED/POWER
SELECTION
The trade-off between speed or power can be
optimized during program execution with the CxSP
control bit. The default state for this bit is ‘1’ which
selects the Normal Speed mode. Device power
consumption can be optimized at the cost of slower
comparator propagation delay by clearing the CxSP bit
to ‘0’.
Note 1: The CxOE bit of the CMxCON0 register
overrides the PORT data latch. Setting
the CxON bit of the CMxCON0 register
has no impact on the port override.
2: The internal output of the comparator is
latched with each instruction cycle.
Unless otherwise specified, external
outputs are not latched.
TABLE 18-2: COMPARATOR OUTPUT
STATE VS. INPUT
CONDITIONS
Input Condition CxPOL CxOUT
CxVN > CxVP00
CxVN < CxVP01
CxVN > CxVP11
CxVN < CxVP10
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 172 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
18.3 Comparator Hysteresis
A selectable amount of separation voltage can be
added to the input pins of each comparator to provide a
hysteresis function to the overall operation. Hysteresis
is enabled by setting the CxHYS bit of the CMxCON0
register.
See Section 28.0 “Electrical Specifications” for
more information.
18.4 Timer1 Gate Operation
The output resulting from a comparator operation can
be used as a source for gate control of Timer1. See
Section 21.5 “Timer1 Gate” for more information.
This feature is useful for timing the duration or interval
of an analog event.
It is recommended that the comparator output be
synchronized to Timer1. This ensures that Timer1 does
not increment while a change in the comparator is
occurring.
18.4.1 COMPARATOR OUTPUT
SYNCHRONIZATION
The output from a comparator can be synchronized
with Timer1 by setting the CxSYNC bit of the
CMxCON0 register.
Once enabled, the comparator output is latched on the
falling edge of the Timer1 source clock. If a prescaler is
used with Timer1, the comparator output is latched after
the prescaling function. To prevent a race condition, the
comparator output is latched on the falling edge of the
Timer1 clock source and Timer1 increments on the
rising edge of its clock source. See the Comparator
Block Diagram (Figure 18-2) and the Timer1 Block
Diagram (Figure 21-1) for more information.
18.5 Comparator Interrupt
An interrupt can be generated upon a change in the
output value of the comparator for each comparator, a
rising edge detector and a falling edge detector are
present.
When either edge detector is triggered and its associ-
ated enable bit is set (CxINTP and/or CxINTN bits of
the CMxCON1 register), the Corresponding Interrupt
Flag bit (CxIF bit of the PIR2 register) will be set.
To enable the interrupt, you must set the following bits:
• CxON, CxPOL and CxSP bits of the CMxCON0
register
• CxIE bit of the PIE2 register
• CxINTP bit of the CMxCON1 register (for a rising
edge detection)
• CxINTN bit of the CMxCON1 register (for a falling
edge detection)
• PEIE and GIE bits of the INTCON register
The associated interrupt flag bit, CxIF bit of the PIR2
register, must be cleared in software. If another edge is
detected while this flag is being cleared, the flag will still
be set at the end of the sequence.
18.6 Comparator Positive Input
Selection
Configuring the CxPCH<2:0> bits of the CMxCON1
register directs an internal voltage reference or an
analog pin to the non-inverting input of the comparator:
• CxIN+ analog pin
• DAC output
• FVR (Fixed Voltage Reference)
•VSS (Ground)
See Section 14.0 “Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR)”
for more information on the Fixed Voltage Reference
module.
See Section 17.0 “8-bit Digital-to-Analog Converter
(DAC1) Module” for more information on the DAC
input signal.
Any time the comparator is disabled (CxON = 0), all
comparator inputs are disabled.
18.7 Comparator Negative Input
Selection
The CxNCH<2:0> bits of the CMxCON1 register direct
an analog input pin or analog ground to the inverting
input of the comparator:
•CxIN- pin
• Analog Ground
• FVR_buffer2
Some inverting input selections share a pin with the
operational amplifier output function. Enabling both
functions at the same time will direct the operational
amplifier output to the comparator inverting input.
Note: Although a comparator is disabled, an
interrupt can be generated by changing
the output polarity with the CxPOL bit of
the CMxCON0 register, or by switching
the comparator on or off with the CxON bit
of the CMxCON0 register.
Note: To use CxINy+ and CxINy- pins as analog
input, the appropriate bits must be set in
the ANSEL register and the correspond-
ing TRIS bits must also be set to disable
the output drivers.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 173
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
18.8 Comparator Response Time
The comparator output is indeterminate for a period of
time after the change of an input source or the selection
of a new reference voltage. This period is referred to as
the response time. The response time of the comparator
differs from the settling time of the voltage reference.
Therefore, both of these times must be considered when
determining the total response time to a comparator
input change. See the Comparator and Voltage
Reference Specifications in Section 28.0 “Electrical
Specifications” for more details.
18.9 Analog Input Connection
Considerations
A simplified circuit for an analog input is shown in
Figure 18-3. Since the analog input pins share their
connection with a digital input, they have reverse
biased ESD protection diodes to VDD and VSS. The
analog input, therefore, must be between VSS and VDD.
If the input voltage deviates from this range by more
than 0.6V in either direction, one of the diodes is
forward biased and a latch-up may occur.
A maximum source impedance of 10 k is recommended
for the analog sources. Also, any external component
connected to an analog input pin, such as a capacitor or
a Zener diode, should have very little leakage current to
minimize inaccuracies introduced.
FIGURE 18-3: ANALOG INPUT MODEL
Note 1: When reading a PORT register, all pins
configured as analog inputs will read as a
‘0’. Pins configured as digital inputs will
convert as an analog input, according to
the input specification.
2: Analog levels on any pin defined as a
digital input, may cause the input buffer to
consume more current than is specified.
VA
R
S
< 10K
V
DD
Analog
Input pin
CPIN
5pF V
T
§ 0.6V
V
T
§ 0.6V
ILEAKAGE(1)
V
SS
R
IC
To Comparator
Legend: C
PIN
= Input Capacitance
I
LEAKAGE
= Leakage Current at the pin due to various junctions
R
IC
= Interconnect Resistance
R
S
= Source Impedance
V
A
= Analog Voltage
V
T
= Threshold Voltage
Rev. 10-000071A
8/2/2013
Note 1: See Section 28.0 “Electrical Specifications”.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 174 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
18.10 Register Definitions: Comparator Control
REGISTER 18-1: CMxCON0: COMPARATOR Cx CONTROL REGISTER 0
R/W-0/0 R-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 R/W-1/1 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
CxON CxOUT CxOE CxPOL —CxSP CxHYS CxSYNC
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 CxON: Comparator Enable bit
1 = Comparator is enabled
0 = Comparator is disabled and consumes no active power
bit 6 CxOUT: Comparator Output bit
If CxPOL = 1 (inverted polarity):
1 = CxVP < CxVN
0 = CxVP > CxVN
If CxPOL = 0 (non-inverted polarity):
1 = CxVP > CxVN
0 = CxVP < CxVN
bit 5 CxOE: Comparator Output Enable bit
1 = CxOUT is present on the CxOUT pin. Requires that the associated TRIS bit be cleared to actually
drive the pin. Not affected by CxON.
0 = CxOUT is internal only
bit 4 CxPOL: Comparator Output Polarity Select bit
1 = Comparator output is inverted
0 = Comparator output is not inverted
bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2 CxSP: Comparator Speed/Power Select bit
1 = Comparator operates in normal power, higher speed mode
0 = Comparator operates in Low-power, Low-speed mode
bit 1 CxHYS: Comparator Hysteresis Enable bit
1 = Comparator hysteresis enabled
0 = Comparator hysteresis disabled
bit 0 CxSYNC: Comparator Output Synchronous Mode bit
1 = Comparator output to Timer1 and I/O pin is synchronous to changes on Timer1 clock source.
Output updated on the falling edge of Timer1 clock source.
0 = Comparator output to Timer1 and I/O pin is asynchronous
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 175
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
REGISTER 18-2: CMxCON1: COMPARATOR Cx CONTROL REGISTER 1
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
C1INTP C1INTN C1PCH<1:0> — C1NCH<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 CxINTP: Comparator Interrupt on Positive Going Edge Enable bits
1 = The CxIF interrupt flag will be set upon a positive going edge of the CxOUT bit
0 = No interrupt flag will be set on a positive going edge of the CxOUT bit
bit 6 CxINTN: Comparator Interrupt on Negative Going Edge Enable bits
1 = The CxIF interrupt flag will be set upon a negative going edge of the CxOUT bit
0 = No interrupt flag will be set on a negative going edge of the CxOUT bit
bit 5-4 CxPCH<1:0>: Comparator Positive Input Channel Select bits
11 = CxVP connects to AGND
10 = CxVP connects to FVR Buffer 2
01 = CxVP connects to VDAC
00 = CxVP connects to CxIN+ pin
bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2-0 CxNCH<2:0>: Comparator Negative Input Channel Select bits
111 = CxVN connects to AGND
110 = CxVN unconnected, input floating
101 = CxVN unconnected, input floating
100 = Reserved
011 = CxVN connects to CxIN3- pin(1)
010 = CxVN connects to CxIN2- pin(1)
001 = CxVN connects to CxIN1- pin
000 = CxVN connects to CxIN0- pin
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1613 only.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 176 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 18-3: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH COMPARATOR MODULE
REGISTER 18-3: CMOUT: COMPARATOR OUTPUT REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R-0/0 R-0/0
— — — — — — MC2OUT(1) MC1OUT
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 1 MC2OUT: Mirror Copy of C2OUT bit(1)
bit 0 MC1OUT: Mirror Copy of C1OUT bit
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1613 only. Unimplemented on PIC12(L)F1612.
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
ANSELA — — —ANSA4— ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0 132
CM1CON0 C1ON C1OUT C1OE C1POL — C1SP C1HYS C1SYNC 174
CM1CON1 C1INTP C1INTN C1PCH<1:0> — C1NCH<2:0> 175
CM2CON0(2) C2ON C2OUT C2OE C2POL — C2SP C2HYS C2SYNC 174
CM2CON1(2) C2INTP C2INTN C2PCH<1:0> — C2NCH<2:0> 175
CMOUT — — — — — —MC2OUT
(2) MC1OUT 176
FVRCON FVREN FVRRDY TSEN TSRNG CDAFVR<1:0> ADFVR<1:0> 148
DAC1CON0 DAC1EN —DAC1OE1—DAC1PSS<1:0>— — 168
DAC1CON1 DAC1R<7:0> 168
INTCON GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 78
PIE2 —C2IE
(2) C1IE — — TMR6IE TMR4IE CCP2IE 80
PIR2 —C2IF
(2) C1IF — — TMR6IF TMR4IF CCP2IF 84
TRISA —— TRISA5 TRISA4 —(1) TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 131
TRISC(2) —— TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 138
Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are unused by the comparator module.
Note 1: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
2: PIC16(L)F1613 only.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 177
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
19.0 ZERO-CROSS DETECTION
(ZCD) MODULE
The ZCD module detects when an A/C signal crosses
through the ground potential. The actual zero crossing
threshold is the zero crossing reference voltage,
VCPINV, which is typically 0.75V above ground.
The connection to the signal to be detected is through
a series current limiting resistor. The module applies a
current source or sink to the ZCD pin to maintain a
constant voltage on the pin, thereby preventing the pin
voltage from forward biasing the ESD protection
diodes. When the applied voltage is greater than the
reference voltage, the module sinks current. When the
applied voltage is less than the reference voltage, the
module sources current. The current source and sink
action keeps the pin voltage constant over the full
range of the applied voltage. The ZCD module is
shown in the simplified block diagram Figure 19-2.
The ZCD module is useful when monitoring an A/C
waveform for, but not limited to, the following purposes:
• A/C period measurement
• Accurate long term time measurement
• Dimmer phase delayed drive
• Low EMI cycle switching
19.1 External Resistor Selection
The ZCD module requires a current limiting resistor in
series with the external voltage source. The impedance
and rating of this resistor depends on the external
source peak voltage. Select a resistor value that will
drop all of the peak voltage when the current through
the resistor is nominally 300 A. Refer to
Equation 19-1 and Figure 19-1. Make sure that the
ZCD I/O pin internal weak pull-up is disabled so it does
not interfere with the current source and sink.
EQUATION 19-1: EXTERNAL RESISTOR
FIGURE 19-1: EXTERNAL VOLTAGE
FIGURE 19-2: SIMPLIFIED ZCD BLOCK DIAGRAM
RSERIES VPEAK
34–
10
-----------------=
VPEAK
VCPINV
VMAXPEAK
VMINPEAK
Rev . 10 - 000 194A
1/ 14/201 4
-
+
Zcpinv
V
DD
ZCDxIN
V
PULLUP
External
vol tage
source
R
PULLDOWN
optional
optional
R
PULLUP
ZCDxPOL
DQ
ZCDx_output
ZCDxOUT bit
Q1 ZCDxOE
ZCDxOUT pin
ZCDxINTP
ZCDxINTN
Interrupt
det
Interrupt
det
Set
ZCDIF
flag
R
SERIES
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 178 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
19.2 ZCD Logic Output
The ZCD module includes a Status bit, which can be
read to determine whether the current source or sink is
active. The ZCDxOUT bit of the ZCDxCON register is
set when the current sink is active, and cleared when
the current source is active. The ZCDxOUT bit is
affected by the polarity bit.
19.3 ZCD Logic Polarity
The ZCDxPOL bit of the ZCDxCON register inverts the
ZCDxOUT bit relative to the current source and sink
output. When the ZCDxPOL bit is set, a ZCDxOUT high
indicates that the current source is active, and a low
output indicates that the current sink is active.
The ZCDxPOL bit affects the ZCD interrupts. See
Section 19.4 “ZCD Interrupts”.
19.4 ZCD Interrupts
An interrupt will be generated upon a change in the
ZCD logic output when the appropriate interrupt
enables are set. A rising edge detector and a falling
edge detector are present in the ZCD for this purpose.
The ZCDIF bit of the PIR3 register will be set when
either edge detector is triggered and its associated
enable bit is set. The ZCDxINTP enables rising edge
interrupts and the ZCDxINTN bit enables falling edge
interrupts. Both are located in the ZCDxCON register.
To fully enable the interrupt, the following bits must be set:
• ZCDIE bit of the PIE3 register
• ZCDxINTP bit of the ZCDxCON register
(for a rising edge detection)
• ZCDxINTN bit of the ZCDxCON register
(for a falling edge detection)
• PEIE and GIE bits of the INTCON register
Changing the ZCDxPOL bit will cause an interrupt,
regardless of the level of the ZCDxEN bit.
The ZCDIF bit of the PIR3 register must be cleared in
software as part of the interrupt service. If another edge
is detected while this flag is being cleared, the flag will
still be set at the end of the sequence.
19.5 Correcting for VCPINV offset
The actual voltage at which the ZCD switches is the
reference voltage at the non-inverting input of the ZCD
op amp. For external voltage source waveforms other
than square waves, this voltage offset from zero
causes the zero-cross event to occur either too early or
too late. When the waveform is varying relative to VSS,
then the zero cross is detected too early as the
waveform falls and too late as the waveform rises.
When the waveform is varying relative to VDD, then the
zero cross is detected too late as the waveform rises
and too early as the waveform falls. The actual offset
time can be determined for sinusoidal waveforms with
the corresponding equations shown in Equation 19-2.
EQUATION 19-2: ZCD EVENT OFFSET
This offset time can be compensated for by adding a
pull-up or pull-down biasing resistor to the ZCD pin. A
pull-up resistor is used when the external voltage
source is varying relative to VSS. A pull-down resistor is
used when the voltage is varying relative to VDD. The
resistor adds a bias to the ZCD pin so that the target
external voltage source must go to zero to pull the pin
voltage to the VCPINV switching voltage. The pull-up or
pull-down value can be determined with the equations
shown in Equation 19-3 or Equation 19-4.
EQUATION 19-3: ZCD PULL-UP/DOWN
TOFFSET
Vcpinv
VPEAK
------------------


asin
2Freq
----------------------------------=
When External Voltage Source is relative to Vss:
TOFFSET
VDD Vcpinv–
VPEAK
--------------------------------


asin
2Freq
-------------------------------------------------
=
When External Voltage Source is relative to VDD:
RPULLUP RSERIES VPULLUP Vcpinv–
Vcpinv
------------------------------------------------------------------------=
When External Signal is relative to Vss:
When External Signal is relative to VDD:
RPULLDOWN RSERIES Vcpinv
VDD Vcpinv–
--------------------------------------------
=
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 179
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
The pull-up and pull-down resistor values are
significantly affected by small variations of VCPINV.
Measuring VCPINV can be difficult, especially when the
waveform is relative to VDD. However, by combining
Equations 19-2 and 19-3, the resistor value can be
determined from the time difference between the
ZCDx_output high and low periods. Note that the time
difference, ΔT, is 4*TOFFSET. The equation for
determining the pull-up and pull-down resistor values
from the high and low ZCDx_output periods is shown in
Equation 19-4. The ZCDx_output signal can be directly
observed on the ZCDxOUT pin by setting the ZCDxOE
bit.
EQUATION 19-4:
19.6 Handling VPEAK variations
If the peak amplitude of the external voltage is
expected to vary, the series resistor must be selected
to keep the ZCD current source and sink below the
design maximum range of ± 600 A and above a
reasonable minimum range. A general rule of thumb is
that the maximum peak voltage can be no more than
six times the minimum peak voltage. To ensure that the
maximum current does not exceed ± 600 A and the
minimum is at least ± 100 A, compute the series
resistance as shown in Equation 19-5. The
compensating pull-up for this series resistance can be
determined with Equation 19-3 because the pull-up
value is independent from the peak voltage.
EQUATION 19-5: SERIES R FOR V RANGE
19.7 Operation During Sleep
The ZCD current sources and interrupts are unaffected
by Sleep.
19.8 Effects of a Reset
The ZCD circuit can be configured to default to the active
or inactive state on Power-On-Reset (POR). When the
ZCDDIS Configuration bit is cleared, the ZCD circuit will
be active at POR. When the ZCDDIS Configuration bit is
set, the ZCDxEN bit of the ZCDxCON register must be
set to enable the ZCD module.
RRSERIES VBIAS
VPEAK Freq T
2
------------


sin


---------------------------------------------------------------- 1–





=
R is pull-up or pull-down resistor.
VBIAS is VPULLUP when R is pull-up or VDD when R
is pull-down.
ΔT is the ZCDxOUT high and low period difference.
RSERIES VMAXPEAK VMINPEAK+
74–
10
---------------------------------------------------------=
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 180 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
19.9 Register Definitions: ZCD Control
TABLE 19-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH THE ZCD MODULE
TABLE 19-2: SUMMARY OF CONFIGURATION WORD WITH THE ZCD MODULE
REGISTER 19-1: ZCDxCON: ZERO CROSS DETECTION CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-q/q R/W-0/0 R-x/x R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
ZCDxEN ZCDxOE ZCDxOUT ZCDxPOL —— ZCDxINTP ZCDxINTN
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = value depends on configuration bits
bit 7 ZCDxEN: Zero-Cross Detection Enable bit
1 = Zero-cross detect is enabled. ZCD pin is forced to output to source and sink current.
0 = Zero-cross detect is disabled. ZCD pin operates according to PPS and TRIS controls.
bit 6 ZCDxOE: Zero-Cross Detection Output Enable bit
1 = ZCD pin output is enabled
0 = ZCD pin output is disabled
bit 5 ZCDxOUT: Zero-Cross Detection Logic Level bit
ZCDxPOL bit = 0:
1 = ZCD pin is sinking current
0 = ZCD pin is sourcing current
ZCDxPOL bit = 1:
1 = ZCD pin is sourcing current
0 = ZCD pin is sinking current
bit 4 ZCDxPOL: Zero-Cross Detection Logic Output Polarity bit
1 = ZCD logic output is inverted
0 = ZCD logic output is not inverted
bit 3-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 1 ZCDxINTP: Zero-Cross Positive Edge Interrupt Enable bit
1 = ZCDIF bit is set on low-to-high ZCDx_output transition
0 = ZCDIF bit is unaffected by low-to-high ZCDx_output transition
bit 0 ZCDxINTN: Zero-Cross Negative Edge Interrupt Enable bit
1 = ZCDIF bit is set on high-to-low ZCDx_output transition
0 = ZCDIF bit is unaffected by high-to-low ZCDx_output transition
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on page
PIE3 — — CWGIE ZCDIE — — — — 81
PIR3 — — CWGIF ZCDIF — — — — 85
ZCD1CON ZCD1EN ZCD1OE ZCD1OUT ZCD1POL —— ZCD1INTP ZCD1INTN 180
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are unused by the ZCD module.
Name Bits Bit -/7 Bit -/6 Bit 13/5 Bit 12/4 Bit 11/3 Bit 10/2 Bit 9/1 Bit 8/0 Register
on Page
CONFIG2 13:8 — — LVP DEBUG LPBOR BORV STVREN PLLEN 49
7:0 ZCDDIS — — — — — WRT<1:0>
Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by the ZCD module.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 181
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
20.0 TIMER0 MODULE
The Timer0 module is an 8-bit timer/counter with the
following features:
• 8-bit timer/counter register (TMR0)
• 3-bit prescaler (independent of Watchdog Timer)
• Programmable internal or external clock source
• Programmable external clock edge selection
• Interrupt on overflow
• TMR0 can be used to gate Timer1
Figure 20-1 is a block diagram of the Timer0 module.
20.1 Timer0 Operation
The Timer0 module can be used as either an 8-bit timer
or an 8-bit counter.
20.1.1 8-BIT TIMER MODE
The Timer0 module will increment every instruction
cycle, if used without a prescaler. 8-bit Timer mode is
selected by clearing the TMR0CS bit of the
OPTION_REG register.
When TMR0 is written, the increment is inhibited for
two instruction cycles immediately following the write.
20.1.2 8-BIT COUNTER MODE
In 8-Bit Counter mode, the Timer0 module will increment
on every rising or falling edge of the T0CKI pin.
8-Bit Counter mode using the T0CKI pin is selected by
setting the TMR0CS bit in the OPTION_REG register to
‘1’.
The rising or falling transition of the incrementing edge
for either input source is determined by the TMR0SE bit
in the OPTION_REG register.
FIGURE 20-1: TIMER0 BLOCK DIAGRAM
Note: The value written to the TMR0 register
can be adjusted, in order to account for
the two instruction cycle delay when
TMR0 is written.
Rev. 10-000017A
8/5/2013
TMR0SE
0
1
Fosc/4
Prescaler
T0_overflow
R
write
to
TMR0 set bit
TMR0IF
T0CKI
Sync Circuit
FOSC/2
TMR0CS
T0CKI(1)
Note 1: The T0CKI prescale output frequency should not exceed F
OSC
/8.
PS<2:0>
0
1
PSA
TMR0
Q1
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 182 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
20.1.3 SOFTWARE PROGRAMMABLE
PRESCALER
A software programmable prescaler is available for
exclusive use with Timer0. The prescaler is enabled by
clearing the PSA bit of the OPTION_REG register.
There are eight prescaler options for the Timer0
module ranging from 1:2 to 1:256. The prescale values
are selectable via the PS<2:0> bits of the
OPTION_REG register. In order to have a 1:1 prescaler
value for the Timer0 module, the prescaler must be
disabled by setting the PSA bit of the OPTION_REG
register.
The prescaler is not readable or writable. All instructions
writing to the TMR0 register will clear the prescaler.
20.1.4 TIMER0 INTERRUPT
Timer0 will generate an interrupt when the TMR0
register overflows from FFh to 00h. The TMR0IF
interrupt flag bit of the INTCON register is set every
time the TMR0 register overflows, regardless of
whether or not the Timer0 interrupt is enabled. The
TMR0IF bit can only be cleared in software. The Timer0
interrupt enable is the TMR0IE bit of the INTCON
register.
20.1.5 8-BIT COUNTER MODE
SYNCHRONIZATION
When in 8-Bit Counter mode, the incrementing edge on
the T0CKI pin must be synchronized to the instruction
clock. Synchronization can be accomplished by
sampling the prescaler output on the Q2 and Q4 cycles
of the instruction clock. The high and low periods of the
external clocking source must meet the timing
requirements as shown in Section 28.0 “Electrical
Specifications”.
20.1.6 OPERATION DURING SLEEP
Timer0 cannot operate while the processor is in Sleep
mode. The contents of the TMR0 register will remain
unchanged while the processor is in Sleep mode.
Note: The Watchdog Timer (WDT) uses its own
independent prescaler.
Note: The Timer0 interrupt cannot wake the
processor from Sleep since the timer is
frozen during Sleep.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 183
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
20.2 Register Definitions: Option Register
TABLE 20-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER0
REGISTER 20-1: OPTION_REG: OPTION REGISTER
R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
WPUEN INTEDG TMR0CS TMR0SE PSA PS<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 WPUEN: Weak Pull-Up Enable bit
1 = All weak pull-ups are disabled (except MCLR, if it is enabled)
0 = Weak pull-ups are enabled by individual WPUx latch values
bit 6 INTEDG: Interrupt Edge Select bit
1 = Interrupt on rising edge of INT pin
0 = Interrupt on falling edge of INT pin
bit 5 TMR0CS: Timer0 Clock Source Select bit
1 = Transition on T0CKI pin
0 = Internal instruction cycle clock (FOSC/4)
bit 4 TMR0SE: Timer0 Source Edge Select bit
1 = Increment on high-to-low transition on T0CKI pin
0 = Increment on low-to-high transition on T0CKI pin
bit 3 PSA: Prescaler Assignment bit
1 = Prescaler is not assigned to the Timer0 module
0 = Prescaler is assigned to the Timer0 module
bit 2-0 PS<2:0>: Prescaler Rate Select bits
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
ADCON2 TRIGSEL<3:0> — — — — 159
INTCON GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 78
OPTION_REG WPUEN INTEDG TMR0CS TMR0SE PSA PS<2:0> 183
TMR0 Holding Register for the 8-bit Timer0 Count 181*
TRISA — — TRISA5 TRISA4 —(1) TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 131
Legend: — = Unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by the Timer0 module.
* Page provides register information.
Note 1: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
000
001
010
011
100
101
110
111
1 : 2
1 : 4
1 : 8
1 : 16
1 : 32
1 : 64
1 : 128
1 : 256
Bit Value Timer0 Rate
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 184 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
21.0 TIMER1 MODULE WITH GATE
CONTROL
The Timer1 module is a 16-bit timer/counter with the
following features:
• 16-bit timer/counter register pair (TMR1H:TMR1L)
• Programmable internal or external clock source
• 2-bit prescaler
• Optionally synchronized comparator out
• Multiple Timer1 gate (count enable) sources
• Interrupt on overflow
• Wake-up on overflow (external clock,
Asynchronous mode only)
• ADC Auto-Conversion Trigger(s)
• Selectable Gate Source Polarity
• Gate Toggle mode
• Gate Single-Pulse mode
• Gate Value Status
• Gate Event Interrupt
Figure 21-1 is a block diagram of the Timer1 module.
FIGURE 21-1: TIMER1 BLOCK DIAGRAM
Rev . 10 -000 018E
12/19 /201 3
00
11
10
01
T1G
T0_overflow
C1OUT_sync
C2OUT_sync(4)
T1GSS<1:0>
T1GPOL
0
1
Single Pulse
Acq. Control
1
0
T1GSPM
TMR1ON
T1GTM
TMR1GE
TMR1ON
DQ
EN
TMR1LTMR1H
T1_overflow
set flag bit
TMR1IF
TMR1(2)
1
0
Fosc
Internal Clock
Fosc/4
Internal Clock
LFINTOSC
TMR1CS<1:0>
00
11
10
01
Prescaler
1,2,4,8
T1SYNC
Sleep
Input
Fosc/2
Internal
Clock
T1CKPS<1:0>
Synchronized Clock Input
2
det
Synchronize(3)
1: ST Buffer is high speed type when using T1CKI.
2: Timer1 register increments on rising edge.
3: Synchronize does not operate while in Sleep.
4: PIC16(L)F1613 only
(1)
D
QCK
R
Q
Note
T1GGO/DONE
T1CLK
T1CKI
DQ
set bit
TMR1GIF
T1GVAL
Q1
det
Interrupt
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 185
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
21.1 Timer1 Operation
The Timer1 module is a 16-bit incrementing counter
which is accessed through the TMR1H:TMR1L register
pair. Writes to TMR1H or TMR1L directly update the
counter.
When used with an internal clock source, the module is
a timer and increments on every instruction cycle.
When used with an external clock source, the module
can be used as either a timer or counter and incre-
ments on every selected edge of the external source.
Timer1 is enabled by configuring the TMR1ON and
TMR1GE bits in the T1CON and T1GCON registers,
respectively. Table 21-1 displays the Timer1 enable
selections.
21.2 Clock Source Selection
The TMR1CS<1:0> bits of the T1CON register are used
to select the clock source for Timer1. Tab l e 2 1-2
displays the clock source selections.
21.2.1 INTERNAL CLOCK SOURCE
When the internal clock source is selected, the
TMR1H:TMR1L register pair will increment on multiples
of FOSC as determined by the Timer1 prescaler.
When the FOSC internal clock source is selected, the
Timer1 register value will increment by four counts every
instruction clock cycle. Due to this condition, a 2 LSB
error in resolution will occur when reading the Timer1
value. To utilize the full resolution of Timer1, an
asynchronous input signal must be used to gate the
Timer1 clock input.
The following asynchronous sources may be used:
• Asynchronous event on the T1G pin to Timer1
gate
• C1 or C2 (PIC16(L)F1613 only) comparator input
to Timer1 gate
21.2.2 EXTERNAL CLOCK SOURCE
When the external clock source is selected, the Timer1
module may work as a timer or a counter.
When enabled to count, Timer1 is incremented on the
rising edge of the external clock input T1CKI. The
external clock source can be synchronized to the
microcontroller system clock or it can run
asynchronously.
TABLE 21-1: TIMER1 ENABLE
SELECTIONS
TMR1ON TMR1GE Timer1
Operation
00Off
01Off
10Always On
11Count Enabled
Note: In Counter mode, a falling edge must be
registered by the counter prior to the first
incrementing rising edge after any one or
more of the following conditions:
• Timer1 enabled after POR
• Write to TMR1H or TMR1L
• Timer1 is disabled
• Timer1 is disabled (TMR1ON = 0)
when T1CKI is high then Timer1 is
enabled (TMR1ON=1) when T1CKI is
low.
TABLE 21-2: CLOCK SOURCE SELECTIONS
TMR1CS<1:0> Clock Source
11 LFINTOSC
10 External Clocking on T1CKI Pin
01 System Clock (FOSC)
00 Instruction Clock (FOSC/4)
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 186 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
21.3 Timer1 Prescaler
Timer1 has four prescaler options allowing 1, 2, 4 or 8
divisions of the clock input. The T1CKPS bits of the
T1CON register control the prescale counter. The
prescale counter is not directly readable or writable;
however, the prescaler counter is cleared upon a write to
TMR1H or TMR1L.
21.4 Timer1 Operation in
Asynchronous Counter Mode
If control bit T1SYNC of the T1CON register is set, the
external clock input is not synchronized. The timer
increments asynchronously to the internal phase
clocks. If the external clock source is selected then the
timer will continue to run during Sleep and can
generate an interrupt on overflow, which will wake-up
the processor. However, special precautions in
software are needed to read/write the timer (see
Section 21.4.1 “Reading and Writing Timer1 in
Asynchronous Counter Mode”).
21.4.1 READING AND WRITING TIMER1 IN
ASYNCHRONOUS COUNTER
MODE
Reading TMR1H or TMR1L while the timer is running
from an external asynchronous clock will ensure a valid
read (taken care of in hardware). However, the user
should keep in mind that reading the 16-bit timer in two
8-bit values itself, poses certain problems, since the
timer may overflow between the reads.
For writes, it is recommended that the user simply stop
the timer and write the desired values. A write
contention may occur by writing to the timer registers,
while the register is incrementing. This may produce an
unpredictable value in the TMR1H:TMR1L register pair.
21.5 Timer1 Gate
Timer1 can be configured to count freely or the count
can be enabled and disabled using Timer1 gate
circuitry. This is also referred to as Timer1 Gate Enable.
Timer1 gate can also be driven by multiple selectable
sources.
21.5.1 TIMER1 GATE ENABLE
The Timer1 Gate Enable mode is enabled by setting
the TMR1GE bit of the T1GCON register. The polarity
of the Timer1 Gate Enable mode is configured using
the T1GPOL bit of the T1GCON register.
When Timer1 Gate Enable mode is enabled, Timer1
will increment on the rising edge of the Timer1 clock
source. When Timer1 Gate Enable mode is disabled,
no incrementing will occur and Timer1 will hold the
current count. See Figure 21-3 for timing details.
21.5.2 TIMER1 GATE SOURCE
SELECTION
Timer1 gate source selections are shown in Table 21-4.
Source selection is controlled by the T1GSS<1:0> bits
of the T1GCON register. The polarity for each available
source is also selectable. Polarity selection is controlled
by the T1GPOL bit of the T1GCON register.
TABLE 21-4: TIMER1 GATE SOURCES
Note: When switching from synchronous to
asynchronous operation, it is possible to
skip an increment. When switching from
asynchronous to synchronous operation,
it is possible to produce an additional
increment.
TABLE 21-3: TIMER1 GATE ENABLE
SELECTIONS
T1CLK T1GPOL T1G Timer1 Operation
00Counts
01Holds Count
10Holds Count
11Counts
T1GSS Timer1 Gate Source
00 Timer1 Gate pin (T1G)
01 Overflow of Timer0 (T0_overflow)
(TMR0 increments from FFh to 00h)
10 Comparator 1 Output (C1_OUT_sync(1)
11 Comparator 2 Output (C2_OUT_sync(1,2)
Note 1: Optionally synchronized comparator output.
2: PIC16(L)F1613 only.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 187
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
21.5.2.1 T1G Pin Gate Operation
The T1G pin is one source for Timer1 gate control. It
can be used to supply an external source to the Timer1
gate circuitry.
21.5.2.2 Timer0 Overflow Gate Operation
When Timer0 increments from FFh to 00h, a low-to-
high pulse will automatically be generated and inter-
nally supplied to the Timer1 gate circuitry.
21.5.3 TIMER1 GATE TOGGLE MODE
When Timer1 Gate Toggle mode is enabled, it is possi-
ble to measure the full-cycle length of a Timer1 gate
signal, as opposed to the duration of a single level
pulse.
The Timer1 gate source is routed through a flip-flop that
changes state on every incrementing edge of the sig-
nal. See Figure 21-4 for timing details.
Timer1 Gate Toggle mode is enabled by setting the
T1GTM bit of the T1GCON register. When the T1GTM
bit is cleared, the flip-flop is cleared and held clear. This
is necessary in order to control which edge is
measured.
21.5.4 TIMER1 GATE SINGLE-PULSE
MODE
When Timer1 Gate Single-Pulse mode is enabled, it is
possible to capture a single pulse gate event. Timer1
Gate Single-Pulse mode is first enabled by setting the
T1GSPM bit in the T1GCON register. Next, the T1GGO/
DONE bit in the T1GCON register must be set. The
Timer1 will be fully enabled on the next incrementing
edge. On the next trailing edge of the pulse, the T1GGO/
DONE bit will automatically be cleared. No other gate
events will be allowed to increment Timer1 until the
T1GGO/DONE bit is once again set in software. See
Figure 21-5 for timing details.
If the Single Pulse Gate mode is disabled by clearing the
T1GSPM bit in the T1GCON register, the T1GGO/DONE
bit should also be cleared.
Enabling the Toggle mode and the Single-Pulse mode
simultaneously will permit both sections to work
together. This allows the cycle times on the Timer1 gate
source to be measured. See Figure 21-6 for timing
details.
21.5.5 TIMER1 GATE VALUE STATUS
When Timer1 Gate Value Status is utilized, it is possible
to read the most current level of the gate control value.
The value is stored in the T1GVAL bit in the T1GCON
register. The T1GVAL bit is valid even when the Timer1
gate is not enabled (TMR1GE bit is cleared).
21.5.6 TIMER1 GATE EVENT INTERRUPT
When Timer1 Gate Event Interrupt is enabled, it is pos-
sible to generate an interrupt upon the completion of a
gate event. When the falling edge of T1GVAL occurs,
the TMR1GIF flag bit in the PIR1 register will be set. If
the TMR1GIE bit in the PIE1 register is set, then an
interrupt will be recognized.
The TMR1GIF flag bit operates even when the Timer1
gate is not enabled (TMR1GE bit is cleared).
Note: Enabling Toggle mode at the same time
as changing the gate polarity may result in
indeterminate operation.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 188 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
21.6 Timer1 Interrupt
The Timer1 register pair (TMR1H:TMR1L) increments
to FFFFh and rolls over to 0000h. When Timer1 rolls
over, the Timer1 interrupt flag bit of the PIR1 register is
set. To enable the interrupt on rollover, you must set
these bits:
• TMR1ON bit of the T1CON register
• TMR1IE bit of the PIE1 register
• PEIE bit of the INTCON register
• GIE bit of the INTCON register
The interrupt is cleared by clearing the TMR1IF bit in
the Interrupt Service Routine.
21.7 Timer1 Operation During Sleep
Timer1 can only operate during Sleep when setup in
Asynchronous Counter mode. In this mode, an external
crystal or clock source can be used to increment the
counter. To set up the timer to wake the device:
• TMR1ON bit of the T1CON register must be set
• TMR1IE bit of the PIE1 register must be set
• PEIE bit of the INTCON register must be set
• T1SYNC bit of the T1CON register must be set
• TMR1CS bits of the T1CON register must be
configured
The device will wake-up on an overflow and execute
the next instructions. If the GIE bit of the INTCON
register is set, the device will call the Interrupt Service
Routine.
Timer1 oscillator will continue to operate in Sleep
regardless of the T1SYNC bit setting.
21.7.1 ALTERNATE PIN LOCATIONS
This module incorporates I/O pins that can be moved to
other locations with the use of the alternate pin function
register, APFCON. To determine which pins can be
moved and what their default locations are upon a
Reset, see Section 12.1 “Alternate Pin Function” for
more information.
FIGURE 21-2: TIMER1 INCREMENTING EDGE
Note: The TMR1H:TMR1L register pair and the
TMR1IF bit should be cleared before
enabling interrupts.
T1CKI = 1
when TMR1
Enabled
T1CKI = 0
when TMR1
Enabled
Note 1: Arrows indicate counter increments.
2: In Counter mode, a falling edge must be registered by the counter prior to the first incrementing rising edge of the clock.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 189
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
FIGURE 21-3: TIMER1 GATE ENABLE MODE
FIGURE 21-4: TIMER1 GATE TOGGLE MODE
TMR1GE
T1GPOL
T1G_in
T1CKI
T1GVAL
Timer1 N N + 1 N + 2 N + 3 N + 4
TMR1GE
T1GPOL
T1GTM
T1G_in
T1CKI
T1GVAL
Timer1
N N + 1 N + 2 N + 3 N + 4 N + 5 N + 6 N + 7 N + 8
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 190 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 21-5: TIMER1 GATE SINGLE-PULSE MODE
TMR1GE
T1GPOL
T1G_in
T1CKI
T1GVAL
Timer1 N N + 1 N + 2
T1GSPM
T1GGO/
DONE
Set by software
Cleared by hardware on
falling edge of T1GVAL
Set by hardware on
falling edge of T1GVAL
Cleared by software
Cleared by
software
TMR1GIF
Counting enabled on
rising edge of T1G
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 191
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
FIGURE 21-6: TIMER1 GATE SINGLE-PULSE AND TOGGLE COMBINED MODE
TMR1GE
T1GPOL
T1G_in
T1CKI
T1GVAL
Timer1 NN + 1
N + 2
T1GSPM
T1GGO/
DONE
Set by software
Cleared by hardware on
falling edge of T1GVAL
Set by hardware on
falling edge of T1GVAL
Cleared by software
Cleared by
software
TMR1GIF
T1GTM
Counting enabled on
rising edge of T1G
N + 4
N + 3
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 192 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
21.8 Register Definitions: Timer1 Control
REGISTER 21-1: T1CON: TIMER1 CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0/u R/W-0/u R/W-0/u R/W-0/u U-0 R/W-0/u U-0 R/W-0/u
TMR1CS<1:0> T1CKPS<1:0> — T1SYNC —TMR1ON
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 TMR1CS<1:0>: Timer1 Clock Source Select bits
11 =LFINTOSC
10 = Timer1 Clock source is T1CKI
01 =F
OSC
00 =FOSC/4
bit 5-4 T1CKPS<1:0>: Timer1 Input Clock Prescale Select bits
11 = 1:8 Prescale value
10 = 1:4 Prescale value
01 = 1:2 Prescale value
00 = 1:1 Prescale value
bit 1 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2 T1SYNC: Timer1 Synchronization Control bit
1 = Do not synchronize asynchronous clock input
0 = Synchronize asynchronous clock input with system clock (FOSC)
bit 1 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 0 TMR1ON: Timer1 On bit
1 = Enables Timer1
0 = Stops Timer1 and clears Timer1 gate flip-flop
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 193
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
REGISTER 21-2: T1GCON: TIMER1 GATE CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0/u R/W-0/u R/W-0/u R/W-0/u R/W/HC-0/u R-x/x R/W-0/u R/W-0/u
TMR1GE T1GPOL T1GTM T1GSPM T1GGO/
DONE
T1GVAL T1GSS<1:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HC = Bit is cleared by hardware
bit 7 TMR1GE: Timer1 Gate Enable bit
If TMR1ON = 0:
This bit is ignored
If TMR1ON = 1:
1 = Timer1 counting is controlled by the Timer1 gate function
0 = Timer1 counts regardless of Timer1 gate function
bit 6 T1GPOL: Timer1 Gate Polarity bit
1 = Timer1 gate is active-high (Timer1 counts when gate is high)
0 = Timer1 gate is active-low (Timer1 counts when gate is low)
bit 5 T1GTM: Timer1 Gate Toggle Mode bit
1 = Timer1 Gate Toggle mode is enabled
0 = Timer1 Gate Toggle mode is disabled and toggle flip-flop is cleared
Timer1 gate flip-flop toggles on every rising edge.
bit 4 T1GSPM: Timer1 Gate Single-Pulse Mode bit
1 = Timer1 gate Single-Pulse mode is enabled and is controlling Timer1 gate
0 = Timer1 gate Single-Pulse mode is disabled
bit 3 T1GGO/DONE: Timer1 Gate Single-Pulse Acquisition Status bit
1 = Timer1 gate single-pulse acquisition is ready, waiting for an edge
0 = Timer1 gate single-pulse acquisition has completed or has not been started
bit 2 T1GVAL: Timer1 Gate Value Status bit
Indicates the current state of the Timer1 gate that could be provided to TMR1H:TMR1L.
Unaffected by Timer1 Gate Enable (TMR1GE).
bit 0 T1GSS<1:0>: Timer1 Gate Source Select bits
11 = Comparator 2 optionally synchronized output (C2_OUT_sync)(1)
10 = Comparator 1 optionally synchronized output (C1_OUT_sync)
01 = Timer0 overflow output (T0_overflow)
00 = Timer1 gate pin (T1G)
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1613 only. Reserved on PIC12(L)F1612.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 194 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 21-5: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER1
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register on
Page
ANSELA — — — ANSA4 —ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0 132
APFCON —CWGASEL(2) CWGBSEL(2) — T1GSEL —CCP2SEL(3) CCP1SEL(2) 128
INTCON GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 78
PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE — — — CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 79
PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF — — — CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 84
TMR1H Holding Register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Count 188*
TMR1L Holding Register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Count 188*
TRISA —— TRISA5 TRISA4 —(1) TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 131
T1CON TMR1CS<1:0> T1CKPS<1:0> — T1SYNC —TMR1ON192
T1GCON TMR1GE T1GPOL T1GTM T1GSPM T1GGO/
DONE T1GVAL T1GSS<1:0> 193
Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by the Timer1 module.
* Page provides register information.
Note 1: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
2: PIC12(L)F1612 only.
3: PIC16(L)F1613 only.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 195
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
22.0 TIMER2/4/6 MODULE
The Timer2/4/6 modules are 8-bit timers that
incorporate the following features:
• 8-bit Timer and Period registers (TMR2 and PR2,
respectively)
• Readable and writable (both registers)
• Software programmable prescaler (1:1 to 1:128)
• Software programmable postscaler (1:1 to 1:16)
• Interrupt on TMR2 match with PR2
• One-shot operation
• Full asynchronous operation
• Includes Hardware Limit Timer (HLT) extension
• Alternate clock sources
• External Timer Reset signal sources
• Configurable Timer Reset operation
See Figure 22-1 for Timer2 clock sources. See
Figure 22-2 for a block diagram of Timer2 with HLT.
FIGURE 22-1: TIMER2 CLOCK SOURCE
BLOCK DIAGRAM
Note: Three identical Timer2 modules are
implemented on this device. The timers are
named Timer2, Timer4, and Timer6. All
references to Timer2 apply as well to
Timer4 and Timer6. All references to PR2
apply as well to PR4 and PR6.
Rev . 10 -000 169A
12 /19 / 201 3
00 0
01 1
01 0
00 1
10 0
10 1
11 0
11 1
TMR2_clk
FOSC
FOSC/4
MFINTOSC
ZCD1_output
LFINTOSC
HFINTOSC
TXIN
Reserved
TxCLKCON
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 196 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 22-2: TIMER2 WITH HARDWARE LIMIT TIMER (HLT) BLOCK DIAGRAM
Rev . 10 -000 168A
1/22 /201 4
MODE<3>
Clear ON
TMRx
Comparator
PRx
CKSYNC
ON
OUTPS<3:0>
Postscaler
Set flag bi t
TMRxIF
TMRx_postscaled
CKPOL
4
MODE<3:0>
PSYNC
Prescaler
CKPS<2:0>
3
TMRx_clk
RSEL
R
Sync
(2 Clocks)
Edge Detector
Level Detector
Mode Control
(2 clock Sync)
See
TxRST
Register
TMRx_ers
0
1
1
0
Note 1: Signal to the CCP to trigger the PWM pulse
2: See Section 22.5 for description of CCP interaction in the different TMR modes
enable
reset
Sync
Fosc/4
DQ
CCP_pset
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 197
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
22.1 Timer2 Operation
The 7-bit counter/prescaler on the clock input allows for
several prescaler options, from direct input to divide-
by-128. These options are selected by the prescaler
control bits CKPS<2:0> of the TxCON register.
The value of TMR2 is compared to that of the Period
register, PR2, on each clock cycle. When the two values
match, the comparator resets the value of TMR2 to 00h
on the next cycle and drives the output counter/
postscaler (see Section 22.2 “Timer2 Interrupt”). In
addition, the Timer can be Reset through the use of an
external Reset signal as outlined in Section 22.4
“External Reset Sources”.
The TMR2 and PR2 registers are both directly readable
and writable. The TMR2 register is cleared on any
device Reset, whereas the PR2 register initializes to
FFh. Both the prescaler and postscaler counters are
cleared on the following events:
• a write to the TMR2 register
• a write to the T2CON register
• Power-on Reset (POR)
• Brown-out Reset (BOR)
•MCLR
Reset
• Watchdog Timer (WDT) Reset
• Stack Overflow Reset
• Stack Underflow Reset
•RESET Instruction
• External Reset Source events, which resets the
timer.
22.2 Timer2 Interrupt
Timer2 can also generate a device interrupt. The
interrupt is generated when the postscaler counter
matches one of 16 postscale options (from 1:1 through
1:16), which is selected with the postscaler control bits,
OUTPS<3:0> of the T2CON register. The interrupt is
enabled by setting the TMR2 Interrupt Enable bit,
TMR2IE, of the PIE1 register. The interrupt timing is
illustrated in Figure 22-3.
FIGURE 22-3: TIMER2 PRESCALER, POSTSCALER, AND INTERRUPT TIMING DIAGRAM
Note: TMR2 is not cleared when T2CON is
written.
TMRx_clk
PRx
TMRx
1
0
CKPS 0b010
TMRx_postscaled
OUTPS 2
10 1 0 1 0
TMRxIF
Note 1: Setting the interrupt flag is synchronized with the instruction clock.
Synchronization may take as many as 2 instruction cycles
(1)
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 198 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
22.3 Timer2 Output
The Timer2 module’s primary output is TMR2_posts-
caled, which pulses for a single TMR2_clk period upon
each match of the postscaler counter and the OUTPS
TMR2xCON. The PR2 postscaler is incremented each
time the TMR2 value matches the PR2 value. this sig-
nal can be selected as an input to several other input
modules:
• The CRC memory scanner, as a trigger for trig-
gered mode
• The ADC module, as an auto-conversion trigger
• Both SMT modules, as both a window and/or a
signal input
• CWG, as an auto-shutdown source
In addition, the Timer2 is also used by the CCP module
for pulse generation in PWM mode. Both the actual
TMR2 value as well as other internal signals are sent to
the CCP module to properly clock both the period and
pulse width of the PWM signal. See Section 23.4
“CCP/PWM Clock Selection” for more details on set-
ting up Timer2 for use with the CCP, as well as the tim-
ing diagrams in Section 22.5 “Operation Examples”
for examples of how the varying Timer2 modes affect
CCP PWM output.
22.4 External Reset Sources
In addition to the clock source, the Timer2 also takes in
an external reset source. This external reset source is
selected for Timer2, Timer4, and Timer6 with the
T2RST, T4RST, and T6RST registers, respectively.
This source can control starting and stopping of the
timer, as well as resetting the timer, depending on
which mode the timer is in. The mode of the timer is
controlled by the MODE<3:0> bits of the TMRxHLT
register.
22.4.1 ONE-SHOT MODE
The MODE<3> bit of the TMRxHLT register controls
whether the timer is in either the One-Shot mode or the
original Normal Period mode. When this bit is set, the
timer acts in the One-Shot mode, meaning that upon
the timer register matching the PRx period register, the
timer will stop incrementing until the timer is manually
started again.
22.5 Operation Examples
Unless otherwise specified, the following notes apply to
the following timing diagrams:
- Both the prescaler and postscaler are set to
1:1 (both the CKPS and OUTPS bits in the
TxCON register are cleared).
- The diagrams illustrate any clock except
FOSC/4 and show clock-sync delays of at
least two full cycles for both ON and
Timer2_ers. When using FOSC/4, the clock-
sync delay is at least one instruction period
for Timer2_ers; ON applies in the next
instruction period.
- ON and Timer2_ers are somewhat general-
ized, and clock-sync delays may produce
results that are slightly different than illus-
trated.
- The PWM Duty Cycle and PWM output are
illustrated assuming that the timer is used for
the PWM function of the CCP module as
described in Section 23.4 “CCP/PWM Clock
Selection”. The signals are not a part of the
Timer2 module.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 199
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
22.5.1 SOFTWARE GATE MODE
This mode corresponds to legacy Timer2 operation.
The timer increments with each clock input when ON =
1 and does not increment when ON = 0. When the
TMRx count equals the PRx period count the timer
resets on the next clock and continues counting from 0.
Operation with the ON bit software controlled is illus-
trated in Figure 22-4. With PRx=5, the counter
advances until TMRx=5, and goes to zero with the next
clock.
FIGURE 22-4: TIMER2 MODE = ‘0000’ TIMING DIAGRAM
Rev . 10 -000 195A
12/20 /201 3
TMRx_clk
Instruction(1)
ON
PRx
TMRx
TMRx_postscaled
BS F BCF BS F
5
0 12345012 2 345
MODE 0b0000
3 4 5 0 1 0 1
PWM Duty
Cycle 3
PWM Output
Note 1: BSF and BCF represent Bit-Set File and Bit-Clear File instructions executed by the CPU to
set or clear the ON bit of TxCON. CPU execution is asynchronous to the timer clock input.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 200 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
22.5.2 HARDWARE GATE MODE
The hardware gate modes operate the same as the
software gate mode except the TMRx_ers external sig-
nal can also gate the timer. When used with the CCP
the gating extends the PWM period. If the timer is
stopped when the PWM output is high then the duty
cycle is also extended.
When MODE<3:0> = ‘0001’ then the timer is stopped
when the external signal is high. When MODE<3:0> =
‘0010’ then the timer is stopped when the external
signal is low.
Figure 22-5 illustrates the hardware gating mode for
MODE<3:0>=’0001’ in which a high input level stops
the counter.
FIGURE 22-5: TIMER2 MODE = ‘0001’ TIMING DIAGRAM
Rev . 10 -000 196A
12/20 /201 3
TMRx_clk
TMRx_ers
PRx
TMRx
TMRx_postscaled
5
MODE 0b0001
0123450123450
1
PWM Duty
Cycle 3
PWM Output
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 201
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
22.5.3 EDGE-TRIGGERED HARDWARE
LIMIT MODE
In hardware limit mode the timer can be reset by the
TMRx_ers external signal before the timer reaches the
period count. Three types of resets are possible:
• Reset on rising or falling edge
(MODE<3:0>=‘0011’)
• Reset on rising edge (MODE<3:0>=‘0100’)
• Reset on falling edge (MODE<3:0>=‘0101’)
When the timer is used in conjunction with the CCP in
PWM mode then an early Reset shortens the period
and restarts the PWM pulse after a two clock delay.
Refer to Figure 22-6.
FIGURE 22-6: TIMER2 MODE=‘0100’ TIMING DIAGRAM
Rev . 10 -000 197A
12/20 /201 3
TMRx_clk
ON
PRx
TMRx
BS F BCF BS F
5
0 12 0 123450 450
MODE 0b0100
TMRx_ers
12 3 1
TMRx_postscaled
PWM Duty
Cycle 3
PWM Output
Instruction(1)
Note 1: BSF and BCF represent Bit-Set File and Bit-Clear File instructions executed by the CPU to
set or clear the ON bit of TxCON. CPU execution is asynchronous to the timer clock input.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 202 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
22.5.4 LEVEL TRIGGERED HARDWARE
LIMIT MODE
In the level triggered Hardware Limit Timer modes the
counter is reset by high or low levels of the external
signal TMRx_ers, as shown in Figure 22-7. Selecting
MODE<3:0>=‘0110’ will cause the timer to reset on a
low level external signal. Selecting MODE<3:0>=‘0111’
will cause the timer to reset on a high level external sig-
nal. In the example, the counter is reset while
TMRx_ers=1. ON is controlled by BSF and BCF
instructions. When ON=0 the external signal is ignored.
When the CCP uses the timer as the PWM time base
then an external signal Reset will set the PWM output
high after a two clock synchronization delay or the timer
matches the PRx period value. The PWM output will
remain high until the external signal is released and the
timer counts up to match the CCPRx pulse width value.
FIGURE 22-7: TIMER2 MODE=‘0111’ TIMING DIAGRAM
Rev . 10 -000 198A
12/20 /201 3
TMRx_clk
ON
PRx
TMRx
BS F BCF BS F
5
012 0 123 4 5 123
MODE 0b0111
TMRx_ers
00 4
TMRx_postscaled
50
PWM Duty
Cycle 3
PWM Output
Instruction(1)
Note 1: BSF and BCF represent Bit-Set File and Bit-Clear File instructions executed by the CPU to
set or clear the ON bit of TxCON. CPU execution is asynchronous to the timer clock input.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 203
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
22.5.5 ONE-SHOT MODE
In One-Shot mode the timer resets and the ON bit is
cleared when the timer value matches the PRx period
value. The ON bit must be set by software to start
another timer cycle. Setting MODE<3:0>='1000'
selects One-Shot mode which is illustrated in
Figure 22-8. In the example, ON is controlled by BSF
and BCF instructions. In the first case, a BSF instruc-
tion sets ON and the counter runs to completion and
clears ON. In the second case, a BSF instruction starts
the cycle, BCF/BSF instructions turn the counter off
and on during the cycle, and then it runs to completion.
When One-Shot mode is used in conjunction with the
CCP PWM operation the PWM pulse drive starts con-
current with setting the ON bit. Clearing the ON bit
while the PWM drive is active will extend the PWM
drive. The PWM drive will terminate when the timer
value matches the CCPRx pulse width value. The
PWM drive will remain off until software sets the ON bit
to start another cycle. If software clears the ON bit after
the CCPRx match but before the PRx match then the
PWM drive will be extended by the length of time the
ON bit remains cleared. Another timing cycle can only
be initiated by setting the ON bit after it has been
cleared by a PRx period count match.
FIGURE 22-8: TIMER2 MODE=‘1000’ TIMING DIAGRAM
Rev . 10 -000 199A
12/20 /201 3
TMRx_clk
ON
PRx
TMRx
BS F BS F
5
0 12345 0 431
MODE 0b1000
2 5 0
TMRx_postscaled
BCF BS F
PWM Duty
Cycle 3
PWM Output
Note 1: BSF and BCF represent Bit-Set File and Bit-Clear File instructions
executed by the CPU to set or clear the ON bit of TxCON. CPU
execution is asynchronous to the timer clock input.
Instruction(1)
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 204 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
22.5.6 EDGE-TRIGGERED ONE-SHOT
MODE
The Edge-Triggered One-Shot modes start the timer
on an edge from the external signal input, after the ON
bit is set, and clear the ON bit when the timer matches
the PRx period value. The following edges will start the
timer:
• Rising edge (MODE<3:0>=‘1001’)
• Falling edge (MODE<3:0>=‘1010’)
• Rising or Falling edge (MODE<3:0>=‘1011’)
If the timer is halted by clearing the ON bit then another
TMRx_ers edge is required after the ON bit is set to
resume counting. Figure 22-9 illustrates operation in
the rising edge One-Shot mode.
When this mode is used in conjunction with the CCP
then the edge-trigger will activate the PWM drive and
the PWM drive will deactivate when the timer matches
the CCPRx pulse width value and stay deactivated
when the timer halts at the PRx period count match.
FIGURE 22-9: TIMER2 MODE=‘1001’ TIMING DIAGRAM
Rev . 10 -000 200A
12/20 /201 3
TMRx_clk
ON
PRx
TMRx
BS F BS F
5
0 12345 0 1
MODE 0b1001
2
TMRx_out
TMRx_postscaled
BCF
TMRx_ers
PWM Duty
Cycle 3
PWM Output
Instruction(1)
Note 1: BSF and BCF represent Bit-Set File and Bit-Clear File instructions executed by the CPU to
set or clear the ON bit of TxCON. CPU execution is asynchronous to the timer clock input.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 205
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
22.5.7 EDGE-TRIGGERED HARDWARE
LIMIT ONE-SHOT MODE
In Edge-Triggered Hardware Limit One-Shot modes
the timer starts on the first external signal edge after
the ON bit is set and resets on all subsequent edges.
Only the first edge after the ON bit is set is needed to
start the timer. The counter will resume counting
automatically two clocks after all subsequent external
Reset edges. Edge triggers are as follows:
• Rising edge start and reset (MODE<3:0>=‘1100’)
• Falling edge start and reset (MODE<3:0>=‘1101’)
The timer resets and clears the ON bit when the timer
value matches the PRx period value. External signal
edges will have no effect until after software sets the
ON bit. Figure 22-10 illustrates the rising edge hard-
ware limit one-shot operation.
When this mode is used in conjunction with the CCP
then the first starting edge trigger, and all subsequent
Reset edges, will activate the PWM drive. The PWM
drive will deactivate when the timer matches the
CCPRx pulse width value and stay deactivated until the
timer halts at the PRx period match unless an external
signal edge resets the timer before the match occurs.
FIGURE 22-10: TIMER2 MODE=‘1100’ TIMING DIAGRAM
TMRx_clk
ON
PRx
TMRx
BS F BS F
5
012345 0 01
MODE 0b1100
2
TMRx_postscaled
TMRx_ers
1 2 3 4 5 0
PWM Duty
Cycle
3
PWM Output
Instruction(1)
Note 1: BSF and BCF represent Bit-Set File and Bit-Clear File instructions executed by the CPU to
set or clear the ON bit of TxCON. CPU execution is asynchronous to the timer clock input.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 206 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
22.5.8 LEVEL TRIGGERED HARDWARE
LIMIT ONE-SHOT MODES
In Level Triggered One-Shot mode the timer count is
reset on the external signal level and starts counting
when the external signal level relinquishes the Reset.
Reset levels are selected as follows:
• High reset level (MODE<3:0>=‘1110’)
• Low reset level (MODE<3:0>=‘1111’)
When the timer count matches the PRx period count
then the timer is reset and the ON bit is cleared. When
the ON bit is cleared by either a PRx match or by soft-
ware control a new external signal edge is required
after the ON bit is set to start the counter.
When Level Triggered Reset One-Shot mode is used in
conjunction with the CCP PWM operation the PWM
drive goes active with the external signal edge that
starts the timer. The PWM drive goes inactive when the
timer count equals the CCPRx pulse width count. The
PWM drive does not go active when the timer count
clears at the PRx period count match.
FIGURE 22-11: TIMER2 MODE=‘1110’
22.6 Timer2 Operation During Sleep
When PSYNC = 1, Timer2 cannot be operated while
the processor is in Sleep mode. The contents of the
TMR2 and PR2 registers will remain unchanged while
processor is in Sleep mode.
When PSYNC = 0, Timer2 will operate in Sleep as long
as the clock source selected is also still running.
Selecting the LFINTOSC, MFINTOSC, or HFINTOSC
oscillator as the timer clock source will keep the
selected oscillator running during Sleep.
TMRx_clk
ON
PRx
TMRx
BS F BS F
5
012345 0 01
MODE 0b1110
TMRx_postscaled
TMRx_ers
1 2 3 4 0
PWM Duty
Cycle
3
PWM Output
5
Instruction
(1)
Note 1: BSF and BCF represent Bit-Set File and Bit-Clear File instructions executed by the CPU to
set or clear the ON bit of TxCON. CPU execution is asynchronous to the timer clock input.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 207
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
22.7 Register Definitions: Timer2/4/6 Control
REGISTER 22-1: TxCLKCON: TIMERx CLOCK SELECTION REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
— — — — — TxCS<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2-0 TxCS: Timerx Clock Selection bits
111 = Reserved
110 =TxIN
101 = MFINTOSC 31.25 khz
100 = ZCD_output
011 =LFINTOSC
010 = HFINTOSC 16 Mhz
001 =F
OSC
000 =FOSC/4
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 208 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 22-2: TxCON: TIMERx CONTROL REGISTER
R/W/HC-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
ON(1) CKPS<2:0> OUTPS<3:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HC = Bit is cleared by hardware
bit 7 ON: Timerx On bit
1 = Timerx is on
0 = Timerx is off: all counters and state machines are reset
bit 6-4 CKPS<2:0>: Timer2-type Clock Prescale Select bits
111 = 1:128 Prescaler
110 = 1:64 Prescaler
101 = 1:32 Prescaler
100 = 1:16 Prescaler
011 =1:8 Prescaler
010 =1:4 Prescaler
001 =1:2 Prescaler
000 =1:1 Prescaler
bit 3-0 OUTPS<3:0>: Timerx Output Postscaler Select bits
1111 = 1:16 Postscaler
1110 = 1:15 Postscaler
1101 = 1:14 Postscaler
1100 = 1:13 Postscaler
1011 = 1:12 Postscaler
1010 = 1:11 Postscaler
1001 = 1:10 Postscaler
1000 = 1:9 Postscaler
0111 = 1:8 Postscaler
0110 = 1:7 Postscaler
0101 = 1:6 Postscaler
0100 = 1:5 Postscaler
0011 = 1:4 Postscaler
0010 = 1:3 Postscaler
0001 = 1:2 Postscaler
0000 = 1:1 Postscaler
Note 1: In certain modes, the ON bit will be auto-cleared by hardware. See Section 22.4.1 “One-Shot Mode”.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 209
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
REGISTER 22-3: TxHLT: TIMERx CLOCK SELECTION REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
PSYNC(1, 2) CKPOL(3) CKSYNC(4, 5) — MODE<3:0>(6, 7, 8)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 PSYNC: Timerx Prescaler Synchronization Enable bit(1, 2)
1 = TMRx Prescaler Output is synchronized to Fosc/4
0 = TMRx Prescaler Output is not synchronized to Fosc/4
bit 6 CKPOL: Timerx Clock Polarity Selection bit(3)
1 = Falling edge of input clock clocks timer/prescaler
0 = Rising edge of input clock clocks timer/prescaler
bit 5 CKSYNC: Timerx Clock Synchronization Enable bit(4, 5)
1 = ON register bit is synchronized to TMR2_clk input
0 = ON register bit is not synchronized to TMR2_clk input
bit 4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3-0 MODE<3:0>: Timerx Control Mode Selection bits(6, 7, 8)
All modes with MODE<3> = 1 are “One Shot” (ON bit is cleared, clock is stopped, and TMRx is cleared immediately
following TMRx = PRx). ON bit must be set by software to enable next one-shot. ON bit is not affected by
TMRx_ers.
1111 Timer starts when a falling edge is detected on the TMRx_ers, resets upon TMRx_ersL = 1
1110 Timer starts when a rising edge is detected on the TMRx_ers, resets upon TMRx_ers = 0
1101 Timer starts upon first TMRx_ers falling edge and restarts on all subsequent TMRx_ers falling edges
1100 Timer starts upon first TMRx_ers rising edge and resets on all subsequent TMRx_ers rising edges
1011 Timer starts when either a rising or falling edge is detected on TMRx_ers
1010 Timer starts when a falling edge is detected on the TMRx_ers
1001 Timer starts when a rising edge is detected on the TMRx_ers
1000 Timer starts immediately upon ON = 1 (Software Control)
All modes with MODE<3> = 0 are Roll-over Pulse (clear TMRx upon TMRx = PRx, then continue running). ON bit must
be set and is not affected by Resets
0111 Timer resets upon TMRx_ers = 1
0110 Timer resets upon TMRx_ers = 0
0101 Timer resets upon falling edge of TMRx_ers
0100 Timer resets upon rising edge of TMRx_ers
0011 Timer resets upon rising or falling edge of TMRx_ers
0010 Timer starts when ON = 1 and TMRx_ers = 0. Stops when TMRx_ers = 1
0001 Timer starts when ON = 1 and TMRx_ers = 1. Stops when TMRx_ers = 0
0000 Timer starts immediately upon ON = 1 (Software Control)
Note 1: Setting this bit ensures that reading TMRx will return a valid data value.
2: When this bit is ‘1’, Timer2 cannot operate in Sleep mode.
3: CKPOL should not be changed while ON = 1.
4: Setting this bit ensures glitch-free operation when the ON is enabled or disabled.
5: Setting this bit will “consume” two TMRx input clock to enable Timer.
6: Unless otherwise indicated, all modes start upon ON = 1 and stop upon ON = 0 (stops occur without affecting the value
of TMRx).
7: When TMRx = PRx, the next clock clears TMRx, regardless of the operating mode.
8: In edge-triggered “One-Shot” modes, the triggered-start mechanism is reset and rearmed when ON = 0; the counter
will not restart until an input edge occurs.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 210 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 22-4: T2RST: TIMER2 EXTERNAL RESET SIGNAL SELECTION REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
— — — — RSEL<3:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3-0 RSEL<3:0>: Timer2 External Reset Signal Source Selection bits
1111 = Reserved
1110 = Reserved
1101 = Reserved
1100 =CWGD
1011 =CWGC
1010 =CWGB
1001 =CWGA
1000 = ZCD1_output
0111 = TMR6_postscaled
0110 = TMR4_postscaled
0101 = Reserved
0100 = CCP2_out
0011 = CCP1_out
0010 = C2_OUT_sync(1)
0001 = C1_OUT_sync
0000 =T2IN
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1613 only. Reserved on PIC12(L)F1612.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 211
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
REGISTER 22-5: T4RST: TIMER4 EXTERNAL RESET SIGNAL SELECTION REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
— — — — RSEL<3:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3-0 RSEL<3:0>: Timer4 External Reset Signal Source Selection bits
1111 = Reserved
1110 = Reserved
1101 = Reserved
1100 =CWGD
1011 =CWGC
1010 =CWGB
1001 =CWGA
1000 = ZCD1_output
0111 = TMR6_postscaled
0110 = Reserved
0101 = TMR4_postscaled
0100 = CCP2_out
0011 = CCP1_out
0010 = C2_OUT_sync(1)
0001 = C1_OUT_sync
0000 =T4IN
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1613 only. Reserved on PIC12(L)F1612.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 212 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 22-6: T6RST: TIMER6 EXTERNAL RESET SIGNAL SELECTION REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
— — — — RSEL<3:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3-0 RSEL<3:0>: Timer6 External Reset Signal Source Selection bits
1111 = Reserved
1110 = Reserved
1101 = Reserved
1100 =CWGD
1011 =CWGC
1010 =CWGB
1001 =CWGA
1000 = ZCD1_output
0111 = Reserved
0110 = TMR4_postscaled
0101 = TMR2_postscaled
0100 = CCP2_out
0011 = CCP1_out
0010 = C2_OUT_sync(1)
0001 = C1_OUT_sync
0000 =T6IN
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1613 only. Reserved on PIC12(L)F1612.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 213
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
TABLE 22-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER2
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
CCP1CON EN OE OUT FMT CCP1M<3:0> 223
CCP2CON EN OE OUT FMT CCP2M<3:0> 223
INTCON GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 78
PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE ———CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 79
PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF ———CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 83
PR2 Timer2 Module Period Register 197*
TMR2 Holding Register for the 8-bit TMR2 Register 197*
T2CON ON CKPS<2:0> OUTPS<3:0> 208
T2CLKCON — — — — — T2CS<2:0> 207
T2RST — — — — RSEL<3:0> 210
T2HLT PSYNC CKPOL CKSYNC — MODE<3:0> 209
PR4 Timer4 Module Period Register 197*
TMR4 Holding Register for the 8-bit TMR4 Register 197*
T4CON ON CKPS<2:0> OUTPS<3:0> 208
T4CLKCON — — — — — T4CS<2:0> 207
T4RST — — — — RSEL<3:0> 211
T4HLT PSYNC CKPOL CKSYNC — MODE<3:0> 209
PR6 Timer6 Module Period Register 197*
TMR6 Holding Register for the 8-bit TMR6 Register 197*
T6CON ON CKPS<2:0> OUTPS<3:0> 208
T6CLKCON — — — — — T6CS<2:0> 207
T6RST — — — — RSEL<3:0> 212
T6HLT PSYNC CKPOL CKSYNC — MODE<3:0> 209
Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for Timer2 module.
* Page provides register information.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 214 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
23.0 CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM
MODULES
The Capture/Compare/PWM module is a peripheral
which allows the user to time and control different
events, and to generate Pulse-Width Modulation
(PWM) signals. In Capture mode, the peripheral allows
the timing of the duration of an event. The Compare
mode allows the user to trigger an external event when
a predetermined amount of time has expired. The
PWM mode can generate Pulse-Width Modulated
signals of varying frequency and duty cycle.
This family of devices contains two standard
Capture/Compare/PWM modules (CCP1 and CCP2).
23.1 Capture Mode
The Capture mode function described in this section is
available and identical for all CCP modules.
Capture mode makes use of the 16-bit Timer1
resource. When an event occurs on the CCPx input,
the 16-bit CCPRxH:CCPRxL register pair captures and
stores the 16-bit value of the TMR1H:TMR1L register
pair, respectively. An event is defined as one of the
following and is configured by the MODE<3:0> bits of
the CCPxCON register:
• Every edge (rising or falling)
• Every falling edge
• Every rising edge
• Every 4th rising edge
• Every 16th rising edge
The CCPx capture input signal is configured by the
CTS bits of the CCPxCAP register with the following
options:
• CCPx pin
• Comparator 1 output (C1_OUT_sync)
• Comparator 2 output (C2_OUT_sync)
(PIC16(L)F1613 only)
• Interrupt-on-change interrupt trigger
(IOC_interrupt)
When a capture is made, the Interrupt Request Flag bit
CCPxIF of the PIRx register is set. The interrupt flag
must be cleared in software. If another capture occurs
before the value in the CCPRxH, CCPRxL register pair
is read, the old captured value is overwritten by the new
captured value.
Figure 23-1 shows a simplified diagram of the capture
operation.
23.1.1 CCP PIN CONFIGURATION
In Capture mode, select the interrupt source using the
CTS bits of the CCPxCAP register. If the CCPx pin is
chosen, it should be configured as an input by setting
the associated TRIS control bit.
Also, the CCP2 pin function can be moved to
alternative pins using the APFCON register. Refer to
Section 12.1 “Alternate Pin Function” for more
details.
Note 1: In devices with more than one CCP
module, it is very important to pay close
attention to the register names used. A
number placed after the module acronym
is used to distinguish between separate
modules. For example, the CCP1CON
and CCP2CON control the same
operational aspects of two completely
different CCP modules.
2: Throughout this section, generic
references to a CCP module in any of its
operating modes may be interpreted as
being equally applicable to CCPx module.
Register names, module signals, I/O pins,
and bit names may use the generic
designator ‘x’ to indicate the use of a
numeral to distinguish a particular module,
when required.
Note: If the CCPx pin is configured as an output,
a write to the port can cause a capture
condition.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 215
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
FIGURE 23-1: CAPTURE MODE OPERATION BLOCK DIAGRAM
23.1.2 TIMER1 MODE RESOURCE
Timer1 must be running in Timer mode or Synchronized
Counter mode for the CCP module to use the capture
feature. In Asynchronous Counter mode, the capture
operation may not work.
See Section 21.0 “Timer1 Module with Gate
Control” for more information on configuring Timer1.
23.1.3 SOFTWARE INTERRUPT MODE
When the Capture mode is changed, a false capture
interrupt may be generated. The user should keep the
CCPxIE interrupt enable bit of the PIEx register clear to
avoid false interrupts. Additionally, the user should
clear the CCPxIF interrupt flag bit of the PIRx register
following any change in Operating mode.
23.1.4 CCP PRESCALER
There are four prescaler settings specified by the
MODE<3:0> bits of the CCPxCON register. Whenever
the CCP module is turned off, or the CCP module is not
in Capture mode, the prescaler counter is cleared. Any
Reset will clear the prescaler counter.
Switching from one capture prescaler to another does not
clear the prescaler and may generate a false interrupt. To
avoid this unexpected operation, turn the module off by
clearing the EN bit of the CCPxCON register before
changing the prescaler.
23.1.5 CAPTURE DURING SLEEP
Capture mode depends upon the Timer1 module for
proper operation. There are two options for driving the
Timer1 module in Capture mode. It can be driven by the
instruction clock (FOSC/4), or by an external clock source.
When Timer1 is clocked by FOSC/4, Timer1 will not
increment during Sleep. When the device wakes from
Sleep, Timer1 will continue from its previous state.
Capture mode will operate during Sleep when Timer1
is clocked by an external clock source.
23.1.6 ALTERNATE PIN LOCATIONS
This module incorporates I/O pins that can be moved to
other locations with the use of the alternate pin function
register APFCON. To determine which pins can be
moved and what their default locations are upon a
Reset, see Section 12.1 “Alternate Pin Function” for
more information.
23.1.7 CAPTURE OUTPUT
Whenever a capture occurs, the output of the CCP will
go high for a period equal to one system clock period
(1/FOSC). This output is available as an input signal to
the CWG, as an auto-conversion trigger for the ADC, as
an External Reset Signal for the TMR2 modules, and
as a window input to the SMT. In addition, if the CCPx
pin is not used as the input to the capture, the OE bit of
the CCPxCON register allows the output of the CCP to
control the CCPx pin.
Rev . 10 -000 158A
12/19 /201 3
CCPRxH CCPRxL
TMR1H TMR1L
16
16
Prescaler
1,4,16
CCPx
TRIS Control
set CCPxIF
CCPx
MODE <3:0>
and
Edge Detect
00
11
10
01
C1OUT_sync
C2OUT_sync(1)
IOC_interrup t
OE
CCPxCAP<1:0>
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1613 Only
Note: Clocking Timer1 from the system clock
(FOSC) should not be used in Capture
mode. In order for Capture mode to
recognize the trigger event on the CCPx
pin, Timer1 must be clocked from the
instruction clock (FOSC/4) or from an
external clock source.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 216 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
23.2 Compare Mode
The Compare mode function described in this section
is available and identical for all CCP modules.
Compare mode makes use of the 16-bit Timer1
resource. The 16-bit value of the CCPRxH:CCPRxL
register pair is constantly compared against the 16-bit
value of the TMR1H:TMR1L register pair. When a
match occurs, one of the following events can occur:
• Toggle the CCPx output
• Set the CCPx output
• Clear the CCPx output
• Pulse the CCPx output
• Generate a Software Interrupt
• Optionally Reset TMR1
The action on the pin is based on the value of the
MODE<3:0> control bits of the CCPxCON register. At
the same time, the interrupt flag CCPxIF bit is set.
All Compare modes can generate an interrupt.
Figure 23-2 shows a simplified diagram of the compare
operation.
23.2.1 CCPx PIN CONFIGURATION
The user must configure the CCPx pin as an output by
clearing the associated TRIS bit.
The CCPx pin function can be moved to alternate pins
using the APFCON register (Register 12-1). Refer to
Section 12.1 “Alternate Pin Function” for more
details.
FIGURE 23-2: COMPARE MODE OPERATION BLOCK DIAGRAM
Note: Clearing the CCPxCON register will force
the CCPx compare output latch to the
default low level. This is not the PORT I/O
data latch.
Rev . 10 -000 159A
12/10 /201 3
CCPRxH CCPRxL
TMR1H TMR1L
Comparator
S
R
Q
Output
Logic
set CCPxIF
MODE<3:0>
4
To Peripherals
TRIS Control
CCPx
OE
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 217
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
23.2.2 TIMER1 MODE RESOURCE
In Compare mode, Timer1 must be running in either
Timer mode or Synchronized Counter mode. The
compare operation may not work in Asynchronous
Counter mode.
See Section 21.0 “Timer1 Module with Gate Control”
for more information on configuring Timer1.
23.2.3 SOFTWARE INTERRUPT MODE
When Generate Software Interrupt mode is chosen
(MODE<3:0> = 1010), the CCPx module does not
assert control of the CCPx pin (see the CCPxCON
register).
23.2.4 COMPARE DURING SLEEP
The Compare mode is dependent upon the system
clock (FOSC) for proper operation. Since FOSC is shut
down during Sleep mode, the Compare mode will not
function properly during Sleep.
23.2.5 ALTERNATE PIN LOCATIONS
This module incorporates I/O pins that can be moved to
other locations with the use of the alternate pin function
register, APFCON. To determine which pins can be
moved and what their default locations are upon a
Reset, see Section 12.1 “Alternate Pin Function” for
more information.
23.2.6 CAPTURE OUTPUT
When in Compare mode, the CCP will provide an
output upon the 16-bit value of the CCPRxH:CCPRxL
register pair matching the TMR1H:TMR1L register pair.
The compare output depends on which Compare mode
the CCP is configured as. If the MODE bits of
CCPxCON register are equal to ‘1011’ or ‘1010’, the
CCP module will output high, while TMR1 is equal to
CCPRxH:CCPRxL register pair. This means that the
pulse width is determined by the TMR1 prescaler. If the
MODE bits of CCPxCON are equal to ‘0001’ or ‘0010’,
the output will toggle upon a match, going from ‘0’ to ‘1’
or vice-versa. If the MODE bits of CCPxCON are equal
to ‘1001’, the output is cleared on a match, and if the
MODE bits are equal to ‘1000’, the output is set on a
match. This output is available as an input signal to the
CWG, as an auto-conversion trigger for the ADC, as an
external Reset signal for the TMR2 modules, and as a
window input to the SMT. In addition, the OE bit of the
CCPxCON register allows the output of the CCP to
control the CCPx pin.
Note: Clocking Timer1 from the system clock
(FOSC) should not be used in Compare
mode. In order for Compare mode to
recognize the trigger event on the CCPx
pin, TImer1 must be clocked from the
instruction clock (FOSC/4) or from an
external clock source.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 218 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
23.3 PWM Overview
Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM) is a scheme that
provides power to a load by switching quickly between
fully on and fully off states. The PWM signal resembles
a square wave where the high portion of the signal is
considered the on state and the low portion of the signal
is considered the off state. The high portion, also known
as the pulse width, can vary in time and is defined in
steps. A larger number of steps applied, which
lengthens the pulse width, also supplies more power to
the load. Lowering the number of steps applied, which
shortens the pulse width, supplies less power. The
PWM period is defined as the duration of one complete
cycle or the total amount of on and off time combined.
PWM resolution defines the maximum number of steps
that can be present in a single PWM period. A higher
resolution allows for more precise control of the pulse
width time and in turn the power that is applied to the
load.
The term duty cycle describes the proportion of the on
time to the off time and is expressed in percentages,
where 0% is fully off and 100% is fully on. A lower duty
cycle corresponds to less power applied and a higher
duty cycle corresponds to more power applied.
Figure shows a typical waveform of the PWM signal.
FIGURE 23-3: SIMPLIFIED PWM BLOCK DIAGRAM
Rev . 10 -000 157A
1/ 22 /201 4
CCPRxH
Duty cycle registers
10-bit Latch(2)
(Not visible to user)
Comparator
Comparator
PR2
(1)
TMR2
TMR2 Module
CCPx
CCPx_out To Peripherals
R
TRIS Control
OE
R
S
Q
CCPRxL
set CCPIF
CCPx_pset
ERS logic
Note 1: 8-bit timer is concatenated with two bits generated by Fosc or two bits of the internal prescaler to create
10-bit time-base.
2: The alignment of the 10 bits from the CCPR register is determined by the FMT bit. Refer to Figure 23-4
for more information.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 219
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
23.3.1 STANDARD PWM OPERATION
The standard PWM function described in this section is
available and identical for all CCP modules.
The standard PWM mode generates a Pulse-Width
Modulation (PWM) signal on the CCPx pin with up to 10
bits of resolution. The period, duty cycle, and resolution
are controlled by the following registers:
• PR2/4/6 registers
• T2CON/T4CON/T6CON registers
• CCPRxH:CCPRxL register pair
Figure 23-3 shows a simplified block diagram of PWM
operation.
23.3.2 SETUP FOR PWM OPERATION
The following steps should be taken when configuring
the CCP module for standard PWM operation:
1. Disable the CCPx pin output driver by setting the
associated TRIS bit.
2. Determine which timer will be used to clock the
CCP; Timer2/4/6.
3. Load the associated PR2/4/6 register with the
PWM period value.
4. Configure the CCP module for the PWM mode
by loading the CCPxCON register with the
appropriate values.
5. Load the CCPRxH:CCPRxL register pair with
the PWM duty cycle value.
6. Configure and start Timer2/4/6:
• Clear the TMR2IF/TMR4IF/TMR6IF
interrupt flag bit of the PIRx register. See
Note below.
• Configure the CKPS bits of the TxCON
register with the Timer prescale value.
• Enable the Timer by setting the ON bit of
the TxCON register.
7. Enable PWM output pin:
• Wait until the Timer overflows and the
TMR2IF/TMR4IF/TMR6IF bit of the PIRx
register is set. See Note below.
• Enable the CCPx pin output driver by
clearing the associated TRIS bit.
Note 1: The corresponding TRIS bit must be
cleared to enable the PWM output on the
CCPx pin.
2: Clearing the CCPxCON register will
relinquish control of the CCPx pin.
Note: In order to send a complete duty cycle and
period on the first PWM output, the above
steps must be included in the setup
sequence. If it is not critical to start with a
complete PWM signal on the first output,
then step 6 may be ignored.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 220 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
23.4 CCP/PWM Clock Selection
The PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613 allows each individual
CCP and PWM module to select the timer source that
controls the module. Each module has an independent
selection.
As there are up to three 8-bit timers with auto-reload
(Timer2/4/6), PWM mode on the CCP and PWM mod-
ules can use any of these timers.
The CCPTMRS register is used to select which timer is
used.
23.4.1 USING THE TMR2/4/6 WITH THE
CCP MODULE
This device has a new version of the TMR2 module that
has many new modes, which allow for greater custom-
ization and control of the PWM signals than older parts.
Refer to Section 22.5 “Operation Examples” for
examples of PWM signal generation using the different
modes of Timer2. The CCP operation requires that the
timer used as the PWM time base has the FOSC/4 clock
source selected.
23.4.2 PWM PERIOD
The PWM period is specified by the PR2/4/6 register of
Timer2/4/6. The PWM period can be calculated using
the formula of Equation 23-1.
EQUATION 23-1: PWM PERIOD
When TMR2/4/6 is equal to its respective PR2/4/6
register, the following three events occur on the next
increment cycle:
• TMR2/4/6 is cleared
• The CCPx pin is set. (Exception: If the PWM duty
cycle = 0%, the pin will not be set.)
• The PWM duty cycle is latched from the
CCPRxH:CCPRxL pair into the internal 10-bit
latch.
23.4.3 PWM DUTY CYCLE
The PWM duty cycle is specified by writing a 10-bit value
to two registers: the CCPRxH:CCPRxL register pair.
Where the particular bits go is determined by the FMT bit
of the CCPxCON register. If FMT = 0, the two Most
Significant bits of the duty-cycle value should be written
to bits <1:0> of CCPRxH register and the remaining eight
bits to the CCPRxL register. If FMT = 1, the Least
Significant two bits of the duty cycle should be written to
bits <7:6> of the CCPRxL register and the Most
Significant eight bits to the CCPRxH register. This is
illustraed in Figure 23-4. These bits can be written at any
time. The duty-cycle value is not latched into the internal
latch until after the period completes (i.e., a match
between PR2/4/6 and TMR2/4/6 registers occurs).
Equation 23-2 is used to calculate the PWM pulse width.
Equation 23-3 is used to calculate the PWM duty cycle
ratio.
EQUATION 23-2: PULSE WIDTH
EQUATION 23-3: DUTY CYCLE RATIO
The PWM duty cycle registers are double buffered for
glitchless PWM operation.
The 8-bit timer TMR2/4/6 register is concatenated with
either the 2-bit internal system clock (FOSC), or 2 bits of
the prescaler, to create the 10-bit time base. The system
clock is used if the Timer2/4/6 prescaler is set to 1:1.
When the 10-bit time base matches the internal buffer
register, then the CCPx pin is cleared (see Figure 23-3).
FIGURE 23-4: CCPx DUTY-CYCLE
ALIGNMENT
23.4.4 PWM RESOLUTION
The resolution determines the number of available duty
cycles for a given period. For example, a 10-bit resolution
will result in 1024 discrete duty cycles, whereas an 8-bit
resolution will result in 256 discrete duty cycles.
Note: The Timer postscaler (see Figure 22-1) is
not used in the determination of the PWM
frequency.
PWM Period PR21+4TOSC =
(TMR2 Prescale Value)
Note 1: TOSC = 1/FOSC
Pulse Width CCPRxH:CCPRxL
TOSC=
(TMR2 Prescale Value)
Duty Cycle Ratio CCPRxH:CCPRxL
4 PRx 1+
--------------------------------------------------=
Rev . 10 -000 160A
12/9 /201 3
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CCPRxH CCPRxL
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CCPRxH CCPRxL
FMT = 0
FMT = 1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 09 8
10-bit Duty Cycle
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 221
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
The maximum PWM resolution is 10 bits when PR2/4/6
is 255. The resolution is a function of the PR2/4/6
register value as shown by Equation 23-4.
EQUATION 23-4: PWM RESOLUTION
Note: If the pulse width value is greater than the
period, the assigned PWM pin(s) will
remain unchanged.
Resolution 4PR21+log
2log
------------------------------------------ bits=
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 222 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 23-1: EXAMPLE PWM FREQUENCIES AND RESOLUTIONS (FOSC = 20 MHz)
TABLE 23-2: EXAMPLE PWM FREQUENCIES AND RESOLUTIONS (FOSC = 8 MHz)
23.4.5 CHANGES IN SYSTEM CLOCK
FREQUENCY
The PWM frequency is derived from the system clock
frequency. Any changes in the system clock frequency
will result in changes to the PWM frequency. See
Section 5.0 “Oscillator Module” for additional
details.
23.4.6 EFFECTS OF RESET
Any Reset will force all ports to Input mode and the
CCP registers to their Reset states.
23.4.7 PWM OUTPUT
The output of the CCP in PWM mode is the PWM signal
generated by the module and described above. This
output is available as an input signal to the CWG, as an
auto-conversion trigger for the ADC, as an external
Reset signal for the TMR2 modules, and as a window
input to the SMT. In addition, the OE bit of the
CCPxCON register allows the output of the CCP to
control the CCPx pin.
PWM Frequency 1.22 kHz 4.88 kHz 19.53 kHz 78.12 kHz 156.3 kHz 208.3 kHz
Timer Prescale 16 4 1 1 1 1
PR2 Value 0xFF 0xFF 0xFF 0x3F 0x1F 0x17
Maximum Resolution (bits) 10 10 10 8 7 6
PWM Frequency 1.22 kHz 4.90 kHz 19.61 kHz 76.92 kHz 153.85 kHz 200.0 kHz
Timer Prescale 16 4 1 1 1 1
PR2 Value 0x65 0x65 0x65 0x19 0x0C 0x09
Maximum Resolution (bits) 8 8 8 6 5 5
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 223
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
23.5 Register Definitions: CCP Control
REGISTER 23-1: CCPxCON: CCPx CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R-x R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
EN OE OUT FMT MODE<3:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Reset
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 EN: CCPx Module Enable bit
1 = CCPx is enabled
0 = CCPx is disabled
bit 6 OE: CCPx Output Enable bit
1 = CCPx port pin output enabled
0 = CCPx port pin output disabled
bit 5 OUT: CCPx Output Data bit (read-only)
bit 4 FMT: CCPW (Pulse-Width) Alignment bit
If MODE = PWM Mode
1 = Left-aligned format, CCPRxH <7> is the MSB of the PWM duty cycle
0 = Right-aligned format, CCPRxL<0> is the LSB of the PWM duty cycle
bit 3-0 MODE: CCPx Mode Selection bit
11xx =PWM mode
1011 = Compare mode: Pulse output, clear TMR1
1010 = Compare mode: Pulse output (0 - 1 - 0)
1001 = Compare mode: clear output on compare match
1000 = Compare mode: set output on compare match
0111 = Capture mode: every 16th rising edge
0110 = Capture mode: every 4th rising edge
0101 = Capture mode: every rising edge
0100 = Capture mode: every falling edge
0011 = Capture mode: every rising or falling edge
0010 = Compare mode: toggle output on match
0001 = Compare mode: Toggle output and clear TMR1 on match
0000 = Capture/Compare/PWM off (resets CCPx module) (reserved for backwards compatibility)
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 224 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 23-2: CCPTMRS: PWM TIMER SELECTION CONTROL REGISTER 0
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
— — — — C2TSEL<1:0> C1TSEL<1:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3-2 C2TSEL<1:0>: CCP2 (PWM2) Timer Selection
11 = Reserved
10 = CCP2 is based off Timer6 in PWM mode
01 = CCP2 is based off Timer4 in PWM mode
00 = CCP2 is based off Timer2 in PWM mode
bit 1-0 C1TSEL<1:0>: CCP1 (PWM1) Timer Selection
11 = Reserved
10 = CCP1 is based off Timer6 in PWM mode
01 = CCP1 is based off Timer4 in PWM mode
00 = CCP1 is based off Timer2 in PWM mode
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 225
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
REGISTER 23-3: CCPRxL: CCPx LOW BYTE REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
CCPR<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Reset
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 MODE = Capture Mode
CCPRxL<7:0>: LSB of captured TMR1 value
MODE = Compare Mode
CCPRxL<7:0>: LSB compared to TMR1 value
MODE = PWM Mode && FMT = 0
CCPRxL<7:0>: CCPW<7:0> — Pulse width Least Significant eight bits
MODE = PWM Mode && FMT = 1
CCPRxL<7:6>: CCPW<1:0> — Pulse width Least Significant two bits
CCPRxL<5:0>: Not used
REGISTER 23-4: CCPRxH: CCPx HIGH BYTE REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
CCPR<15:8>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Reset
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 MODE = Capture Mode
CCPRxH<7:0>: MSB of captured TMR1 value
MODE = Compare Mode
CCPRxH<7:0>: MSB compared to TMR1 value
MODE = PWM Mode && FMT = 0
CCPRxH<7:2>: Not used
CCPRxH<1:0>: CCPW<9:8> — Pulse width Most Significant two bits
MODE = PWM Mode && FMT = 1
CCPRxH<7:0>: CCPW<9:2> — Pulse width Most Significant eight bits
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 226 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 23-5: CCPxCAP: CCPx CAPTURE INPUT SELECTION REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
— — — — — —CTS<1:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Reset
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 1-0 CTS<1:0>: Capture Trigger Input Selection bits
11 = IOC_interrupt
10 = C2_OUT_sync(1)
01 = C1_OUT_sync
00 = CCPx pin
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1613 only. Reserved on PIC12(L)F1612.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 227
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
TABLE 23-3: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH STANDARD PWM
NameBit 7Bit 6Bit 5Bit 4Bit 3Bit 2Bit 1Bit 0
Register on
Page
APFCON —CWGASEL(2) CWGBSEL(2) —T1GSEL — CCP2SEL(3) CCP1SEL(2) 128
CCPxCAP ——————CTS<1:0>226
CCPxCON EN OE OUT FMT MODE<3:0> 223
CCPRxL Capture/Compare/PWM Register x (LSB) 225
CCPRxH Capture/Compare/PWM Register x (MSB) 225
CCPTMRS ———— C2TSEL<1:0> C1TSEL<1:0> 224
INTCON GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 78
PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE ——— CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 79
PIE2 —C2IE(3) C1IE — — TMR6IE TMR4IE CCP2IE 80
PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF ——— CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 83
PIR2 —C2IF(3) C1IF — — TMR6IF TMR4IF CCP2IF 84
PR2 Timer2 Period Register 197*
T2CON ON CKPS<2:0> OUTPS<3:0> 208
TMR2 Timer2 Module Register 197
PR4 Timer4 Period Register 197*
T4CON ON CKPS<2:0> OUTPS<3:0> 208
TMR4 Timer4 Module Register 197
PR6 Timer6 Period Register 197*
T6CON ON CKPS<2:0> OUTPS<3:0> 208
TMR6 Timer6 Module Register 197
TRISA —— TRISA5 TRISA4 —(2) TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 131
Legend: — = Unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by the PWM.
* Page provides register information.
Note 1: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
2: PIC12(L)F1612 only.
3: PIC16(L)F1613 only.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 228 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
24.0 COMPLEMENTARY WAVEFORM
GENERATOR (CWG) MODULE
The Complementary Waveform Generator (CWG) pro-
duces half-bridge, full-bridge, and steering of PWM
waveforms. It is backwards compatible with previous
ECCP functions.
The CWG has the following features:
• Six operating modes:
- Synchronous Steering mode
- Asynchronous Steering mode
- Full-Bridge mode, Forward
(PIC16(L)F1613 only)
- Full-Bridge mode, Reverse
(PIC16(L)F1613 only)
- Half-Bridge mode
- Push-Pull mode
• Output polarity control
• Output steering
- Synchronized to rising event
- Immediate effect
• Independent 6-bit rising and falling event dead-
band timers
- Clocked dead band
- Independent rising and falling dead-band
enables
• Auto-shutdown control with:
- Selectable shutdown sources
- Auto-restart enable
- Auto-shutdown pin override control
24.1 Fundamental Operation
The CWG module can operate in six different modes,
as specified by MODE of the CWGxCON0 register:
• Half-Bridge mode (Figure 24-9)
• Push-Pull mode (Figure 24-1)
- Full-Bridge mode, Forward (Figure 24-2)
(PIC16(L)F1613 only)
- Full-Bridge mode, Reverse (Figure 24-2)
(PIC16(L)F1613 only)
• Steering mode (Figure 24-4)
• Synchronous Steering mode (Figure 24-4)
It may be necessary to guard against the possibility of
circuit faults or a feedback event arriving too late or not
at all. In this case, the active drive must be terminated
before the Fault condition causes damage. Thus, all
output modes support auto-shutdown, which is covered
in 24.10 “Auto-Shutdown”.
24.1.1 HALF-BRIDGE MODE
In Half-Bridge mode, two output signals are generated
as true and inverted versions of the input as illustrated
in Figure 24-9. A non-overlap (dead-band) time is
inserted between the two outputs to prevent shoot
through current in various power supply applications.
Dead-band control is described in Section 24.5
“Dead-Band Control”.
The unused outputs CWGxC and CWGxD drive similar
signals, with polarity independently controlled by the
POLC and POLD bits of the CWGxCON1 register,
respectively.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 229 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 24-1: SIMPLIFIED CWG BLOCK DIAGRAM (HALF BRIDGE MODE)
Rev . 10 -000 166A
12/19 /201 3
1
0
HFINTOSC
FOSC
Rising Deadband Block
clock
signal_in
signal_out
clock
signal_in
signal_out
Falling Deadband Block
CWGxCLK<0>
D
E
Q
Q
EN
00 0
01 1
01 0
00 1
10 0
10 1
11 0
11 1
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
CCP2_out
CCP1_out
C2OUT_sync(1)
C1OUT_sync
CWGxIN
SHUTDOWN
CWGxISM<2:0>
CWG_data
CWG_dataA
CWG_dataC
CWG_dataB
CWG_dataD
R
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1613 Only
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 230 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
24.1.2 PUSH-PULL MODE
In Push-Pull mode, two output signals are generated,
alternating copies of the input as illustrated in
Figure 24-2. This alternation creates the push-pull
effect required for driving some transformer-based
power supply designs.
The push-pull sequencer is reset whenever EN = 0 or
if an auto-shutdown event occurs. The sequencer is
clocked by the first input pulse, and the first output
appears on CWGxA.
The unused outputs CWGxC and CWGxD drive copies
of CWGxA and CWGxB, respectively, but with polarity
controlled by the POLC and POLD bits of the CWGx-
CON1 register, respectively.
24.1.3 FULL-BRIDGE MODES
In Forward and Reverse Full-Bridge modes, three out-
puts drive static values while the fourth is modulated by
the input data signal. In Forward Full-Bridge mode,
CWGxA is driven to its active state, CWGxB and
CWGxC are driven to their inactive state, and CWGxD
is modulated by the input signal. In Reverse Full-Bridge
mode, CWGxC is driven to its active state, CWGxA and
CWGxD are driven to their inactive states, and CWGxB
is modulated by the input signal. In Full-Bridge mode,
the dead-band period is used when there is a switch
from forward to reverse or vice-versa. This dead-band
control is described in Section 24.5 “Dead-Band Con-
trol”, with additional details in Section 24.6 “Rising
Edge and Reverse Dead Band” and Section 24.7
“Falling Edge and Forward Dead Band”.
The mode selection may be toggled between forward
and reverse toggling the MODE<0> bit of the
CWGxCON0 while keeping MODE<2:1> static, without
disabling the CWG module.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 231 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 24-2: SIMPLIFIED CWG BLOCK DIAGRAM (PUSH-PULL MODE)
Rev . 10 -000 167A
12/19 /201 3
D
Q
Q
D
E
Q
Q
EN
00 0
01 1
01 0
00 1
10 0
10 1
11 0
11 1
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
CCP2_out
CCP1_out
C2OUT_sync(1)
C1OUT_sync
CWGxIN
SHUTDOWN
CWGxISM<2:0>
CWG_data
CWG_dataA
CWG_dataC
CWG_dataB
CWG_dataD
R
R
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1613 Only
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 232
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
FIGURE 24-3: SIMPLIFIED CWG BLOCK DIAGRAM (FORWARD AND REVERSE FULL-BRIDGE MODES)
Rev . 10 -000 165A
12/19 /201 3
CWG_data
D
Q
Q
MODE0
1
0
HFINTOSC
FOSC
Reverse Deadband Block
clock
signal_in
signal_out
clock
signal_in
signal_out
Forward Deadband Block
CWGxCLK<0>
D
E
Q
Q
EN
00 0
01 1
01 0
00 1
10 0
10 1
11 0
11 1Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
CCP2_out
CCP1_out
C2OUT_sync(1)
C1OUT_sync
CWGxIN
SHUTDOWN
CWGxISM<2:0>
CWG_dataA
CWG_dataB
CWG_dataC
CWG_dataD
R
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1613 Only
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 233
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
24.1.4 STEERING MODES
In Steering modes, the data input can be steered to any
or all of the four CWG output pins. In Synchronous
Steering mode, changes to steering selection registers
take effect on the next rising input.
In Non-Synchronous mode, steering takes effect on the
next instruction cycle. Additional details are provided in
Section 24.9 “CWG Steering Mode”.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 234
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
FIGURE 24-4: SIMPLIFIED CWG BLOCK DIAGRAM (OUTPUT STEERING MODES)
Rev . 10 -000 164A
12/19 /201 3
D
E
Q
Q
EN
00 0
01 1
01 0
00 1
10 0
10 1
11 0
11 1Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
CCP2_out
CCP1_out
C2OUT_sync(1)
C1OUT_sync
CWGxIN
SHUTDOWN
CWGxISM <2:0>
CWG_dataA
CWG_dataB
CWG_dataC
CWG_dataD
CWG_data
R
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1613 Only
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 235
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
24.2 Clock Source
The CWG module allows the following clock sources to
be selected:
• Fosc (system clock)
• HFINTOSC (16 MHz only)
The clock sources are selected using the CS bit of the
CWGxCLKCON register.
24.3 Selectable Input Sources
The CWG generates the output waveforms from the
input sources in Table 24- 1 .
TABLE 24-1: SELECTABLE INPUT
SOURCES
The input sources are selected using the CWGxISM
register.
24.4 Output Control
24.4.1 OUTPUT ENABLES
Each CWG output pin has individual output enable con-
trol. Output enables are selected with the Gx1OEx
<3:0> bits. When an output enable control is cleared,
the module asserts no control over the pin. When an
output enable is set, the override value or active PWM
waveform is applied to the pin per the port priority
selection. The output pin enables are dependent on the
module enable bit, EN of the CWGxCON0 register.
When EN is cleared, CWG output enables and CWG
drive levels have no effect.
24.4.2 POLARITY CONTROL
The polarity of each CWG output can be selected inde-
pendently. When the output polarity bit is set, the corre-
sponding output is active-high. Clearing the output
polarity bit configures the corresponding output as
active-low. However, polarity does not affect the over-
ride levels. Output polarity is selected with the POLx
bits of the CWGxCON1. Auto-shutdown and steering
options are unaffected by polarity.
Source Peripheral Signal Name
CWG input pin CWGxIN pin
Comparator C1 C1_OUT_sync
Comparator C2(1) C2_OUT_sync
CCP1 CCP1_out
CCP2 CCP2_out
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1613 only.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 236 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 24-5: CWG OUTPUT BLOCK DIAGRAM
Rev . 10 -000 171A
12/19 /201 3
Note
1
01
0
00
11
10
01
OVRA
STRA(1)
‘1’
‘0’
High ZCWG_dataA
POLA
LSAC<1:0>
1
0
1
0
00
11
10
01
OVRB
STRB(1)
‘1’
‘0’
High ZCWG_dataB
POLB
LSBD<1:0>
1
0
1
0
00
11
10
01
OVRC
STRC(1)
‘1’
‘0’
High ZCWG_dataC
POLC
LSAC<1:0>
1
0
1
0
00
11
10
01
OVRD
STRD(1)
‘1’
‘0’
High ZCWG_dataD
POLD
LSBD<1:0>
CWG_shutdown
OEA
TRIS Control
OEB
TRIS Control
OEC
TRIS Control
OED
TRIS Control
CWGxA
CWGxB
CWGxC(2)
CWGxD(2)
1: STRx is held to 1 in all modes other than Output Steering Mode.
2: PIC16(L)F1613 ONLY
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 237
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
24.5 Dead-Band Control
The dead-band control provides non-overlapping PWM
signals to prevent shoot-through current in PWM
switches. Dead-band operation is employed for Half-
Bridge and Full-Bridge modes. The CWG contains two
6-bit dead-band counters. One is used for the rising
edge of the input source control in Half-Bridge mode or
for reverse dead-band Full-Bridge mode. The other is
used for the falling edge of the input source control in
Half-Bridge mode or for forward dead band in Full-
Bridge mode.
Dead band is timed by counting CWG clock periods
from zero up to the value in the rising or falling dead-
band counter registers. See CWGxDBR and
CWGxDBF registers, respectively.
24.5.1 DEAD-BAND FUNCTIONALITY IN
HALF-BRIDGE MODE
In Half-Bridge mode, the dead-band counters dictate
the delay between the falling edge of the normal output
and the rising edge of the inverted output. This can be
seen in Figure 24-9.
24.5.2 DEAD-BAND FUNCTIONALITY IN
FULL-BRIDGE MODE
In Full-Bridge mode, the dead-band counters are used
when undergoing a direction change. The MODE<0>
bit of the CWGxCON0 register can be set or cleared
while the CWG is running, allowing for changes from
forward to reverse mode. The CWGxA and CWGxC
signals will change immediately upon the first rising
input edge following a direction change, but the modu-
lated signals (CWGxB or CWGxD, depending on the
direction of the change) will experience a delay dictated
by the dead-band counters. This is demonstrated in
Figure 24-3.
24.6 Rising Edge and Reverse Dead
Band
CWGxDBR controls the rising edge dead-band time at
the leading edge of CWGxA (Half-Bridge mode) or the
leading edge of CWGxB (Full-Bridge mode). The
CWGxDBR value is double-buffered. When EN = 0,
the CWGxDBR register is loaded immediately when
CWGxDBR is written. When EN = 1, then software
must set the LD bit of the CWGxCON0 register, and the
buffer will be loaded at the next falling edge of the CWG
input signal. If the input source signal is not present for
enough time for the count to be completed, no output
will be seen on the respective output.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 238 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
24.7 Falling Edge and Forward Dead
Band
CWGxDBF controls the dead-band time at the leading
edge of CWGxB (Half-Bridge mode) or the leading
edge of CWGxD (Full-Bridge mode). The CWGxDBF
value is double-buffered. When EN = 0, the
CWGxDBF register is loaded immediately when
CWGxDBF is written. When EN = 1 then software
must set the LD bit of the CWGxCON0 register, and
the buffer will be loaded at the next falling edge of the
CWG input signal. If the input source signal is not
present for enough time for the count to be completed,
no output will be seen on the respective output.
Refer to Figure 24.6 and Figure 24-7 for examples.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 239 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 24-6: DEAD-BAND OPERATION CWGXDBR = 0X01, CWGXDBF = 0X02
FIGURE 24-7: DEAD-BAND OPERATION, CWGXDBR = 0X03, CWGXDBF = 0X04, SOURCE SHORTER THAN DEAD BAND
Input Source
CWGxA
CWGxB
cwg_clock
source shorter than dead band
Input Source
CWGxA
CWGxB
cwg_clock
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 240 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
24.8 Dead-Band Uncertainty
When the rising and falling edges of the input source
are asynchronous to the CWG clock, it creates uncer-
tainty in the dead-band time delay. The maximum
uncertainty is equal to one CWG clock period. Refer to
Equation 24-1 for more details.
EQUATION 24-1: DEAD-BAND
UNCERTAINTY
FIGURE 24-8: EXAMPLE OF PWM DIRECTION CHANGE
FIGURE 24-9: CWG HALF-BRIDGE MODE OPERATION
TDEADBAND_UNCERTAINTY 1
Fcwg_clock
-----------------------------=
Example:
FCWG_CLOCK = 16 MHz
Therefore:
TDEADBAND_UNCERTAINTY 1
Fcwg_clock
-----------------------------=
1
16MHz
------------------=
62.5ns=
Note 1: WGPOL{ABCD} = 0
2: The direction bit MODE<0> (Register 24-1) can be written any time during the PWM cycle, and takes effect at the
next rising CWGx_data.
3: When changing directions, CWGxA and CWGxC switch at rising CWGx_data; modulated CWGxB and CWGxD are
held inactive for the dead band duration shown; dead band affects only the first pulse after the direction change.
CWGxDBFNo delayCWGxDBRNo delay
MODE0
CWGxA
CWGxB
CWGxC
CWGxD
CWGx_data
Rising Event D
Falling Event Dead Band
Rising Event Dead Band
Falling Event Dead Band
CWGx_clock
CWGxA
CWGxB
Note: CWGx_rising_src = CCP1_out, CWGx_falling_src = ~CCP1_out
CWGxD
CWGxC
CWGx_data
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 241
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
24.9 CWG Steering Mode
In Steering mode (MODE = 00x), the CWG allows any
combination of the CWGxx pins to be the modulated
signal. The same signal can be simultaneously avail-
able on multiple pins, or a fixed-value output can be
presented.
When the respective STRx bit of CWGxOCON0 is ‘0’,
the corresponding pin is held at the level defined. When
the respective STRx bit of CWGxOCON0 is ‘1’, the pin
is driven by the input data signal. The user can assign
the input data signal to one, two, three, or all four output
pins.
The POLx bits of the CWGxCON1 register control the
signal polarity only when STRx = 1.
The CWG auto-shutdown operation also applies in
Steering modes as described in Section 24.10 “Auto-
Shutdown”. An auto-shutdown event will only affect
pins that have STRx = 1.
24.9.1 STEERING SYNCHRONIZATION
Changing the MODE bits allows for two modes of steer-
ing, synchronous and asynchronous.
When MODE = 000, the steering event is asynchro-
nous and will happen at the end of the instruction that
writes to STRx (that is, immediately). In this case, the
output signal at the output pin may be an incomplete
waveform. This can be useful for immediately removing
a signal from the pin.
When MODE = 001, the steering update is synchro-
nous and occurs at the beginning of the next rising
edge of the input data signal. In this case, steering the
output on/off will always produce a complete waveform.
Figure 24-10 and Figure 24-11 illustrate the timing of
asynchronous and synchronous steering, respectively.
FIGURE 24-10: EXAMPLE OF STEERING EVENT AT END OF INSTRUCTION
(MODE<2:0> = 000)
FIGURE 24-11: EXAMPLE OF STEERING EVENT AT BEGINNING OF INSTRUCTION
(MODE<2:0> = 001)
CWGx_data
follows CWGx_data
STR<D:A>
CWGx<D:A>
Rising Event
OVR<D:A> Data
OVR<D:A>
(Rising and Falling Source)
CWGx_data
OVR<D:A> Data
follows CWGx_data
STR<D:A>
CWGx<D:A> OVR<D:A> Data
(Rising and Falling Source)
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 242 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
24.10 Auto-Shutdown
Auto-shutdown is a method to immediately override the
CWG output levels with specific overrides that allow for
safe shutdown of the circuit. The shutdown state can be
either cleared automatically or held until cleared by
software. The auto-shutdown circuit is illustrated in
Figure 24-12.
24.10.1 SHUTDOWN
The shutdown state can be entered by either of the fol-
lowing two methods:
• Software generated
• External Input
24.10.1.1 Software Generated Shutdown
Setting the SHUTDOWN bit of the CWGxAS0 register
will force the CWG into the shutdown state.
When the auto-restart is disabled, the shutdown state
will persist as long as the SHUTDOWN bit is set.
When auto-restart is enabled, the SHUTDOWN bit will
clear automatically and resume operation on the next
rising edge event.
24.10.2 EXTERNAL INPUT SOURCE
External shutdown inputs provide the fastest way to
safely suspend CWG operation in the event of a Fault
condition. When any of the selected shutdown inputs
goes active, the CWG outputs will immediately go to the
selected override levels without software delay. Several
input sources can be selected to cause a shutdown con-
dition. All input sources are active-low. The sources are:
• Comparator C1_OUT_sync
• Comparator C2_OUT_sync
(PIC16(L)F1613 only)
• Timer 2 – TMR2_postscaled
• Timer 4 – TMR4_postscaled
• Timer 6 – TMR6_postscaled
• CWGxIN input pin
Shutdown inputs are selected using the CWGxAS1
register (Register 24-6).
24.11 Operation During Sleep
The CWG module operates independently from the
system clock and will continue to run during Sleep,
provided that the clock and input sources selected
remain active.
The HFINTOSC remains active during Sleep when all
the following conditions are met:
• CWG module is enabled
• Input source is active
• HFINTOSC is selected as the clock source,
regardless of the system clock source selected.
In other words, if the HFINTOSC is simultaneously
selected as the system clock and the CWG clock
source, when the CWG is enabled and the input source
is active, then the CPU will go idle during Sleep, but the
HFINTOSC will remain active and the CWG will con-
tinue to operate. This will have a direct effect on the
Sleep mode current.
Note: Shutdown inputs are level sensitive, not
edge sensitive. The shutdown state can-
not be cleared, except by disabling auto-
shutdown, as long as the shutdown input
level persists.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 243 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 24-12: CWG SHUTDOWN BLOCK DIAGRAM
Rev . 10 -000 172A
1/9/ 201 4
S
R
Q
Write ‘1’ to
SHUTDOWN bit
CWGxIN
INAS
C1OUT_sync
C1AS
C2OUT_sync (1)
C2AS
TMR2_postscaled
TMR2AS
TMR4_postscaled
TMR4AS
TMR6_postscaled
TMR6AS
REN
Write ‘0’ to
SHUTDOWN bit
SHUTDOWN
FREEZE
D
CK
Q
S
CWG_data
CWG_shutdown
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1613 only
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 244 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
24.12 Configuring the CWG
The following steps illustrate how to properly configure
the CWG.
1. Ensure that the TRIS control bits corresponding
to the desired CWG pins for your application are
set so that the pins are configured as inputs.
2. Clear the EN bit, if not already cleared.
3. Set desired mode of operation with the MODE
bits.
4. Set desired dead-band times, if applicable to
mode, with the CWGxDBR and CWGxDBF reg-
isters.
5. Setup the following controls in the CWGxAS0
and CWGxAS1 registers.
a. Select the desired shutdown source.
b. Select both output overrides to the desired lev-
els (this is necessary even if not using auto-
shutdown because start-up will be from a shut-
down state).
c. Set which pins will be affected by auto-shut-
down with the CWGxAS1 register.
d. Set the SHUTDOWN bit and clear the REN bit.
6. Select the desired input source using the
CWGxISM register.
7. Configure the following controls.
a. Select desired clock source using the
CWGxCLKCON register.
b. Select the desired output polarities using the
CWGxCON1 register.
c. Set the output enables for the desired outputs.
8. Set the EN bit.
9. Clear TRIS control bits corresponding to the
desired output pins to configure these pins as
outputs.
10. If auto-restart is to be used, set the REN bit and
the SHUTDOWN bit will be cleared automati-
cally. Otherwise, clear the SHUTDOWN bit to
start the CWG.
24.12.1 PIN OVERRIDE LEVELS
The levels driven to the output pins, while the shutdown
input is true, are controlled by the LSBD and LSAC bits
of the CWGxAS0 register. LSBD<1:0> controls the
CWGxB and D override levels and LSAC<1:0> controls
the CWGxA and C override levels. The control bit logic
level corresponds to the output logic drive level while in
the shutdown state. The polarity control does not affect
the override level.
24.12.2 AUTO-SHUTDOWN RESTART
After an auto-shutdown event has occurred, there are
two ways to resume operation:
• Software controlled
• Auto-restart
The restart method is selected with the REN bit of the
CWGxCON2 register. Waveforms of software controlled
and automatic restarts are shown in Figure 24-13 and
Figure 24-14.
24.12.2.1 Software Controlled Restart
When the REN bit of the CWGxAS0 register is cleared,
the CWG must be restarted after an auto-shutdown
event by software. Clearing the shutdown state
requires all selected shutdown inputs to be low, other-
wise the SHUTDOWN bit will remain set. The overrides
will remain in effect until the first rising edge event after
the SHUTDOWN bit is cleared. The CWG will then
resume operation.
24.12.2.2 Auto-Restart
When the REN bit of the CWGxCON2 register is set,
the CWG will restart from the auto-shutdown state
automatically. The SHUTDOWN bit will clear automati-
cally when all shutdown sources go low. The overrides
will remain in effect until the first rising edge event after
the SHUTDOWN bit is cleared. The CWG will then
resume operation.
24.12.3 ALTERNATE OUTPUT PINS
This module incorporates outputs that can be moved to
alternate pins with the use of the alternate pin function
register APFCON. To determine which outputs can be
moved and what their default pins are upon a Reset,
see Section 12.1 “Alternate Pin Function” for more
information.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 245 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 24-13: SHUTDOWN FUNCTIONALITY, AUTO-RESTART DISABLED (REN = 0, LSAC = 01, LSBD = 01)
FIGURE 24-14: SHUTDOWN FUNCTIONALITY, AUTO-RESTART ENABLED (REN = 1, LSAC = 01, LSBD = 01)
Shutdown
REN Cleared by Software
Output Resumes
No Shutdown
CWG Input
SHUTDOWN
CWGxA
Source
Shutdown Source
Shutdown Event Ceases
Tri-State (No Pulse)
CWGxB Tri-State (No Pulse)
CWGxC
CWGxD
Shutdown
Tri-State (No Pulse)
REN auto-cleared by hardware
Output Resumes
No Shutdown
CWG Input
SHUTDOWN
CWGxA
Source
Shutdown Source
Shutdown Event Ceases
CWGxB
Tri-State (No Pulse)
CWGxC
CWGxD
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 246 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
24.13 Register Definitions: CWG Control
REGISTER 24-1: CWGxCON0: CWGx CONTROL REGISTER 0
R/W-0/0 R/W/HC-0/0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
EN LD(1) — — —MODE<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
HC = Bit is cleared by hardware HS = Bit is set by hardware
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7 EN: CWGx Enable bit
1 = Module is enabled
0 = Module is disabled
bit 6 LD: CWGx Load Buffer bits(1)
1 = Buffers to be loaded on the next rising/falling event
0 = Buffers not loaded
bit 5-3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2-0 MODE<2:0>: CWGx Mode bits
111 = Reserved
110 = Reserved
101 = CWG outputs operate in Push-Pull mode
100 = CWG outputs operate in Half-Bridge mode
011 = CWG outputs operate in Reverse Full-Bridge mode
010 = CWG outputs operate in Forward Full-Bridge mode
001 = CWG outputs operate in Synchronous Steering mode
000 = CWG outputs operate in Steering mode
Note 1: This bit can only be set after EN = 1 and cannot be set in the same instruction that EN is set.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 247
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
REGISTER 24-2: CWGxCON1: CWGx CONTROL REGISTER 1
U-0 U-0 R-x U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
——IN— POLD POLC POLB POLA
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5 IN: CWG Input Value
bit 4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3 POLD: CWGxD Output Polarity bit
1 = Signal output is inverted polarity
0 = Signal output is normal polarity
bit 2 POLC: CWGxC Output Polarity bit
1 = Signal output is inverted polarity
0 = Signal output is normal polarity
bit 1 POLB: CWGxB Output Polarity bit
1 = Signal output is inverted polarity
0 = Signal output is normal polarity
bit 0 POLA: CWGxA Output Polarity bit
1 = Signal output is inverted polarity
0 = Signal output is normal polarity
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 248 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 24-3: CWGxDBR: CWGx RISING DEAD-BAND COUNTER REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
——DBR<5:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-0 DBR: Rising Event Dead-Band Value for Counter bits
REGISTER 24-4: CWGxDBF: CWGx FALLING DEAD-BAND COUNTER REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
——DBF<5:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-0 DBF: Falling Event Dead-Band Value for Counter bits
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 249
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
REGISTER 24-5: CWGxAS0: CWGx AUTO-SHUTDOWN CONTROL REGISTER 0
R/W/HS-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-1/1 R/W-0/0 R/W-1/1 U-0 U-0
SHUTDOWN(1, 2) REN LSBD<1:0> LSAC<1:0> — —
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
HC = Bit is cleared by hardware HS = Bit is set by hardware
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7 SHUTDOWN: Auto-Shutdown Event Status bit(1, 2)
1 = An Auto-Shutdown state is in effect
0 = No Auto-shutdown event has occurred
bit 6 REN: Auto-Restart Enable bit
1 = Auto-restart enabled
0 = Auto-restart disabled
bit 5-4 LSBD<1:0>: CWGxB and CWGxD Auto-Shutdown State Control bits
11 = A logic ‘1’ is placed on CWGxB/D when an auto-shutdown event is present
10 = A logic ‘0’ is placed on CWGxB/D when an auto-shutdown event is present
01 = Pin is tri-stated on CWGxB/D when an auto-shutdown event is present
00 = The inactive state of the pin, including polarity, is placed on CWGxB/D after the required
dead-band interval
bit 3-2 LSAC<1:0>: CWGxA and CWGxC Auto-Shutdown State Control bits
11 = A logic ‘1’ is placed on CWGxA/C when an auto-shutdown event is present
10 = A logic ‘0’ is placed on CWGxA/C when an auto-shutdown event is present
01 = Pin is tri-stated on CWGxA/C when an auto-shutdown event is present
00 = The inactive state of the pin, including polarity, is placed on CWGxA/C after the required
dead-band interval
bit 1-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
Note 1: This bit may be written while EN = 0 (CWGxCON0 register) to place the outputs into the shutdown config-
uration.
2: The outputs will remain in auto-shutdown state until the next rising edge of the input signal after this bit is
cleared.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 250 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 24-6: CWGxAS1: CWGx AUTO-SHUTDOWN CONTROL REGISTER 1
U-1 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-1 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
— TMR6AS TMR4AS TMR2AS —C2AS
(1) C1AS INAS
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’
bit 6 TMR6AS: TMR6 Postscale Output bit
1 = TMR6 postscale shut-down is enabled
0 = TMR6 postscale shut-down is disabled
bit 5 TMR4AS: TMR4 Postscale Output bit
1 = TMR4 postscale shut-down is enabled
0 = TMR4 postscale shut-down is disabled
bit 4 TMR2AS: TMR2 Postscale Output bit
1 = TMR2 postscale shut-down is enabled
0 = TMR2 postscale shut-down is disabled
bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’
bit 2 C2AS: Comparator C2 Output bit(1)
1 = C2 output shut-down is enabled
0 = C2 output shut-down is disabled
bit 1 C1AS: Comparator C1 Output bit
1 = C1 output shut-down is enabled
0 = C1 output shut-down is disabled
bit 0 INAS: CWGx Input Pin bit
1 = CWGxIN input pin shut-down is enabled
0 = CWGxIN input pin shut-down is disabled
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1613 only.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 251
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
REGISTER 24-7: CWGxOCON0: CWGx STEERING CONTROL REGISTER(1)
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
OVRD OVRC OVRB OVRA STRD(2) STRC(2) STRB(2) STRA(2)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7 OVRD: Steering Data D bit
bit 6 OVRC: Steering Data C bit
bit 5 OVRB: Steering Data B bit
bit 4 OVRA: Steering Data A bit
bit 3 STRD: Steering Enable D bit(2)
1 = CWGxD output has the CWGx_data waveform with polarity control from POLD bit
0 = CWGxD output is assigned the value of OVRD bit
bit 2 STRC: Steering Enable C bit(2)
1 = CWGxC output has the CWGx_data waveform with polarity control from POLC bit
0 = CWGxC output is assigned the value of OVRC bit
bit 1 STRB: Steering Enable B bit(2)
1 = CWGxB output has the CWGx_data waveform with polarity control from POLB bit
0 = CWGxB output is assigned the value of OVRB bit
bit 0 STRA: Steering Enable A bit(2)
1 = CWGxA output has the CWGx_data waveform with polarity control from POLA bit
0 = CWGxA output is assigned the value of OVRA bit
Note 1: The bits in this register apply only when MODE<2:0> = 00x.
2: This bit is effectively double-buffered when MODE<2:0> = 001.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 252 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 24-8: CWGxOCON1: CWGx OUTPUT ENABLE REGISTER 1
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
— — — — OED OEC OEB OEA
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3 OED: CWGx D Output Pin Enable bit
1 = CWGx D output pin is enabled
0 = CWGx D output pin is disabled
bit 2 OEC: CWGx C Output Pin Enable bit
1 = CWGx C output pin is enabled
0 = CWGx C output pin is disabled
bit 1 OEB: CWGx B Output Pin Enable bit
1 = CWGx B output pin is enabled
0 = CWGx B output pin is disabled
bit 0 OEA: CWGx A Output Pin Enable bit
1 = CWGx A output pin is enabled
0 = CWGx A output pin is disabled
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 253
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
REGISTER 24-9: CWGxCLKCON: CWGx CLOCK SELECTION CONTROL REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0
— — — — — — —CS
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7-1 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 0 CS: CWGx Clock Selection bit
1 = HFINTOSC 16 MHz is selected
0 =F
OSC is selected
REGISTER 24-10: CWGxISM: CWGx INPUT SELECTION REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
— — — — —IS<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7-3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2-0 GxIS<2:0>: CWGx Input Selection bits
111 = Reserved, do not use
110 = Reserved, do not use
101 = Reserved, do not use
100 = CCP2_out
011 = CCP1_out
010 = C2_OUT_sync(1)
001 = C1_OUT_sync
000 = CWGxIN pin
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1613 only.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 254 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 24-2: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH CWG
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
APFCON — CWGASEL(2) CWGBSEL(2) — T1GSEL — CCP2SEL(2) CCP1SEL(1) 128
CWG1AS0 SHUTDOWN REN LSBD<1:0> LSAC<1:0> — — 249
CWG1AS1 — TMR6AS TMR4AS TMR2AS —C2AS
(2) C1AS INAS 250
CWG1CLKCON — — — — — — —CS253
CWG1CON0 EN LD — — —MODE<2:0>251
CWG1CON1 ——IN— POLD POLC POLB POLA 247
CWG1DBF ——DBF<5:0>248
CWG1DBR ——DBR<5:0>248
CWG1ISM — — — — —IS<2:0>253
CWG1OCON0 OVRD OVRC OVRB OVRA STRD STRC STRB STRA 251
CWG1OCON1 — — — — OED OEC OEB OEA 252
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, – = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by CWG.
Note 1: PIC12(L)F1612 only.
2: PIC16(L)F1613 only.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 255
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
25.0 SIGNAL MEASUREMENT TIMER
(SMTx)
The SMTx is a 24-bit counter with advanced clock and
gating logic, which can be configured for measuring a
variety of digital signal parameters such as pulse width,
frequency and duty cycle, and the time difference
between edges on two signals.
Features of the SMTx include:
• 24-bit timer/counter
- Three 8-bit registers (SMTxL/H/U)
- Readable and writable
- Optional 16-bit operating mode
• Two 24-bit measurement capture registers
• One 24-bit period match register
• Multi-mode operation, including relative timing
measurement
• Interrupt on overflow
• Multiple clock, gate and signal sources
• Interrupt on acquisition complete
• Ability to read current input values
Note: These devices implement two SMT mod-
ules. All references to SMTx apply to
SMT1 and SMT2.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 256 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 25-1: SMTx BLOCK DIAGRAM
FIGURE 25-2: SMTx SIGNAL AND WINDOW BLOCK DIAGRAM
Rev . 10 -000 161A
1/2/201 4
Control
Logic
SMT_window
SMT_signal
00 0
01 1
01 0
00 1
10 0
10 1
11 0
11 1
Prescaler
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
MFINTOSC/16
LFINTOSC
HFINTOSC
FOSC/4
FOSC
SMTxPR
Comparator
SMTxTMR
Enable
Reset 24-bit
Buffer
24-bit
Buffer
SMTxCPR
SMTxCPW
Window Latch
Period Latch
Set SMTxIF
SMTxCLK<2:0>
SMT
Clock
Sync
Circuit
SMT
Clock
Sync
Circuit
Set SMTxPRAIF
Set SMTxPWAIF
Rev . 10 -000 173A
12/19 /201 3
00 0
01 1
01 0
00 1
10 0
10 1
11 0
11 1
Reserved
C1OUT_sync
C2OUT_sync(1)
ZCD1_output
TMR2_postscaled
TMR4_postscaled
TMR6_postscaled
SMTSIGx
SMT_signal
SMTxSIG<2:0> SMTxWIN<3:0>
SMT_window
See
SMTxWIN
Register
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 257
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
25.1 SMTx Operation
The core of the module is the 24-bit counter, SMTxTMR
combined with a complex data acquisition front-end.
Depending on the mode of operation selected, the
SMTx can perform a variety of measurements summa-
rized in Table 25-1.
25.1.1 CLOCK SOURCES
Clock sources available to the SMTx include:
•F
OSC
•FOSC/4
•HFINTOSC 16 MHz
•LFINTOSC
• MFINTOSC 31.25 kHz
The SMTx clock source is selected by configuring the
CSEL<2:0> bits in the SMTxCLK register. The clock
source can also be prescaled using the PS<1:0> bits of
the SMTxCON0 register. The prescaled clock source is
used to clock both the counter and any synchronization
logic used by the module.
25.1.2 OVERFLOW INTERRUPT
Similar to other timers, the SMTx triggers an interrupt
when SMTxTMR rolls over to ‘0’. This happens when
SMTxTMR = SMTxPR, regardless of mode. Hence, in
any mode that relies on an external signal or a window
to reset the timer, proper operation requires that
SMTxPR be set to a period larger than that of the
expected signal or window.
25.2 Basic Timer Function Registers
The SMTxTMR time base and the
SMTxCPW/SMTxPR/SMTxCPR buffer registers serve
several functions and can be manually updated using
software.
25.2.1 TIME BASE
The SMTxTMR is the 24-bit counter that is the center of
the SMTx. It is used as the basic counter/timer for
measurement in each of the modes of the SMTx. It can
be reset to a value of 24'h00_0000 by setting the RST
bit of the SMTxSTAT register. It can be written to and
read from software, but it is not guarded for atomic
access, therefore reads and writes to the SMTxTMR
should only be made when the GO = 0, or the software
should have other measures to ensure integrity of
SMTxTMR reads/writes.
25.2.2 PULSE WIDTH LATCH REGISTERS
The SMTxCPW registers are the 24-bit SMTx pulse
width latch. They are used to latch in the value of the
SMTxTMR when triggered by various signals, which
are determined by the mode the SMT is currently in.
The SMTxCPW registers can also be updated with the
current value of the SMTxTMR value by setting the
CPWUP bit of the SMTxSTAT register.
25.2.3 PERIOD LATCH REGISTERS
The SMTxCPR registers are the 24-bit SMTx period
latch. They are used to latch in other values of the
SMTxTMR when triggered by various other signals,
which are determined by the mode the SMTx is
currently in.
The SMTxCPR registers can also be updated with the
current value of the SMTxTMR value by setting the
CPRU bit in the SMTxSTAT register.
25.3 Halt Operation
The counter can be prevented from rolling-over using
the STP bit in the SMTxCON0 register. When halting is
enabled, the overflow interrupt persists until the
SMTxTMR is reset (either by a manual reset,
Section 25.2.1 “Time Base”) or by clearing the
SMTxGO bit of the SMTxCON1 register and writing the
SMTxTMR values in software.
25.4 Polarity Control
The three input signals for the SMTx have polarity
control to determine whether or not they are active
high/positive edge or active low/negative edge signals.
The following bits apply to Polarity Control:
• WSEL bit (Window Polarity)
• SSEL bit (Signal Polarity)
• CSEL bit (Clock Polarity)
These bits are located in the SMTxCON0 register.
25.5 Status Information
The SMTx provides input status information for the
user without requiring the need to deal with the polarity
of the incoming signals.
25.5.1 WINDOW STATUS
Window status is determined by the WS bit of the
SMTxSTAT register. This bit is only used in Windowed
Measure, Gated Counter and Gated Window Measure
modes, and is only valid when TS = 1, and will be
delayed in time by synchronizer delays in non-Counter
modes.
25.5.2 SIGNAL STATUS
Signal status is determined by the AS bit of the
SMTxSTAT register. This bit is used in all modes except
Window Measure, Time of Flight and Capture modes,
and is only valid when TS = 1, and will be delayed in
time by synchronizer delays in non-Counter modes.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 258 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
25.5.3 GO STATUS
Timer run status is determined by the TS bit of the
SMTxSTAT register, and will be delayed in time by
synchronizer delays in non-Counter modes.
25.6 Modes of Operation
The modes of operation are summarized in Tab l e 2 5-1.
The following sections provide detailed descriptions,
examples of how the modes can be used. Note that all
waveforms assume WPOL/SPOL/CPOL = 0. When
WPOL/SPOL/CPOL = 1, all SMTSIGx, SMTWINx and
SMT clock signals will have a polarity opposite to that
indicated. For all modes, the REPEAT bit controls
whether the acquisition is repeated or single. When
REPEAT = 0 (Single Acquisition mode), the timer will
stop incrementing and the SMTxGO bit will be reset
upon the completion of an acquisition. Otherwise, the
timer will continue and allow for continued acquisitions
to overwrite the previous ones until the timer is stopped
in software.
25.6.1 TIMER MODE
Timer mode is the simplest mode of operation where
the SMTxTMR is used as a 16/24-bit timer. No data
acquisition takes place in this mode. The timer
increments as long as the SMTxGO bit has been set by
software. No SMTx window or SMTx signal events
affect the SMTxGO bit. Everything is synchronized to
the SMTx clock source. When the timer overflows
(SMTxTMR = SMTxPR), SMTxTMR is reset and the
overflow interrupt trips. See Figure 25-3.
TABLE 25-1: MODES OF OPERATION
MODE Mode of Operation Synchronous
Operation Reference
0000 Timer Yes Section 25.6.1 “Timer Mode”
0001 Gated Timer Yes Section 25.6.2 “Gated Timer Mode”
0010 Period and Duty Cycle Acquisition Yes Section 25.6.3 “Period and Duty-Cycle Mode”
0011 High and Low Time Measurement Yes Section 25.6.4 “High and Low Measure Mode”
0100 Windowed Measurement Yes Section 25.6.5 “Windowed Measure Mode”
0101 Gated Windowed Measurement Yes Section 25.6.6 “Gated Window Measure Mode”
0110 Time of Flight Yes Section 25.6.7 “Time of Flight Measure Mode”
0111 Capture Yes Section 25.6.8 “Capture Mode”
1000 Counter No Section 25.6.9 “Counter Mode”
1001 Gated Counter No Section 25.6.10 “Gated Counter Mode”
1010 Windowed Counter No Section 25.6.11 “Windowed Counter Mode”
1011 - 1111 Reserved — —
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 259 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 25-3: TIMER MODE TIMING DIAGRAM
Rev . 10 -000 174A
12/19 /201 3
SMTx Clock
SMTxEN
SMTxGO
SMTxTMR
SMTxPR
SMTxIF
SMTxGO_sync
0 1234567891011012345678 9
11
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 260 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
25.6.2 GATED TIMER MODE
Gated Timer mode uses the SMTSIGx input to control
whether or not the SMTxTMR will increment. Upon a
falling edge of the external signal, the SMTxCPW
register will update to the current value of the
SMTxTMR. Example waveforms for both repeated and
single acquisitions are provided in Figure 25-4 and
Figure 25-5.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 261 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 25-4: GATED TIMER MODE REPEAT ACQUISITION TIMING DIAGRAM
Rev . 10 -000 176A
12/19 /201 3
0123467
0xFFFFFF
5
5 7
SMTx Clock
SMTxEN
SMTxGO
SMTxTMR
SMTxPR
SMTxPWAIF
SMTxGO_sync
SMTx_signal
SMTx_signalsync
SMTxCPW
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 262
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
FIGURE 25-5: GATED TIMER MODE SINGLE ACQUISITION TIMING DIAGRAM
Rev . 10 -000 175A
12/19 /201 3
01234
0xFFFFFF
5
5
SMTx Clock
SMTxEN
SMTxGO
SMTxTMR
SMTxPR
SMTxPWAIF
SMTxGO_sync
SMTx_signal
SMTx_signalsync
SMTxCPW
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 263
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
25.6.3 PERIOD AND DUTY-CYCLE MODE
In Duty-Cycle mode, either the duty cycle or period
(depending on polarity) of the SMTx_signal can be
acquired relative to the SMT clock. The CPW register is
updated on a falling edge of the signal, and the CPR
register is updated on a rising edge of the signal, along
with the SMTxTMR resetting to 0x0001. In addition, the
SMTxGO bit is reset on a rising edge when the SMT is
in Single Acquisition mode. See Figure 25-6 and
Figure 25-7.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 264
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
FIGURE 25-6: PERIOD AND DUTY-CYCLE REPEAT ACQUISITION MODE TIMING DIAGRAM
Rev . 10 -000 177A
12/19 /201 3
01234 5
2
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2
11
5
34
SMTx Clock
SMTxEN
SMTxGO
SMTxTMR
SMTxGO_sync
SMTx_signal
SMTx_signalsync
SMTxCPW
SMTxPWAIF
SMTxPRAIF
SMTxCPR
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 265 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 25-7: PERIOD AND DUTY-CYCLE SINGLE ACQUISITION TIMING DIAGRAM
Rev . 10 -000 178A
12/19 /201 3
01234
5
11
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
SMTx Clock
SMTxEN
SMTxGO
SMTxTMR
SMTxPWAIF
SMTxGO_sync
SMTx_signal
SMTx_signalsync
SMTxCPW
SMTxPRAIF
SMTxCPR
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 266 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
25.6.4 HIGH AND LOW MEASURE MODE
This mode measures the high and low pulse time of the
SMTSIGx relative to the SMTx clock. It begins
incrementing the SMTxTMR on a rising edge on the
SMTSIGx input, then updates the SMTxCPW register
with the value and resets the SMTxTMR on a falling
edge, starting to increment again. Upon observing
another rising edge, it updates the SMTxCPR register
with its current value and once again resets the
SMTxTMR value and begins incrementing again. See
Figure 25-8 and Figure 25-9.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 267 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 25-8: HIGH AND LOW MEASURE MODE REPEAT ACQUISITION TIMING DIAGRAM
Rev . 10 -000 180A
12/19 /201 3
01234 3
2
5 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2
6
5
12
SMTx Clock
SMTxEN
SMTxGO
SMTxTMR
SMTxGO_sync
SMTx_signal
SMTx_signalsync
SMTxCPW
SMTxPWAIF
SMTxPRAIF
SMTxCPR
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 268
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
FIGURE 25-9: HIGH AND LOW MEASURE MODE SINGLE ACQUISITION TIMING DIAGRAM
Rev . 10 -000 179A
12/19 /201 3
01234
5
6
5 1 2 3 4 5 6
SMTx Clock
SMTxEN
SMTxGO
SMTxTMR
SMTxPWAIF
SMTxGO_sync
SMTx_signal
SMTx_signalsync
SMTxCPW
SMTxPRAIF
SMTxCPR
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 269
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
25.6.5 WINDOWED MEASURE MODE
This mode measures the window duration of the
SMTWINx input of the SMTx. It begins incrementing
the timer on a rising edge of the SMTWINx input and
updates the SMTxCPR register with the value of the
timer and resets the timer on a second rising edge. See
Figure 25-10 and Figure 25-11.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 270
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
FIGURE 25-10: WINDOWED MEASURE MODE REPEAT ACQUISITION TIMING DIAGRAM
Rev . 10 -000 182A
12/19 /201 3
SMTx Clock
SMTxEN
SMTxWIN
SMTxWIN_sync
01 891012
SMTxGO
SMTxTMR
SMTxGO_sync
234567 11
12
SMTxPRAIF
SMTxCPR
12345678
8
123 4
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 271 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 25-11: WINDOWED MEASURE MODE SINGLE ACQUISITION TIMING DIAGRAM
Rev . 10 -000 181A
12/19 /201 3
01 8910
12
12
SMTx Clock
SMTxEN
SMTxGO
SMTxTMR
SMTxGO_sync
SMTxWIN
SMTxWIN_sync
SMTxPRAIF
SMTxCPR
234567 11
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 272 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
25.6.6 GATED WINDOW MEASURE MODE
This mode measures the duty cycle of the SMTx_signal
input over a known input window. It does so by
incrementing the timer on each pulse of the clock signal
while the SMTx_signal input is high, updating the
SMTxCPR register and resetting the timer on every
rising edge of the SMTWINx input after the first. See
Figure 25-12 and Figure 25-13.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 273 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 25-12: GATED WINDOWED MEASURE MODE REPEAT ACQUISITION TIMING DIAGRAM
Rev . 10 -000 184A
12/19 /201 3
SMTx Clock
SMTxEN
SMTxWIN
SMTxWIN_sync
01
SMTxGO
SMTxTMR
SMTxGO_sync
2
6
SMTxPRAIF
SMTxCPR 3
0
SMTx_signal
SMTx_signalsync
345 6 0 312
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 274
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
FIGURE 25-13: GATED WINDOWED MEASURE MODE SINGLE ACQUISITION TIMING DIAGRAMS
Rev . 10 -000 183A
12/19 /201 3
SMTx Clock
SMTxEN
SMTxWIN
SMTxWIN_sync
01
SMTxGO
SMTxTMR
SMTxGO_sync
2
6
SMTxPRAIF
SMTxCPR
SMTx_signal
SMTx_signalsync
345 6
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 275
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
25.6.7 TIME OF FLIGHT MEASURE MODE
This mode measures the time interval between a rising
edge on the SMTWINx input and a rising edge on the
SMTx_signal input, beginning to increment the timer
upon observing a rising edge on the SMTWINx input,
while updating the SMTxCPR register and resetting the
timer upon observing a rising edge on the SMTx_signal
input. In the event of two SMTWINx rising edges
without an SMTx_signal rising edge, it will update the
SMTxCPW register with the current value of the timer
and reset the timer value. See Figure 25-14 and
Figure 25-15.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 276
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
FIGURE 25-14: TIME OF FLIGHT MODE REPEAT ACQUISITION TIMING DIAGRAM
Rev . 10 -000 186A
12/19 /201 3
SMTx Clock
SMTxEN
SMTxWIN
SMTxWIN_sync
0
SMTxGO
SMTxTMR
SMTxGO_sync
SMTxPRAIF
SMTxCPW 13
2
SMTx_signal
SMTx_signalsync
SMTxCPR
SMTxPWAIF
2
1
1123456789101112131
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 277 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 25-15: TIME OF FLIGHT MODE SINGLE ACQUISITION TIMING DIAGRAM
Rev . 10 -000 185A
12/19 /201 3
SMTx Clock
SMTxEN
SMTxWIN
SMTxWIN_sync
0
SMTxGO
SMTxTMR
SMTxGO_sync
SMTxPRAIF
SMTxCPW
SMTx_signal
SMTx_signalsync
SMTxCPR
SMTxPWAIF
2
1
1 0
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 278 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
25.6.8 CAPTURE MODE
This mode captures the Timer value based on a rising
or falling edge on the SMTWINx input and triggers an
interrupt. This mimics the capture feature of a CCP
module. The timer begins incrementing upon the
SMTxGO bit being set, and updates the value of the
SMTxCPR register on each rising edge of SMTWINx,
and updates the value of the CPW register on each
falling edge of the SMTWINx. The timer is not reset by
any hardware conditions in this mode and must be
reset by software, if desired. See Figure 25-16 and
Figure 25-17.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 279 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 25-16: CAPTURE MODE REPEAT ACQUISITION TIMING DIAGRAM
Rev . 10 -000 188A
12/19 /201 3
SMTx Clock
SMTxEN
SMTxWIN
SMTxWIN_sync
0
SMTxGO
SMTxTMR
SMTxGO_sync
SMTxPRAIF
SMTxCPW
SMTxCPR
SMTxPWAIF
2
1412345678910111213 2816 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 2715 3229 30 31
31932
3118
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 280
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
FIGURE 25-17: CAPTURE MODE SINGLE ACQUISITION TIMING DIAGRAM
Rev . 10 -000 187A
12/19 /201 3
SMTx Clock
SMTxEN
SMTxWIN
SMTxWIN_sync
0
SMTxGO
SMTxTMR
SMTxGO_sync
SMTxPRAIF
SMTxCPW
SMTxCPR
SMTxPWAIF
2
12 3
3
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 281
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
25.6.9 COUNTER MODE
This mode increments the timer on each pulse of the
SMTx_signal input. This mode is asynchronous to the
SMT clock and uses the SMTx_signal as a time source.
The SMTxCPR register can be updated with the cur-
rent clock value with a rising edge of the SMTxWIN
input. See Figure 25-18.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 282
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
FIGURE 25-18: COUNTER MODE TIMING DIAGRAM
Rev. 10-000189A
12/18/2013
SMTx_signal
SMTxEN
SMTxWIN
0
SMTxGO
SMTxTMR
SMTxCPR
10123456789 2412 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2311 25 26
2512
27
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 283
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
25.6.10 GATED COUNTER MODE
This mode counts pulses on the SMTx_signal input,
gated by the SMTxWIN input. It begins incrementing
the timer upon seeing a rising edge of the SMTxWIN
input and updates the SMTxCPW register upon a fall-
ing edge on the SMTxWIN input. See Figure 25-19
and Figure 25-20.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 284
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
FIGURE 25-19: GATED COUNTER MODE REPEAT ACQUISITION TIMING DIAGRAM
FIGURE 25-20: GATED COUNTER MODE SINGLE ACQUISITION TIMING DIAGRAM
Rev. 10-000190A
12/18/2013
SMTx_signal
SMTxEN
SMTxWIN
0
SMTxGO
SMTxTMR
SMTxCPW
51234 1178910612
138
13
SMTxPWAIF
Rev. 10-000191A
12/18/2013
SMTx_signal
SMTxEN
SMTxWIN
0
SMTxGO
SMTxTMR
SMTxCPW
51234 786
8
SMTxPWAIF
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 285
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
25.6.11 WINDOWED COUNTER MODE
This mode counts pulses on the SMTx_signal input,
within a window dictated by the SMTxWIN input. It
begins counting upon seeing a rising edge of the
SMTxWIN input, updates the SMTxCPW register on a
falling edge of the SMTxWIN input, and updates the
SMTxCPR register on each rising edge of the
SMTxWIN input beyond the first. See Figure 25-21 and
Figure 25-22.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 286
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
FIGURE 25-21: WINDOWED COUNTER MODE REPEAT ACQUISITION TIMING DIAGRAM
FIGURE 25-22: WINDOWED COUNTER MODE SINGLE ACQUISITION TIMING DIAGRAM
SMTx_signal
SMTxEN
SMTxWIN
0
SMTxGO
SMTxTMR
SMTxCPW
51234 37126 4
59
5
SMTxPRAIF
SMTxPWAIF
SMTxCPR 16
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
SMTx_signal
SMTxEN
SMTxWIN
0
SMTxGO
SMTxTMR
SMTxCPW
51234 76
9
SMTxPRAIF
SMTxPWAIF
SMTxCPR 16
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 287
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
25.7 Interrupts
The SMT can trigger an interrupt under three different
conditions:
• PW Acquisition Complete
• PR Acquisition Complete
• Counter Overflow
The interrupts are controlled by the PIR and PIE
registers of the device.
25.7.1 PW AND PR ACQUISITION
INTERRUPTS
The SMTx can trigger interrupts whenever it updates
the SMTxCPW and SMTxCPR registers, the circum-
stances for which are dependent on the SMT mode,
and are discussed in each mode’s specific section. The
SMTxCPW interrupt is controlled by SMTxPWAIF and
SMTxPWAIE bits in registers PIR4 and PIE4, respec-
tively. The SMTxCPR interrupt is controlled by the
SMTxPRAIF and SMTxPRAIE bits, also located in reg-
isters PIR4 and PIE4, respectively.
In synchronous SMT modes, the interrupt trigger is
synchronized to the SMTxCLK. In Asynchronous
modes, the interrupt trigger is asynchronous. In either
mode, once triggered, the interrupt will be synchro-
nized to the CPU clock.
25.7.2 COUNTER OVERFLOW INTERRUPT
As described in Section 25.1.2 “Overflow interrupt”,
the SMT will also interrupt upon SMTxTMR, matching
SMTxPR with its overflow limit functionality described
in Section 25.3 “Halt Operation”. The overflow inter-
rupt is controlled by SMTxIF and SMTxIE, located in
registers PIR4 and PIE4, respectively.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 288 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
25.8 Register Definitions: SMT Control
REGISTER 25-1: SMTxCON0: SMTx CONTROL REGISTER 0
R/W-0/0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
EN(1) — STP WPOL SPOL CPOL SMTxPS<1:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 EN: SMTx Enable bit(1)
1 = SMTx is enabled
0 = SMTx is disabled; internal states are reset, clock requests are disabled
bit 6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5 STP: SMTx Counter Halt Enable bit
When SMTxTMR = SMTxPR:
1 = Counter remains SMTxPR; overflow interrupt occurs when clocked
0 = Counter rolls over to 24'h000000; overflow interrupt occurs when clocked
bit 4 WPOL: SMTxWIN Input Polarity Control bit
1 = SMTxWIN signal is active-low/falling edge enabled
0 = SMTxWIN signal is active-high/rising edge enabled
bit 3 SPOL: SMTxSIG Input Polarity Control bit
1 = SMTx_signal is active-low/falling edge enabled
0 = SMTx_signal is active-high/rising edge enabled
bit 2 CPOL: SMTx Clock Input Polarity Control bit
1 = SMTxTMR increments on the falling edge of the selected clock signal
0 = SMTxTMR increments on the rising edge of the selected clock signal
bit 1-0 SMTxPS<1:0>: SMTx Prescale Select bits
11 = Prescaler = 1:8
10 = Prescaler = 1:4
01 = Prescaler = 1:2
00 = Prescaler = 1:1
Note 1: Setting EN to ‘0‘ does not affect the register contents.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 289
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
REGISTER 25-2: SMTxCON1: SMTx CONTROL REGISTER 1
R/W/HC-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
SMTxGO REPEAT —— MODE<3:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
HC = Bit is cleared by hardware HS = Bit is set by hardware
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7 SMTxGO: SMTx GO Data Acquisition bit
1 = Incrementing, acquiring data is enabled
0 = Incrementing, acquiring data is disabled
bit 6 REPEAT: SMTx Repeat Acquisition Enable bit
1 = Repeat Data Acquisition mode is enabled
0 = Single Acquisition mode is enabled
bit 5-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3-0 MODE<3:0> SMTx Operation Mode Select bits
1111 = Reserved
•
•
•
1011 = Reserved
1010 = Windowed counter
1001 = Gated counter
1000 = Counter
0111 = Capture
0110 = Time of flight
0101 = Gated windowed measure
0100 = Windowed measure
0011 = High and low time measurement
0010 = Period and Duty-Cycle Acquisition
0001 = Gated Timer
0000 = Timer
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 290 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 25-3: SMTxSTAT: SMTx STATUS REGISTER
R/W/HC-0/0 R/W/HC-0/0 R/W/HC-0/0 U-0 U-0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0
CPRUP CPWUP RST ——TSWSAS
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
HC = Bit is cleared by hardware HS = Bit is set by hardware
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7 CPRUP: SMTx Manual Period Buffer Update bit
1 = Request update to SMTxPRx registers
0 = SMTxPRx registers update is complete
bit 6 CPWUP: SMTx Manual Pulse Width Buffer Update bit
1 = Request update to SMTxCPWx registers
0 = SMTxCPWx registers update is complete
bit 5 RST: SMTx Manual Timer Reset bit
1 = Request Reset to SMTxTMRx registers
0 = SMTxTMRx registers update is complete
bit 4-3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2 TS: SMTx GO Value Status bit
1 = SMTx timer is incrementing
0 = SMTx timer is not incrementing
bit 1 WS: SMTWINx Value Status bit
1 = SMTx window is open
0 = SMTx window is closed
bit 0 AS: SMTx_signal Value Status bit
1 = SMT acquisition is in progress
0 = SMT acquisition is not in progress
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 291
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
REGISTER 25-4: SMTxCLK: SMTx CLOCK SELECTION REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
— — — — — CSEL<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7-3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2-0 CSEL<2:0>: SMTx Clock Selection bits
111 = Reserved
110 = Reserved
101 = Reserved
100 =MFINTOSC/16
011 =LFINTOSC
010 = HFINTOSC 16 MHz
001 =F
OSC/4
000 =F
OSC
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 292 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 25-5: SMTxWIN: SMTx WINDOW INPUT SELECT REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
— — — — WSEL<3:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3-0 WSEL<3:0>: SMTx Window Selection bits
1111 = Reserved
•
•
•
1001 = Reserved
1000 = TMR6_postscaled
0111 = TMR4_postscaled
0110 = TMR2_postscaled
0101 = ZCD1_out
0100 = CCP2_out
0011 = CCP1_out
0010 = C2_OUT_sync(1)
0001 = C1_OUT_sync
0000 = SMTWINx pin
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1613 only. Reserved on PIC12(L)F1612.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 293
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
REGISTER 25-6: SMTxSIG: SMTx SIGNAL INPUT SELECT REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
— — — — — SSEL<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7-3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2-0 SSEL<2:0>: SMTx Signal Selection bits
1111 = Reserved
•
•
•
111 = Reserved
110 = TMR6_postscaled
101 = TMR4_postscaled
100 = TMR2_postscaled
011 = ZCD1_out
010 = C2_OUT_sync(1)
001 = C1_OUT_sync
000 = SMTxSIG pin
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1613 only. Reserved on PIC12(L)F1612.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 294 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 25-7: SMTxTMRL: SMTx TIMER REGISTER – LOW BYTE
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
SMTxTMR<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 SMTxTMR<7:0>: Significant bits of the SMT counter – Low Byte
REGISTER 25-8: SMTxTMRH: SMTx TIMER REGISTER – HIGH BYTE
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
SMTxTMR<15:8>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 SMTxTMR<15:8>: Significant bits of the SMT counter – High Byte
REGISTER 25-9: SMTxTMRU: SMTx TIMER REGISTER – UPPER BYTE
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
SMTxTMR<23:16>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 SMTxTMR<23:16>: Significant bits of the SMT counter – Upper Byte
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 295
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
REGISTER 25-10: SMTxCPRL: SMTx CAPTURED PERIOD REGISTER – LOW BYTE
R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x
SMTxCPR<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 SMTxCPR<7:0>: Significant bits of the SMT period latch – Low Byte
REGISTER 25-11: SMTxCPRH: SMTx CAPTURED PERIOD REGISTER – HIGH BYTE
R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x
SMTxCPR<15:8>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 SMTxCPR<15:8>: Significant bits of the SMT period latch – High Byte
REGISTER 25-12: SMTxCPRU: SMTx CAPTURED PERIOD REGISTER – UPPER BYTE
R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x
SMTxCPR<23:16>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 SMTxCPR<23:16>: Significant bits of the SMT period latch – Upper Byte
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 296 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 25-13: SMTxCPWL: SMTx CAPTURED PULSE WIDTH REGISTER – LOW BYTE
R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x
SMTxCPW<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 SMTxCPW<7:0>: Significant bits of the SMT PW latch – Low Byte
REGISTER 25-14: SMTxCPWH: SMTx CAPTURED PULSE WIDTH REGISTER – HIGH BYTE
R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x
SMTxCPW<15:8>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 SMTxCPW<15:8>: Significant bits of the SMT PW latch – High Byte
REGISTER 25-15: SMTxCPWU: SMTx CAPTURED PULSE WIDTH REGISTER – UPPER BYTE
R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x
SMTxCPW<23:16>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 SMTxCPW<23:16>: Significant bits of the SMT PW latch – Upper Byte
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 297
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
REGISTER 25-16: SMTxPRL: SMTx PERIOD REGISTER – LOW BYTE
R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1
SMTxPR<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 SMTxPR<7:0>: Significant bits of the SMT Timer value to match for overflow – Low Byte
REGISTER 25-17: SMTxPRH: SMTx PERIOD REGISTER – HIGH BYTE
R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1
SMTxPR<15:8>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 SMTxPR<15:8>: Significant bits of the SMT Timer value to match for overflow – High Byte
REGISTER 25-18: SMTxPRU: SMTx PERIOD REGISTER – UPPER BYTE
R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1
SMTxPR<23:16>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 SMTxPR<23:16>: Significant bits of the SMT Timer value to match for overflow – Upper Byte
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 298 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 25-2: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SMTx
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
SMT1CLK ————— CSEL<2:0> 291
SMT1CON0 EN — STP WPOL SPOL CPOL SMT1PS<1:0> 288
SMT1CON1 SMT1GO REPEAT ——MODE<3:0>289
SMT1CPRH SMT1CPR<15:8> 295
SMT1CPRL SMT1CPR<7:0> 295
SMT1CPRU SMT1CPR<23:16> 295
SMT1CPWH SMT1CPW<15:8> 296
SMT1CPWL SMT1CPW<7:0> 296
SMT1CPWU SMT1CPW<23:16> 296
SMT1PRH SMT1PR<15:8> 297
SMT1PRL SMT1PR<7:0> 297
SMT1PRU SMT1PR<23:16> 297
SMT1SIG ————— SSEL<2:0> 293
SMT1STAT CPRUP CPWUP RST ——TSWSAS290
SMT1TMRH SMT1TMR<15:8> 294
SMT1TMRL SMT1TMR<7:0> 294
SMT1TMRU SMT1TMR<23:16> 294
SMT1WIN ———— WSEL<3:0> 292
SMT2CLK ————— CSEL<2:0> 291
SMT2CON0 EN — STP WPOL SPOL CPOL SMT2PS<1:0> 288
SMT2CON1 SMT2GO REPEAT ——MODE<3:0>289
SMT2CPRH SMT2CPR<15:8> 295
SMT2CPRL SMT2CPR<7:0> 295
SMT2CPRU SMT2CPR<23:16> 295
SMT2CPWH SMT2CPW<15:8> 296
SMT2CPWL SMT2CPW<7:0> 296
SMT2CPWU SMT2CPW<23:16> 296
SMT2PRH SMT2PR<15:8> 297
SMT2PRL SMT2PR<7:0> 297
SMT2PRU SMT2PR<23:16> 297
SMT2SIG ————— SSEL<2:0> 293
SMT2STAT CPRUP CPWUP RST ——TSWSAS290
SMT2TMRH SMT2TMR<15:8> 294
SMT2TMRL SMT2TMR<7:0> 294
SMT2TMRU SMT2TMR<23:16> 294
SMT2WIN ———— WSEL<3:0> 292
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, — = unimplemented read as ‘0’, q = value depends on condition. Shaded cells are not
used for SMTx module.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 299
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
26.0 IN-CIRCUIT SERIAL
PROGRAMMING™ (ICSP™)
ICSP™ programming allows customers to manufacture
circuit boards with unprogrammed devices. Programming
can be done after the assembly process allowing the
device to be programmed with the most recent firmware
or a custom firmware. Five pins are needed for ICSP™
programming:
• ICSPCLK
• ICSPDAT
•MCLR
/VPP
•VDD
•VSS
In Program/Verify mode the program memory, user IDs
and the Configuration Words are programmed through
serial communications. The ICSPDAT pin is a bidirec-
tional I/O used for transferring the serial data and the
ICSPCLK pin is the clock input. For more information on
ICSP™ refer to the “PIC12(L)F1501/PIC16(L)F150X
Memory Programming Specification” (DS41573).
26.1 High-Voltage Programming Entry
Mode
The device is placed into High-Voltage Programming
Entry mode by holding the ICSPCLK and ICSPDAT
pins low then raising the voltage on MCLR/VPP to VIHH.
26.2 Low-Voltage Programming Entry
Mode
The Low-Voltage Programming Entry mode allows the
PIC® Flash MCUs to be programmed using VDD only,
without high voltage. When the LVP bit of Configuration
Words is set to ‘1’, the ICSP Low-Voltage Programming
Entry mode is enabled. To disable the Low-Voltage
ICSP mode, the LVP bit must be programmed to ‘0’.
Entry into the Low-Voltage Programming Entry mode
requires the following steps:
1. MCLR is brought to VIL.
2. A 32-bit key sequence is presented on
ICSPDAT, while clocking ICSPCLK.
Once the key sequence is complete, MCLR must be
held at VIL for as long as Program/Verify mode is to be
maintained.
If low-voltage programming is enabled (LVP = 1), the
MCLR Reset function is automatically enabled and
cannot be disabled. See Section 6.5 “MCLR” for more
information.
The LVP bit can only be reprogrammed to ‘0’ by using
the High-Voltage Programming mode.
26.3 Common Programming Interfaces
Connection to a target device is typically done through
an ICSP™ header. A commonly found connector on
development tools is the RJ-11 in the 6P6C (6-pin,
6-connector) configuration. See Figure 26-1.
FIGURE 26-1: ICD RJ-11 STYLE
CONNECTOR INTERFACE
Another connector often found in use with the PICkit™
programmers is a standard 6-pin header with 0.1 inch
spacing. Refer to Figure 26-2.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Target
Bottom Side
PC Board
VPP/MCLR VSS
ICSPCLK
VDD
ICSPDAT
NC
Pin Description*
1 = VPP/MCLR
2 = VDD Target
3 = VSS (ground)
4 = ICSPDAT
5 = ICSPCLK
6 = No Connect
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 300 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 26-2: PICkit™ PROGRAMMER STYLE CONNECTOR INTERFACE
For additional interface recommendations, refer to your
specific device programmer manual prior to PCB
design.
It is recommended that isolation devices be used to
separate the programming pins from other circuitry.
The type of isolation is highly dependent on the specific
application and may include devices such as resistors,
diodes, or even jumpers. See Figure 26-3 for more
information.
FIGURE 26-3: TYPICAL CONNECTION FOR ICSP™ PROGRAMMING
1
3
5
6
4
2
Pin 1 Indicator
Pin Description*
1=V
PP/MCLR
2=V
DD Target
3=V
SS (ground)
4 = ICSPDAT
5 = ICSPCLK
6 = No connect
* The 6-pin header (0.100" spacing) accepts 0.025" square pins
Rev. 10-000128A
7/30/2013
Device to be
Programmed
VDD VDD
VSS VSS
VPP MCLR/VPP
VDD
Data
Clock
ICSPDAT
ICSPCLK
***
External
Programming
Signals
To Normal Connections
* Isolation devices (as required).
Rev. 10-000129A
7/30/2013
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 301
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
27.0 INSTRUCTION SET SUMMARY
Each instruction is a 14-bit word containing the opera-
tion code (opcode) and all required operands. The
opcodes are broken into three broad categories.
• Byte Oriented
• Bit Oriented
• Literal and Control
The literal and control category contains the most
varied instruction word format.
Table 27-3 lists the instructions recognized by the
MPASMTM assembler.
All instructions are executed within a single instruction
cycle, with the following exceptions, which may take
two or three cycles:
• Subroutine takes two cycles (CALL, CALLW)
• Returns from interrupts or subroutines take two
cycles (RETURN, RETLW, RETFIE)
• Program branching takes two cycles (GOTO, BRA,
BRW, BTFSS, BTFSC, DECFSZ, INCSFZ)
• One additional instruction cycle will be used when
any instruction references an indirect file register
and the file select register is pointing to program
memory.
One instruction cycle consists of 4 oscillator cycles; for
an oscillator frequency of 4 MHz, this gives a nominal
instruction execution rate of 1 MHz.
All instruction examples use the format ‘0xhh’ to
represent a hexadecimal number, where ‘h’ signifies a
hexadecimal digit.
27.1 Read-Modify-Write Operations
Any instruction that specifies a file register as part of
the instruction performs a Read-Modify-Write (R-M-W)
operation. The register is read, the data is modified,
and the result is stored according to either the instruc-
tion, or the destination designator ‘d’. A read operation
is performed on a register even if the instruction writes
to that register.
TABLE 27-1: OPCODE FIELD
DESCRIPTIONS
TABLE 27-2: ABBREVIATION
DESCRIPTIONS
Field Description
fRegister file address (0x00 to 0x7F)
WWorking register (accumulator)
bBit address within an 8-bit file register
kLiteral field, constant data or label
xDon’t care location (= 0 or 1).
The assembler will generate code with x = 0.
It is the recommended form of use for
compatibility with all Microchip software tools.
dDestination select; d = 0: store result in W,
d = 1: store result in file register f.
Default is d = 1.
nFSR or INDF number. (0-1)
mm Pre-post increment-decrement mode
selection
Field Description
PC Program Counter
TO Time-Out bit
CCarry bit
DC Digit Carry bit
ZZero bit
PD Power-Down bit
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 302 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 27-1: GENERAL FORMAT FOR
INSTRUCTIONS
Byte-oriented file register operations
13 8 7 6 0
d = 0 for destination W
OPCODE d f (FILE #)
d = 1 for destination f
f = 7-bit file register address
Bit-oriented file register operations
13 10 9 7 6 0
OPCODE b (BIT #) f (FILE #)
b = 3-bit bit address
f = 7-bit file register address
Literal and control operations
13 8 7 0
OPCODE k (literal)
k = 8-bit immediate value
13 11 10 0
OPCODE k (literal)
k = 11-bit immediate value
General
CALL and GOTO instructions only
MOVLP instruction only
13 5 4 0
OPCODE k (literal)
k = 5-bit immediate value
MOVLB instruction only
13 9 8 0
OPCODE k (literal)
k = 9-bit immediate value
BRA instruction only
FSR Offset instructions
13 7 6 5 0
OPCODE n k (literal)
n = appropriate FSR
FSR Increment instructions
13 7 6 0
OPCODE k (literal)
k = 7-bit immediate value
13 3 2 1 0
OPCODE n m (mode)
n = appropriate FSR
m = 2-bit mode value
k = 6-bit immediate value
13 0
OPCODE
OPCODE only
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 303
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
TABLE 27-3: ENHANCED MID-RANGE INSTRUCTION SET
Mnemonic,
Operands Description Cycles
14-Bit Opcode Status
Affected Notes
MSb LSb
BYTE-ORIENTED FILE REGISTER OPERATIONS
ADDWF
ADDWFC
ANDWF
ASRF
LSLF
LSRF
CLRF
CLRW
COMF
DECF
INCF
IORWF
MOVF
MOVWF
RLF
RRF
SUBWF
SUBWFB
SWAPF
XORWF
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
f
–
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
f
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
Add W and f
Add with Carry W and f
AND W with f
Arithmetic Right Shift
Logical Left Shift
Logical Right Shift
Clear f
Clear W
Complement f
Decrement f
Increment f
Inclusive OR W with f
Move f
Move W to f
Rotate Left f through Carry
Rotate Right f through Carry
Subtract W from f
Subtract with Borrow W from f
Swap nibbles in f
Exclusive OR W with f
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
00
11
00
11
11
11
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
11
00
00
0111
1101
0101
0111
0101
0110
0001
0001
1001
0011
1010
0100
1000
0000
1101
1100
0010
1011
1110
0110
dfff
dfff
dfff
dfff
dfff
dfff
lfff
0000
dfff
dfff
dfff
dfff
dfff
1fff
dfff
dfff
dfff
dfff
dfff
dfff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
00xx
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
C, DC, Z
C, DC, Z
Z
C, Z
C, Z
C, Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
C
C
C, DC, Z
C, DC, Z
Z
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
BYTE ORIENTED SKIP OPERATIONS
DECFSZ
INCFSZ
f, d
f, d
Decrement f, Skip if 0
Increment f, Skip if 0
1(2)
1(2)
00
00
1011
1111
dfff
dfff
ffff
ffff
1, 2
1, 2
BIT-ORIENTED FILE REGISTER OPERATIONS
BCF
BSF
f, b
f, b
Bit Clear f
Bit Set f
1
1
01
01
00bb
01bb
bfff
bfff
ffff
ffff
2
2
BIT-ORIENTED SKIP OPERATIONS
BTFSC
BTFSS
f, b
f, b
Bit Test f, Skip if Clear
Bit Test f, Skip if Set
1 (2)
1 (2)
01
01
10bb
11bb
bfff
bfff
ffff
ffff
1, 2
1, 2
LITERAL OPERATIONS
ADDLW
ANDLW
IORLW
MOVLB
MOVLP
MOVLW
SUBLW
XORLW
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
Add literal and W
AND literal with W
Inclusive OR literal with W
Move literal to BSR
Move literal to PCLATH
Move literal to W
Subtract W from literal
Exclusive OR literal with W
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
11
11
11
00
11
11
11
11
1110
1001
1000
0000
0001
0000
1100
1010
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
001k
1kkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
C, DC, Z
Z
Z
C, DC, Z
Z
Note 1: If the Program Counter (PC) is modified, or a conditional test is true, the instruction requires two cycles. The second cycle
is executed as a NOP.
2: If this instruction addresses an INDF register and the MSb of the corresponding FSR is set, this instruction will require one
additional instruction cycle.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 304 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 27-3: ENHANCED MID-RANGE INSTRUCTION SET (CONTINUED)
Mnemonic,
Operands Description Cycles
14-Bit Opcode Status
Affected Notes
MSb LSb
CONTROL OPERATIONS
BRA
BRW
CALL
CALLW
GOTO
RETFIE
RETLW
RETURN
k
–
k
–
k
k
k
–
Relative Branch
Relative Branch with W
Call Subroutine
Call Subroutine with W
Go to address
Return from interrupt
Return with literal in W
Return from Subroutine
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
11
00
10
00
10
00
11
00
001k
0000
0kkk
0000
1kkk
0000
0100
0000
kkkk
0000
kkkk
0000
kkkk
0000
kkkk
0000
kkkk
1011
kkkk
1010
kkkk
1001
kkkk
1000
INHERENT OPERATIONS
CLRWDT
NOP
OPTION
RESET
SLEEP
TRIS
–
–
–
–
–
f
Clear Watchdog Timer
No Operation
Load OPTION_REG register with W
Software device Reset
Go into Standby mode
Load TRIS register with W
1
1
1
1
1
1
00
00
00
00
00
00
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0110
0000
0110
0000
0110
0110
0100
0000
0010
0001
0011
0fff
TO, PD
TO, PD
C-COMPILER OPTIMIZED
ADDFSR
MOVIW
MOVWI
n, k
n mm
k[n]
n mm
k[n]
Add Literal k to FSRn
Move Indirect FSRn to W with pre/post inc/dec
modifier, mm
Move INDFn to W, Indexed Indirect.
Move W to Indirect FSRn with pre/post inc/dec
modifier, mm
Move W to INDFn, Indexed Indirect.
1
1
1
1
1
11
00
11
00
11
0001
0000
1111
0000
1111
0nkk
0001
0nkk
0001
1nkk
kkkk
0nmm
kkkk
1nmm
kkkk
Z
Z
2, 3
2
2, 3
2
Note 1: If the Program Counter (PC) is modified, or a conditional test is true, the instruction requires two cycles. The second cycle
is executed as a NOP.
2: If this instruction addresses an INDF register and the MSb of the corresponding FSR is set, this instruction will require
one additional instruction cycle.
3: See Table in the MOVIW and MOVWI instruction descriptions.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 305
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
27.2 Instruction Descriptions
ADDFSR Add Literal to FSRn
Syntax: [ label ] ADDFSR FSRn, k
Operands: -32 k 31
n [ 0, 1]
Operation: FSR(n) + k FSR(n)
Status Affected: None
Description: The signed 6-bit literal ‘k’ is added to
the contents of the FSRnH:FSRnL
register pair.
FSRn is limited to the range 0000h -
FFFFh. Moving beyond these bounds
will cause the FSR to wrap-around.
ADDLW Add literal and W
Syntax: [ label ] ADDLW k
Operands: 0 k 255
Operation: (W) + k (W)
Status Affected: C, DC, Z
Description: The contents of the W register are
added to the 8-bit literal ‘k’ and the
result is placed in the W register.
ADDWF Add W and f
Syntax: [ label ] ADDWF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d 0,1
Operation: (W) + (f) (destination)
Status Affected: C, DC, Z
Description: Add the contents of the W register
with register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is
stored in the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the
result is stored back in register ‘f’.
ADDWFC ADD W and CARRY bit to f
Syntax: [ label ] ADDWFC f {,d}
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (W) + (f) + (C) dest
Status Affected: C, DC, Z
Description: Add W, the Carry flag and data mem-
ory location ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is
placed in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is
placed in data memory location ‘f’.
ANDLW AND literal with W
Syntax: [ label ] ANDLW k
Operands: 0 k 255
Operation: (W) .AND. (k) (W)
Status Affected: Z
Description: The contents of W register are
AND’ed with the 8-bit literal ‘k’. The
result is placed in the W register.
ANDWF AND W with f
Syntax: [ label ] ANDWF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d 0,1
Operation: (W) .AND. (f) (destination)
Status Affected: Z
Description: AND the W register with register ‘f’. If
‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is stored in the W
register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is stored
back in register ‘f’.
ASRF Arithmetic Right Shift
Syntax: [ label ] ASRF f {,d}
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (f<7>) dest<7>
(f<7:1>) dest<6:0>,
(f<0>) C,
Status Affected: C, Z
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are shifted
one bit to the right through the Carry
flag. The MSb remains unchanged. If
‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed in W. If ‘d’
is ‘1’, the result is stored back in
register ‘f’.
register f C
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 306 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
BCF Bit Clear f
Syntax: [ label ] BCF f,b
Operands: 0 f 127
0 b 7
Operation: 0 (f<b>)
Status Affected: None
Description: Bit ‘b’ in register ‘f’ is cleared.
BRA Relative Branch
Syntax: [ label ] BRA label
[ label ] BRA $+k
Operands: -256 label - PC + 1 255
-256 k 255
Operation: (PC) + 1 + k PC
Status Affected: None
Description: Add the signed 9-bit literal ‘k’ to the
PC. Since the PC will have incre-
mented to fetch the next instruction,
the new address will be PC + 1 + k.
This instruction is a 2-cycle instruc-
tion. This branch has a limited range.
BRW Relative Branch with W
Syntax: [ label ] BRW
Operands: None
Operation: (PC) + (W) PC
Status Affected: None
Description: Add the contents of W (unsigned) to
the PC. Since the PC will have incre-
mented to fetch the next instruction,
the new address will be PC + 1 + (W).
This instruction is a 2-cycle instruc-
tion.
BSF Bit Set f
Syntax: [ label ] BSF f,b
Operands: 0 f 127
0 b 7
Operation: 1 (f<b>)
Status Affected: None
Description: Bit ‘b’ in register ‘f’ is set.
BTFSC Bit Test f, Skip if Clear
Syntax: [ label ] BTFSC f,b
Operands: 0 f 127
0 b 7
Operation: skip if (f<b>) = 0
Status Affected: None
Description: If bit ‘b’ in register ‘f’ is ‘1’, the next
instruction is executed.
If bit ‘b’, in register ‘f’, is ‘0’, the next
instruction is discarded, and a NOP is
executed instead, making this a
2-cycle instruction.
BTFSS Bit Test f, Skip if Set
Syntax: [ label ] BTFSS f,b
Operands: 0 f 127
0 b < 7
Operation: skip if (f<b>) = 1
Status Affected: None
Description: If bit ‘b’ in register ‘f’ is ‘0’, the next
instruction is executed.
If bit ‘b’ is ‘1’, then the next
instruction is discarded and a NOP is
executed instead, making this a
2-cycle instruction.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 307
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
CALL Call Subroutine
Syntax: [ label ] CALL k
Operands: 0 k 2047
Operation: (PC)+ 1 TOS,
k PC<10:0>,
(PCLATH<6:3>) PC<14:11>
Status Affected: None
Description: Call Subroutine. First, return address
(PC + 1) is pushed onto the stack.
The 11-bit immediate address is
loaded into PC bits <10:0>. The upper
bits of the PC are loaded from
PCLATH. CALL is a 2-cycle instruc-
tion.
CALLW Subroutine Call With W
Syntax: [ label ] CALLW
Operands: None
Operation: (PC) +1 TOS,
(W) PC<7:0>,
(PCLATH<6:0>) PC<14:8>
Status Affected: None
Description: Subroutine call with W. First, the
return address (PC + 1) is pushed
onto the return stack. Then, the con-
tents of W is loaded into PC<7:0>,
and the contents of PCLATH into
PC<14:8>. CALLW is a 2-cycle
instruction.
CLRF Clear f
Syntax: [ label ] CLRF f
Operands: 0 f 127
Operation: 00h (f)
1 Z
Status Affected: Z
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are cleared
and the Z bit is set.
CLRW Clear W
Syntax: [ label ] CLRW
Operands: None
Operation: 00h (W)
1 Z
Status Affected: Z
Description: W register is cleared. Zero bit (Z) is
set.
CLRWDT Clear Watchdog Timer
Syntax: [ label ] CLRWDT
Operands: None
Operation: 00h WDT
0 WDT prescaler,
1 TO
1 PD
Status Affected: TO, PD
Description: CLRWDT instruction resets the Watch-
dog Timer. It also resets the prescaler
of the WDT.
Status bits TO and PD are set.
COMF Complement f
Syntax: [ label ] COMF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (f) (destination)
Status Affected: Z
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are com-
plemented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is
stored in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is
stored back in register ‘f’.
DECF Decrement f
Syntax: [ label ] DECF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (f) - 1 (destination)
Status Affected: Z
Description: Decrement register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the
result is stored in the W
register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is stored
back in register ‘f’.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 308 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
DECFSZ Decrement f, Skip if 0
Syntax: [ label ] DECFSZ f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (f) - 1 (destination);
skip if result = 0
Status Affected: None
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are decre-
mented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed
in the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result
is placed back in register ‘f’.
If the result is ‘1’, the next instruction is
executed. If the result is ‘0’, then a
NOP is executed instead, making it a
2-cycle instruction.
GOTO Unconditional Branch
Syntax: [ label ] GOTO k
Operands: 0 k 2047
Operation: k PC<10:0>
PCLATH<6:3> PC<14:11>
Status Affected: None
Description: GOTO is an unconditional branch. The
11-bit immediate value is loaded into
PC bits <10:0>. The upper bits of PC
are loaded from PCLATH<4:3>. GOTO
is a 2-cycle instruction.
INCF Increment f
Syntax: [ label ] INCF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (f) + 1 (destination)
Status Affected: Z
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are incre-
mented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed
in the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result
is placed back in register ‘f’.
INCFSZ Increment f, Skip if 0
Syntax: [ label ] INCFSZ f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (f) + 1 (destination),
skip if result = 0
Status Affected: None
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are incre-
mented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed
in the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result
is placed back in register ‘f’.
If the result is ‘1’, the next instruction is
executed. If the result is ‘0’, a NOP is
executed instead, making it a 2-cycle
instruction.
IORLW Inclusive OR literal with W
Syntax: [ label ] IORLW k
Operands: 0 k 255
Operation: (W) .OR. k (W)
Status Affected: Z
Description: The contents of the W register are
OR’ed with the 8-bit literal ‘k’. The
result is placed in the W register.
IORWF Inclusive OR W with f
Syntax: [ label ] IORWF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (W) .OR. (f) (destination)
Status Affected: Z
Description: Inclusive OR the W register with regis-
ter ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed in
the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is
placed back in register ‘f’.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 309
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
LSLF Logical Left Shift
Syntax: [ label ] LSLF f {,d}
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (f<7>) C
(f<6:0>) dest<7:1>
0 dest<0>
Status Affected: C, Z
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are shifted
one bit to the left through the Carry flag.
A ‘0’ is shifted into the LSb. If ‘d’ is ‘0’,
the result is placed in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the
result is stored back in register ‘f’.
LSRF Logical Right Shift
Syntax: [ label ] LSRF f {,d}
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: 0 dest<7>
(f<7:1>) dest<6:0>,
(f<0>) C,
Status Affected: C, Z
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are shifted
one bit to the right through the Carry
flag. A ‘0’ is shifted into the MSb. If ‘d’ is
‘0’, the result is placed in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’,
the result is stored back in register ‘f’.
register f 0
C
register f C0
MOVF Move f
Syntax: [ label ] MOVF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (f) (dest)
Status Affected: Z
Description: The contents of register f is moved to
a destination dependent upon the
status of d. If d = 0,
destination is W register. If d = 1, the
destination is file register f itself. d = 1
is useful to test a file register since
status flag Z is affected.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: MOVF FSR, 0
After Instruction
W = value in FSR register
Z= 1
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 310 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
MOVIW Move INDFn to W
Syntax: [ label ] MOVIW ++FSRn
[ label ] MOVIW --FSRn
[ label ] MOVIW FSRn++
[ label ] MOVIW FSRn--
[ label ] MOVIW k[FSRn]
Operands: n [0,1]
mm [00,01, 10, 11]
-32 k 31
Operation: INDFn W
Effective address is determined by
• FSR + 1 (preincrement)
• FSR - 1 (predecrement)
• FSR + k (relative offset)
After the Move, the FSR value will be
either:
• FSR + 1 (all increments)
• FSR - 1 (all decrements)
• Unchanged
Status Affected: Z
Mode Syntax mm
Preincrement ++FSRn 00
Predecrement --FSRn 01
Postincrement FSRn++ 10
Postdecrement FSRn-- 11
Description: This instruction is used to move data
between W and one of the indirect
registers (INDFn). Before/after this
move, the pointer (FSRn) is updated by
pre/post incrementing/decrementing it.
Note: The INDFn registers are not
physical registers. Any instruction that
accesses an INDFn register actually
accesses the register at the address
specified by the FSRn.
FSRn is limited to the range 0000h -
FFFFh. Incrementing/decrementing it
beyond these bounds will cause it to
wrap-around.
MOVLB Move literal to BSR
Syntax: [ label ] MOVLB k
Operands: 0 k 31
Operation: k BSR
Status Affected: None
Description: The 5-bit literal ‘k’ is loaded into the
Bank Select Register (BSR).
MOVLP Move literal to PCLATH
Syntax: [ label ] MOVLP k
Operands: 0 k 127
Operation: k PCLATH
Status Affected: None
Description: The 7-bit literal ‘k’ is loaded into the
PCLATH register.
MOVLW Move literal to W
Syntax: [ label ] MOVLW k
Operands: 0 k 255
Operation: k (W)
Status Affected: None
Description: The 8-bit literal ‘k’ is loaded into W reg-
ister. The “don’t cares” will assemble as
‘0’s.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: MOVLW 0x5A
After Instruction
W = 0x5A
MOVWF Move W to f
Syntax: [ label ] MOVWF f
Operands: 0 f 127
Operation: (W) (f)
Status Affected: None
Description: Move data from W register to register
‘f’.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: MOVWF OPTION_REG
Before Instruction
OPTION_REG = 0xFF
W = 0x4F
After Instruction
OPTION_REG = 0x4F
W = 0x4F
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 311
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
MOVWI Move W to INDFn
Syntax: [ label ] MOVWI ++FSRn
[ label ] MOVWI --FSRn
[ label ] MOVWI FSRn++
[ label ] MOVWI FSRn--
[ label ] MOVWI k[FSRn]
Operands: n [0,1]
mm [00,01, 10, 11]
-32 k 31
Operation: W INDFn
Effective address is determined by
• FSR + 1 (preincrement)
• FSR - 1 (predecrement)
• FSR + k (relative offset)
After the Move, the FSR value will be
either:
• FSR + 1 (all increments)
• FSR - 1 (all decrements)
Unchanged
Status Affected: None
Mode Syntax mm
Preincrement ++FSRn 00
Predecrement --FSRn 01
Postincrement FSRn++ 10
Postdecrement FSRn-- 11
Description: This instruction is used to move data
between W and one of the indirect
registers (INDFn). Before/after this
move, the pointer (FSRn) is updated by
pre/post incrementing/decrementing it.
Note: The INDFn registers are not
physical registers. Any instruction that
accesses an INDFn register actually
accesses the register at the address
specified by the FSRn.
FSRn is limited to the range 0000h -
FFFFh. Incrementing/decrementing it
beyond these bounds will cause it to
wrap-around.
The increment/decrement operation on
FSRn WILL NOT affect any Status bits.
NOP No Operation
Syntax: [ label ] NOP
Operands: None
Operation: No operation
Status Affected: None
Description: No operation.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: NOP
OPTION Load OPTION_REG Register
with W
Syntax: [ label ] OPTION
Operands: None
Operation: (W) OPTION_REG
Status Affected: None
Description: Move data from W register to
OPTION_REG register.
RESET Software Reset
Syntax: [ label ] RESET
Operands: None
Operation: Execute a device Reset. Resets the
RI flag of the PCON register.
Status Affected: None
Description: This instruction provides a way to
execute a hardware Reset by soft-
ware.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 312 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
RETFIE Return from Interrupt
Syntax: [ label ] RETFIE
Operands: None
Operation: TOS PC,
1 GIE
Status Affected: None
Description: Return from Interrupt. Stack is POPed
and Top-of-Stack (TOS) is loaded in
the PC. Interrupts are enabled by
setting Global Interrupt Enable bit,
GIE (INTCON<7>). This is a 2-cycle
instruction.
Words: 1
Cycles: 2
Example: RETFIE
After Interrupt
PC = TOS
GIE = 1
RETLW Return with literal in W
Syntax: [ label ] RETLW k
Operands: 0 k 255
Operation: k (W);
TOS PC
Status Affected: None
Description: The W register is loaded with the 8-bit
literal ‘k’. The program counter is
loaded from the top of the stack (the
return address). This is a 2-cycle
instruction.
Words: 1
Cycles: 2
Example:
TABLE
CALL TABLE;W contains table
;offset value
• ;W now has table value
•
•
ADDWF PC ;W = offset
RETLW k1 ;Begin table
RETLW k2 ;
•
•
•
RETLW kn ; End of table
Before Instruction
W = 0x07
After Instruction
W = value of k8
RETURN Return from Subroutine
Syntax: [ label ] RETURN
Operands: None
Operation: TOS PC
Status Affected: None
Description: Return from subroutine. The stack is
POPed and the top of the stack (TOS)
is loaded into the program counter.
This is a 2-cycle instruction.
RLF Rotate Left f through Carry
Syntax: [ label ] RLF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: See description below
Status Affected: C
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are rotated
one bit to the left through the Carry
flag. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed in
the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is
stored back in register ‘f’.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: RLF REG1,0
Before Instruction
REG1 = 1110 0110
C=0
After Instruction
REG1 = 1110 0110
W = 1100 1100
C=1
Register fC
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 313
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
RRF Rotate Right f through Carry
Syntax: [ label ] RRF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: See description below
Status Affected: C
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are rotated
one bit to the right through the Carry
flag. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed in
the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is
placed back in register ‘f’.
SLEEP Enter Sleep mode
Syntax: [ label ]SLEEP
Operands: None
Operation: 00h WDT,
0 WDT prescaler,
1 TO,
0 PD
Status Affected: TO, PD
Description: The power-down Status bit, PD is
cleared. Time-out Status bit, TO is
set. Watchdog Timer and its pres-
caler are cleared.
The processor is put into Sleep mode
with the oscillator stopped.
Register fC
SUBLW Subtract W from literal
Syntax: [ label ]SUBLW k
Operands: 0 k 255
Operation: k - (W) W)
Status Affected: C, DC, Z
Description: The W register is subtracted (2’s com-
plement method) from the 8-bit literal
‘k’. The result is placed in the W regis-
ter.
SUBWF Subtract W from f
Syntax: [ label ] SUBWF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (f) - (W) destination)
Status Affected: C, DC, Z
Description: Subtract (2’s complement method) W
register from register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the
result is stored in the W
register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is stored
back in register ‘f.
SUBWFB Subtract W from f with Borrow
Syntax: SUBWFB f {,d}
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (f) – (W) – (B) dest
Status Affected: C, DC, Z
Description: Subtract W and the BORROW flag
(CARRY) from register ‘f’ (2’s comple-
ment method). If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is
stored in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is
stored back in register ‘f’.
C = 0W k
C = 1W k
DC = 0W<3:0> k<3:0>
DC = 1W<3:0> k<3:0>
C = 0W f
C = 1W f
DC = 0W<3:0> f<3:0>
DC = 1W<3:0> f<3:0>
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 314 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
SWAPF Swap Nibbles in f
Syntax: [ label ] SWAPF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (f<3:0>) (destination<7:4>),
(f<7:4>) (destination<3:0>)
Status Affected: None
Description: The upper and lower nibbles of regis-
ter ‘f’ are exchanged. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the
result is placed in the W register. If ‘d’
is ‘1’, the result is placed in register ‘f’.
TRIS Load TRIS Register with W
Syntax: [ label ] TRIS f
Operands: 5 f 7
Operation: (W) TRIS register ‘f’
Status Affected: None
Description: Move data from W register to TRIS
register.
When ‘f’ = 5, TRISA is loaded.
When ‘f’ = 6, TRISB is loaded.
When ‘f’ = 7, TRISC is loaded.
XORLW Exclusive OR literal with W
Syntax: [ label ] XORLW k
Operands: 0 k 255
Operation: (W) .XOR. k W)
Status Affected: Z
Description: The contents of the W register are
XOR’ed with the 8-bit
literal ‘k’. The result is placed in the
W register.
XORWF Exclusive OR W with f
Syntax: [ label ] XORWF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (W) .XOR. (f) destination)
Status Affected: Z
Description: Exclusive OR the contents of the W
register with register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the
result is stored in the W register. If ‘d’
is ‘1’, the result is stored back in regis-
ter ‘f’.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 315
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
28.0 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
28.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings(†)
Ambient temperature under bias...................................................................................................... -40°C to +125°C
Storage temperature ........................................................................................................................ -65°C to +150°C
Voltage on pins with respect to VSS
on VDD pin
PIC12F1612/16F1613 .............................................................................................. -0.3V to +6.5V
PIC12LF1612/16LF1613 .......................................................................................... -0.3V to +4.0V
on MCLR pin ........................................................................................................................... -0.3V to +9.0V
on all other pins ............................................................................................................ -0.3V to (VDD + 0.3V)
Maximum current
on VSS pin(1)
-40°C TA +85°C .............................................................................................................. 170 mA
-40°C TA +125°C .............................................................................................................. 70 mA
on VDD pin(1)
-40°C TA +85°C .............................................................................................................. 170 mA
-40°C TA +125°C .............................................................................................................. 70 mA
on any I/O pin ..................................................................................................................................... 25 mA
Clamp current, IK (VPIN < 0 or VPIN > VDD) ................................................................................................... 20 mA
Note 1: Maximum current rating requires even load distribution across I/O pins. Maximum current rating may be
limited by the device package power dissipation characterizations, see Table 28-6: “Thermal
Characteristics” to calculate device specifications.
† NOTICE: Stresses above those listed under “Absolute Maximum Ratings” may cause permanent damage to the
device. This is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device at those or any other conditions above those
indicated in the operation listings of this specification is not implied. Exposure above maximum rating conditions for
extended periods may affect device reliability.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 316 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
28.2 Standard Operating Conditions
The standard operating conditions for any device are defined as:
Operating Voltage: VDDMIN VDD VDDMAX
Operating Temperature: TA_MIN TA TA_MAX
VDD — Operating Supply Voltage(1)
PIC12LF1612/16LF1613
VDDMIN (Fosc 16 MHz).......................................................................................................... +1.8V
VDDMIN (Fosc 32 MHz).......................................................................................................... +2.5V
VDDMAX .................................................................................................................................... +3.6V
PIC12F1612/16F1613
VDDMIN (Fosc 16 MHz).......................................................................................................... +2.3V
VDDMIN (Fosc 32 MHz).......................................................................................................... +2.5V
VDDMAX .................................................................................................................................... +5.5V
TA — Operating Ambient Temperature Range
Industrial Temperature
TA_MIN ...................................................................................................................................... -40°C
TA_MAX .................................................................................................................................... +85°C
Extended Temperature
TA_MIN ...................................................................................................................................... -40°C
TA_MAX .................................................................................................................................. +125°C
Note 1: See Parameter D001, DS Characteristics: Supply Voltage.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 317
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
FIGURE 28-1: VOLTAGE FREQUENCY GRAPH, -40°C TA +125°C,
PIC12F1612/16F1613 ONLY
FIGURE 28-2: VOLTAGE FREQUENCY GRAPH, -40°C TA +125°C,
PIC12LF1612/16LF1613 ONLY
Rev. 10-000130B
9/19/2013
5.5
2.5
2.3
01632
VDD (V)
Frequency (MHz)
Note 1: The shaded region indicates the permissible combinations of voltage and frequency.
2: Refer to Table 28-7 for each Oscillator mode’s supported frequencies.
Rev. 10-000131B
9/19/2013
3.6
2.5
1.8
01632
VDD (V)
Frequency (MHz)
Note 1: The shaded region indicates the permissible combinations of voltage and frequency.
2: Refer to Table 28-7 for each Oscillator mode’s supported frequencies.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 318 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
28.3 DC Characteristics
TABLE 28-1: SUPPLY VOLTAGE
PIC12LF1612/16LF1613 Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
PIC12F1612/16F1613
Param.
No.
Sym. Characteristic Min. Typ† Max. Units Conditions
D001 VDD Supply Voltage
VDDMIN
1.8
2.5
—
—
VDDMAX
3.6
3.6
V
V
FOSC 16 MHz
FOSC 32 MHz
D001 2.3
2.5
—
—
5.5
5.5
V
V
FOSC 16 MHz
FOSC 32 MHz
D002* VDR RAM Data Retention Voltage(1)
1.5 — — V Device in Sleep mode
D002* 1.7 — — V Device in Sleep mode
D002A* VPOR Power-on Reset Release Voltage(2)
—1.6— V
D002A* —1.6 — V
D002B* VPORR*Power-on Reset Rearm Voltage(2)
—0.8— V
D002B* —1.5 — V
D003 VFVR Fixed Voltage Reference Voltage
— 1.024 — V -40°C TA +85°C
D003 —1.024 — V -40°C TA +85°C
D003A VADFVR FVR Gain Voltage Accuracy for ADC
-4 — +4 % 1x VFVR, VDD 2.5V
2x VFVR, VDD 2.5V
D003A -4 —+4 %1x VFVR, VDD 2.5V
2x VFVR, VDD 2.5V
4x VFVR, VDD 4.75V
D003B VCDAFVR FVR Gain Voltage Accuracy for Comparator
-4 — +4 % 1x VFVR, VDD 2.5V
2x VFVR, VDD 2.5V
D003B -4 —+4 %1x VFVR, VDD 2.5V
2x VFVR, VDD 2.5V
4x VFVR, VDD 4.75V
D004* SVDD VDD Rise Rate(2)
0.05 — — V/ms Ensures that the Power-on Reset
signal is released properly.
D004* 0.05 — — V/ms Ensures that the Power-on Reset
signal is released properly.
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
† Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not
tested.
Note 1: This is the limit to which VDD can be lowered in Sleep mode without losing RAM data.
2: See Figure 28-3, POR and POR REARM with Slow Rising VDD.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 319
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
FIGURE 28-3: POR AND POR REARM WITH SLOW RISING VDD
VDD
VPOR
VPORR
VSS
VSS
NPOR(1)
TPOR(3)
POR REARM
Note 1: When NPOR is low, the device is held in Reset.
2: TPOR 1 s typical.
3: TVLOW 2.7 s typical.
TVLOW(2)
SVDD
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 320 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 28-2: SUPPLY CURRENT (IDD)(1,2)
PIC12LF1612/16LF1613 Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
PIC12F1612/16F1613
Param.
No.
Device
Characteristics Min. Typ† Max. Units
Conditions
VDD Note
D013 — 30 65 A1.8F
OSC = 1 MHz,
External Clock (ECM),
Medium-Power mode
—55100A3.0
D013 —65 110 A2.3 FOSC = 1 MHz,
External Clock (ECM),
Medium-Power mode
—85 140 A3.0
—115 190 A5.0
D014 — 115 190 A1.8FOSC = 4 MHz,
External Clock (ECM),
Medium-Power mode
— 210 310 A3.0
D014 —180 270 A2.3 FOSC = 4 MHz,
External Clock (ECM),
Medium-Power mode
—240 365 A3.0
—295 460 A5.0
D015 — 9.6 36 A1.8FOSC = 31 kHz,
LFINTOSC,
-40°C TA +85°C
—16.2 60 A3.0
D015 —39 84 A2.3 FOSC = 31 kHz,
LFINTOSC,
-40°C TA +85°C
—45 90 A3.0
—51 108 A5.0
D016 — 215 360 A1.8FOSC = 500 kHz,
HFINTOSC
— 275 480 A3.0
D016 —270 450 A2.3 FOSC = 500 kHz,
HFINTOSC
—300 500 A3.0
—350 620 A5.0
D017* — 410 660 A1.8F
OSC = 8 MHz,
HFINTOSC
— 630 970 A3.0
D017* —530 750 A2.3 FOSC = 8 MHz,
HFINTOSC
—660 1100 A3.0
—730 1200 A5.0
D018 — 600 940 A1.8FOSC = 16 MHz,
HFINTOSC
— 970 1400 A3.0
D018 —780 1200 A2.3 FOSC = 16 MHz,
HFINTOSC
—1000 1550 A3.0
—1090 1700 A5.0
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
† Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance
only and are not tested.
Note 1: The test conditions for all IDD measurements in active operation mode are: OSC1 = external square wave,
from rail-to-rail; all I/O pins tri-stated, pulled to VSS; MCLR = VDD; WDT disabled.
2: The supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. Other factors, such as I/O
pin loading and switching rate, oscillator type, internal code execution pattern and temperature, also have
an impact on the current consumption.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 321
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
D019 — 1.6 5.0 mA 3.0 FOSC = 32 MHz, HFINTOSC
— 1.9 6.0 mA 3.6
D019 —1.6 5.0 mA 3.0 FOSC = 32 MHz, HFINTOSC
—1.9 6.0 mA 5.0
D020A — 1.6 5.0 mA 3.0 FOSC = 32 MHz,
External Clock (ECH),
High-Power mode
— 1.9 6.0 mA 3.6
D020A —1.6 5.0 mA 3.0 FOSC = 32 MHz,
External Clock (ECH),
High-Power mode
—1.9 6.0 mA 5.0
D020B — 6 16 A1.8F
OSC = 32 kHz,
External Clock (ECL),
Low-Power mode
—822A3.0
D020B —13 28 A2.3 FOSC = 32 kHz,
External Clock (ECL),
Low-Power mode
—15 31 A3.0
—16 36 A5.0
D020C — 19 35 A1.8FOSC = 500 kHz,
External Clock (ECL),
Low-Power mode
—3255A3.0
D020C —31 52 A2.3 FOSC = 500 kHz,
External Clock (ECL),
Low-Power mode
—38 65 A3.0
—44 74 A5.0
TABLE 28-2: SUPPLY CURRENT (IDD)(1,2) (CONTINUED)
PIC12LF1612/16LF1613 Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
PIC12F1612/16F1613
Param.
No.
Device
Characteristics Min. Typ† Max. Units
Conditions
VDD Note
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
† Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance
only and are not tested.
Note 1: The test conditions for all IDD measurements in active operation mode are: OSC1 = external square wave,
from rail-to-rail; all I/O pins tri-stated, pulled to VSS; MCLR = VDD; WDT disabled.
2: The supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. Other factors, such as I/O
pin loading and switching rate, oscillator type, internal code execution pattern and temperature, also have
an impact on the current consumption.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 322 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 28-3: POWER-DOWN CURRENTS (IPD)(1,2)
PIC12LF1612/16LF1613 Operating Conditions: (unless otherwise stated)
Low-Power Sleep Mode
PIC12F1612/16F1613 Low-Power Sleep Mode, VREGPM = 1
Param.
No. Device Characteristics Min. Typ† Max.
+85°C
Max.
+125°C Units
Conditions
VDD Note
D022 Base IPD — 0.020 1.0 8.0 A 1.8 WDT, BOR, FVR disabled, all
Peripherals inactive
— 0.025 2.0 9.0 A3.0
D022 Base IPD —0.25 3.0 10 A2.3 WDT, BOR, FVR disabled, all
Peripherals inactive,
Low-Power Sleep mode
—0.30 4.0 12 A3.0
—0.40 6.0 15 A5.0
D022A Base IPD —9.8 16 18 A2.3 WDT, BOR, FVR disabled, all
Peripherals inactive,
Normal-Power Sleep mode,
VREGPM = 0
—10.3 18 20 A3.0
—11.5 21 26 A5.0
D023 — 0.26 2.0 9.0 A 1.8 WDT Current
— 0.44 3.0 10 A3.0
D023 —0.43 6.0 15 A2.3 WDT Current
—0.53 7.0 20 A3.0
—0.64 8.0 22 A5.0
D023A — 15 28 30 A 1.8 FVR Current
—18 30 33 A3.0
D023A —18 33 35 A2.3 FVR Current
—19 35 37 A3.0
—20 37 39 A5.0
D024 — 6.0 17 20 A 3.0 BOR Current
D024 —7.0 17 30 A3.0 BOR Current
—8.0 20 40 A5.0
D24A — 0.1 4.0 10 A 3.0 LPBOR Current
D24A —0.35 5.0 14 A3.0 LPBOR Current
—0.45 8.0 17 A5.0
D026 — 0.11 1.5 9.0 A 1.8 ADC Current (Note 3),
No conversion in progress
— 0.12 2.7 10 A3.0
D026 —0.30 4.0 11 A2.3 ADC Current (Note 3),
No conversion in progress
—0.35 5.0 13 A3.0
—0.45 8.0 16 A5.0
D026A* — 250 — — A 1.8 ADC Current (Note 3),
Conversion in progress
—250 — — A3.0
D026A* —280 — — A2.3 ADC Current (Note 3),
Conversion in progress
—280 — — A3.0
—280 — — A5.0
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
† Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are
not tested.
Legend: TBD = To Be Determined
Note 1: The peripheral current can be determined by subtracting the base IPD current from this limit. Max. values should be
used when calculating total current consumption.
2: The power-down current in Sleep mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is measured with
the part in Sleep mode, with all I/O pins in high-impedance state and tied to VSS.
3: ADC clock source is FRC.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 323
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
D027 — 7 22 25 A 1.8 Comparator,
CxSP = 0
— 8 23 27 A3.0
D027 —17 35 37 A2.3 Comparator,
CxSP = 0
—18 37 38 A3.0
—19 38 40 A5.0
TABLE 28-3: POWER-DOWN CURRENTS (IPD)(1,2) (CONTINUED)
PIC12LF1612/16LF1613 Operating Conditions: (unless otherwise stated)
Low-Power Sleep Mode
PIC12F1612/16F1613 Low-Power Sleep Mode, VREGPM = 1
Param.
No. Device Characteristics Min. Typ† Max.
+85°C
Max.
+125°C Units
Conditions
VDD Note
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
† Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are
not tested.
Legend: TBD = To Be Determined
Note 1: The peripheral current can be determined by subtracting the base IPD current from this limit. Max. values should be
used when calculating total current consumption.
2: The power-down current in Sleep mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is measured with
the part in Sleep mode, with all I/O pins in high-impedance state and tied to VSS.
3: ADC clock source is FRC.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 324 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 28-4: I/O PORTS
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristic Min. Typ† Max. Units Conditions
VIL Input Low Voltage
I/O PORT:
D030 with TTL buffer — — 0.8 V 4.5V VDD 5.5V
D030A — — 0.15 VDD V1.8V VDD 4.5V
D031 with Schmitt Trigger buffer — — 0.2 VDD V2.0V VDD 5.5V
D032 MCLR ——0.2VDD V
VIH Input High Voltage
I/O PORT:
D040 with TTL buffer 2.0 — — V 4.5V VDD 5.5V
D040A 0.25 VDD +
0.8
——V1.8V VDD 4.5V
D041 with Schmitt Trigger buffer 0.8 VDD ——V2.0V VDD 5.5V
D042 MCLR 0.8 VDD ——V
IIL Input Leakage Current(1)
D060 I/O Ports — ± 5 ± 125 nA VSS VPIN VDD,
Pin at high-impedance, 85°C
— ± 5 ± 1000 nA VSS VPIN VDD,
Pin at high-impedance, 125°C
D061 MCLR(3) —± 50± 200nAVSS VPIN VDD,
Pin at high-impedance, 85°C
IPUR Weak Pull-up Current
D070* 25 100 200 AV
DD = 3.3V, VPIN = VSS
25 140 300 AVDD = 5.0V, VPIN = VSS
VOL Output Low Voltage(3)
D080 I/O Ports
——0.6V
IOL = 8 mA, VDD = 5V
IOL = 6 mA, VDD = 3.3V
IOL = 1.8 mA, VDD = 1.8V
VOH Output High Voltage(3)
D090 I/O Ports
VDD - 0.7 — — V
IOH = 3.5 mA, VDD = 5V
IOH = 3 mA, VDD = 3.3V
IOH = 1 mA, VDD = 1.8V
D101A* CIO All I/O pins — — 50 pF
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
† Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are
not tested.
Note 1: Negative current is defined as current sourced by the pin.
2: The leakage current on the MCLR pin is strongly dependent on the applied voltage level. The specified levels represent
normal operating conditions. Higher leakage current may be measured at different input voltages.
3: Excluding OSC2 in CLKOUT mode.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 325
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
TABLE 28-5: MEMORY PROGRAMMING SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristic Min. Typ† Max. Units Conditions
Program Memory
Programming Specifications
D110 VIHH Voltage on MCLR/VPP pin 8.0 — 9.0 V (Note 2)
D111 IDDP Supply Current during
Programming
——10mA
D112 VBE VDD for Bulk Erase 2.7 — VDDMAX V
D113 VPEW VDD for Write or Row Erase VDDMIN —VDDMAX V
D114 IPPPGM Current on MCLR/VPP during
Erase/Write
—1.0—mA
D115 IDDPGM Current on VDD during
Erase/Write
—5.0—
mA
Program Flash Memory
D121 EPCell Endurance 10K — — E/W -40C TA +85C
(Note 1)
D122 VPRW VDD for Read/Write VDDMIN —VDDMAX V
D123 TIW Self-timed Write Cycle Time — 2 2.5 ms
D124 TRETD Characteristic Retention — 40 — Year Provided no other
specifications are violated
D125 EHEFC High-Endurance Flash Cell 100K — — E/W 0C TA +60°C, lower
byte last 128 addresses
† Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance
only and are not tested.
Note 1: Self-write and Block Erase.
2: Required only if single-supply programming is disabled.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 326 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 28-6: THERMAL CHARACTERISTICS
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristic Typ. Units Conditions
TH01 JA Thermal Resistance Junction to Ambient 62.2 C/W 20-pin DIP package
77.7 C/W 20-pin SOIC package
87.3 C/W 20-pin SSOP package
43 C/W 20-pin QFN 4X4mm package
TH02 JC Thermal Resistance Junction to Case 27.5 C/W 20-pin DIP package
23.1 C/W 20-pin SOIC package
31.1 C/W 20-pin SSOP package
5.3 C/W 20-pin QFN 4X4mm package
TH03 TJMAX Maximum Junction Temperature 150 C
TH04 PD Power Dissipation — W PD = PINTERNAL + PI/O
TH05 PINTERNAL Internal Power Dissipation — W PINTERNAL = IDD x VDD(1)
TH06 PI/OI/O Power Dissipation — W PI/O = (IOL * VOL) + (IOH * (VDD - VOH))
TH07 PDER Derated Power — W PDER = PDMAX (TJ - TA)/JA(2)
Note 1: IDD is current to run the chip alone without driving any load on the output pins.
2: TA = Ambient Temperature; TJ = Junction Temperature
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 327
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
28.4 AC Characteristics
Timing Parameter Symbology has been created with one of the following formats:
FIGURE 28-4: LOAD CONDITIONS
1. TppS2ppS
2. TppS
T
F Frequency T Time
Lowercase letters (pp) and their meanings:
pp
cc CCP1 osc CLKIN
ck CLKOUT rd RD
cs CS rw RD or WR
di SDIx sc SCKx
do SDO ss SS
dt Data in t0 T0CKI
io I/O PORT t1 T1CKI
mc MCLR wr WR
Uppercase letters and their meanings:
S
FFall PPeriod
HHigh RRise
I Invalid (High-impedance) V Valid
L Low Z High-impedance
Load Condition
Legend: CL=50 pF for all pins
Pin
CL
VSS
Rev. 10-000133A
8/1/2013
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 328 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 28-5: CLOCK TIMING
TABLE 28-7: CLOCK OSCILLATOR TIMING REQUIREMENTS
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristic Min. Typ† Max. Units Conditions
OS01 FOSC External CLKIN Frequency(1) DC — 0.5 MHz External Clock (ECL)
DC — 4 MHz External Clock (ECM)
DC — 32 MHz External Clock (ECH)
OS02 TOSC External CLKIN Period(1) 31.25 — ns External Clock (EC)
OS03 TCY Instruction Cycle Time(1) 200 TCY DC ns TCY = 4/FOSC
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
† Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not
tested.
Note 1: Instruction cycle period (T
CY) equals four times the input oscillator time base period. All specified values are based on
characterization data for that particular oscillator type under standard operating conditions with the device executing code.
Exceeding these specified limits may result in an unstable oscillator operation and/or higher than expected current con-
sumption. All devices are tested to operate at “min” values with an external clock applied to CLKIN pin. When an external
clock input is used, the “max” cycle time limit is “DC” (no clock) for all devices.
CLKIN
CLKOUT
Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1
OS02
OS03
(CLKOUT mode)
Note 1: See Table 28-10.
OS11
OS12
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 329
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
TABLE 28-8: OSCILLATOR PARAMETERS
FIGURE 28-6: HFINTOSC FREQUENCY ACCURACY OVER VDD AND TEMPERATURE
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristic Freq.
Tolerance Min. Typ† Max. Units Conditions
OS08 HFOSC Internal Calibrated HFINTOSC
Frequency(1)
±2% — 16.0 — MHz VDD = 3.0V, TA = 25°C,
(Note 2)
OS09 LFOSC Internal LFINTOSC Frequency — — 31 — kHz (Note 3)
OS10* TIOSC ST HFINTOSC
Wake-up from Sleep Start-up Time
——515s
OS10A* TLFOSC ST LFINTOSC
Wake-up from Sleep Start-up Time
— — 0.5 — ms -40°C TA +125°C
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
† Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are
not tested.
Note 1: To ensure these oscillator frequency tolerances, VDD and VSS must be capacitively decoupled as close to the device as
possible. 0.1 F and 0.01 F values in parallel are recommended.
2: See Figure 28-6: “HFINTOSC Frequency Accuracy over Device VDD and Temperature”,
Figure 29-27: “HFINTOSC Accuracy Over Temperature, VDD = 1.8V, PIC12LF1612/16LF1613 Only” and
Figure 29-28: “HFINTOSC Accuracy Over Temperature, 2.3V VDD 5.5V”.
3: See Figure 29-25: “LFINTOSC Frequency over VDD and Temperature, PIC12LF1612/16LF1613 Only”, and
Figure 29-26: “LFINTOSC Frequency over VDD and Temperature, PIC12F1612/16F1613 Only”.
VDD (V)
125
85
60
25
0
-40
1.8 2.3 5.5
±2%
±3%
±5%
±5%
Temperature (°C)
Rev . 10 -000 135B
12/4 /201 3
Note: See Figure 29-27: “HFINTOSC Accuracy Over Temperature, VDD = 1.8V, PIC12LF1612/16LF1613 Only”,
and Figure 29-28: “HFINTOSC Accuracy Over Temperature, 2.3V VDD 5.5V”.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 330 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 28-9: PLL CLOCK TIMING SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Param
No. Sym. Characteristic Min. Typ† Max. Units Conditions
F10 FOSC Oscillator Frequency Range 4 — 8 MHz
F11 FSYS On-Chip VCO System Frequency 16 — 32 MHz
F12 TRC PLL Start-up Time (Lock Time) — — 2 ms
F13* CLK CLKOUT Stability (Jitter) -0.25% — +0.25% %
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
† Data in “Typ” column is at 5V, 25C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance
only and are not tested.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 331
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
FIGURE 28-7: CLKOUT AND I/O TIMING
TABLE 28-10: CLKOUT AND I/O TIMING PARAMETERS
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristic Min. Typ† Max. Units Conditions
OS11 TosH2ckL FOSC to CLKOUT(1) — — 70 ns 3.3V VDD 5.0V
OS12 TosH2ckH FOSC to CLKOUT(1) — — 72 ns 3.3V VDD 5.0V
OS13 TckL2ioV CLKOUT to Port out valid(1) — — 20 ns
OS14 TioV2ckH Port input valid before CLKOUT(1) TOSC + 200 ns — — ns
OS15 TosH2ioV Fosc (Q1 cycle) to Port out valid — 50 70* ns 3.3V VDD 5.0V
OS16 TosH2ioI Fosc (Q2 cycle) to Port input invalid
(I/O in setup time)
50 — — ns 3.3V VDD 5.0V
OS17 TioV2osH Port input valid to Fosc(Q2 cycle)
(I/O in setup time)
20 — — ns
OS18* TioR Port output rise time —
—
40
15
72
32
ns VDD = 1.8V
3.3V VDD 5.0V
OS19* TioF Port output fall time —
—
28
15
55
30
ns VDD = 1.8V
3.3V VDD 5.0V
OS20* Tinp INT pin input high or low time 25 — — ns
OS21* Tioc Interrupt-on-change new input level time 25 — — ns
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
† Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25C unless otherwise stated.
Note 1: Measurements are taken in EXTRC mode where CLKOUT output is 4 x TOSC.
FOSC
CLKOUT
I/O pin
(Input)
I/O pin
(Output)
Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3
OS11
OS19
OS13
OS15
OS18, OS19
OS20
OS21
OS17
OS16
OS14
OS12
OS18
Old Value New Value
Write Fetch Read ExecuteCycle
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 332 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 28-8: RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER AND POWER-UP
TIMER TIMING
VDD
MCLR
Internal
POR
PWRT
Time-out
OSC
Start-up Time
Internal Reset(1)
Watchdog Timer
33
32
30
31
34
I/O pins
34
Note 1: Asserted low.
Reset(1)
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 333
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
TABLE 28-11: RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER, POWER-UP TIMER
AND BROWN-OUT RESET PARAMETERS
FIGURE 28-9: BROWN-OUT RESET TIMING AND CHARACTERISTICS
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristic Min. Typ† Max. Units Conditions
30 TMCLMCLR Pulse Width (low) 2 — — s
31 TWDTLP Low-Power Watchdog Timer
Time-out Period
10 16 27 ms VDD = 3.3V-5V,
1:16 Prescaler used
32 TOST Oscillator Start-up Timer Period(1) — 1024 — TOSC
33* TPWRT Power-up Timer Period 40 65 140 ms PWRTE =0
34* TIOZ I/O high-impedance from MCLR Low
or Watchdog Timer Reset
——2.0s
35 VBOR Brown-out Reset Voltage(2) 2.55
2.35
1.80
2.70
2.45
1.90
2.85
2.58
2.05
V
V
V
BORV = 0
BORV = 1
(PIC12F1612/16F1613)
BORV = 1
(PIC12LF1612/16LF1613)
36* VHYST Brown-out Reset Hysteresis 0 25 60 mV -40°C TA +85°C
37* TBORDC Brown-out Reset DC Response Time 1 16 35 sVDD VBOR
38 VLPBOR Low-Power Brown-Out Reset Voltage 1.8 2.1 2.5 V LPBOR = 1
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
† Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance
only and are not tested.
Note 1: By design, the Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) counts the first 1024 cycles, independent of frequency.
2: To ensure these voltage tolerances, VDD and VSS must be capacitively decoupled as close to the device as
possible. 0.1 F and 0.01 F values in parallel are recommended.
VBOR
VDD
(Device in Brown-out Reset) (Device not in Brown-out Reset)
33
Reset
(due to BOR)
VBOR and VHYST
37
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 334 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 28-10: TIMER0 AND TIMER1 EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMINGS
TABLE 28-12: TIMER0 AND TIMER1 EXTERNAL CLOCK REQUIREMENTS
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristic Min. Typ† Max. Units Conditions
40* TT0H T0CKI High Pulse Width No Prescaler 0.5 TCY + 20 — — ns
With Prescaler 10 — — ns
41* TT0L T0CKI Low Pulse Width No Prescaler 0.5 TCY + 20 — — ns
With Prescaler 10 — — ns
42* TT0P T0CKI Period Greater of:
20 or TCY + 40
N
— — ns N = prescale value
45* TT1H T1CKI High
Time
Synchronous, No Prescaler 0.5 TCY + 20 — — ns
Synchronous, with Prescaler 15 — — ns
Asynchronous 30 — — ns
46* TT1L T1CKI Low
Time
Synchronous, No Prescaler 0.5 TCY + 20 — — ns
Synchronous, with Prescaler 15 — — ns
Asynchronous 30 — — ns
47* TT1P T1CKI Input
Period
Synchronous Greater of:
30 or TCY + 40
N
— — ns N = prescale value
Asynchronous 60 — — ns
49* TCKEZTMR1 Delay from External Clock Edge to Timer
Increment
2 TOSC —7 TOSC — Timers in Sync
mode
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
† Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not
tested.
T0CKI
T1CKI
40 41
42
45 46
47 49
TMR0 or
TMR1
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 335
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
TABLE 28-13: ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL CONVERTER (ADC) CHARACTERISTICS(1,2,3)
Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
VDD = 3.0V, TA = 25°C
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristic Min. Typ† Max. Units Conditions
AD01 NRResolution — — 10 bit
AD02 EIL Integral Error — ±1 ±1.7 LSb VREF = 3.0V
AD03 EDL Differential Error — ±1 ±1 LSb No missing codes
VREF = 3.0V
AD04 EOFF Offset Error — ±1 ±2.5 LSb VREF = 3.0V
AD05 EGN Gain Error — ±1 ±2.0 LSb VREF = 3.0V
AD06 VREF Reference Voltage 1.8 — VDD VVREF = (VRPOS - VRNEG) (Note 4)
AD07 VAIN Full-Scale Range VSS —VREF V
AD08 ZAIN Recommended Impedance of
Analog Voltage Source
—— 10kCan go higher if external 0.01F capacitor is
present on input pin.
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
† Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not
tested.
Note 1: Total Absolute Error includes integral, differential, offset and gain errors.
2: The ADC conversion result never decreases with an increase in the input voltage and has no missing codes.
3: See Section 29.0 “DC and AC Characteristics Graphs and Charts” for operating characterization.
4: ADC VREF is selected by ADPREF<0> bit.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 336 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 28-11: ADC CONVERSION TIMING (ADC CLOCK FOSC-BASED)
FIGURE 28-12: ADC CONVERSION TIMING (ADC CLOCK FROM FRC)
AD131
AD130
BSF ADCON0, GO
Q4
ADC_clk
ADC Data
ADRES
ADIF
GO
Sample
OLD_DATA
Sampling Stopped
DONE
NEW_DATA
987 3210
1 TCY
6
AD133
1 TCY
AD132
AD132
AD131
AD130
BSF ADCON0, GO
Q4
ADC_clk
ADC Data
ADRES
ADIF
GO
Sample
OLD_DATA
Sampling Stopped
DONE
NEW_DATA
9 7 3210
Note 1: If the ADC clock source is selected as FRC, a time of TCY is added before the ADC clock starts. This allows the
SLEEP instruction to be executed.
AD133
6
8
1 TCY
1 TCY
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 337
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
TABLE 28-14: ADC CONVERSION REQUIREMENTS
TABLE 28-15: COMPARATOR SPECIFICATIONS(1)
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristic Min. Typ† Max. Units Conditions
AD130* TAD ADC Clock Period (TADC)1.0—6.0sFOSC-based
ADC Internal FRC Oscillator Period (TFRC)1.0 2.0 6.0s ADCS<2:0> = x11 (ADC FRC mode)
AD131 TCNV Conversion Time
(not including Acquisition Time)(1)
—11—TAD Set GO/DONE bit to conversion
complete
AD132* TACQ Acquisition Time — 5.0 — s
AD133* THCD Holding Capacitor Disconnect Time —
—
1/2 TAD
1/2 TAD + 1TCY
—
—
FOSC-based
ADCS<2:0> = x11 (ADC FRC mode)
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
† Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not
tested.
Note 1: The ADRES register may be read on the following TCY cycle.
Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
VDD = 3.0V, TA = 25°C
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristics Min. Typ. Max. Units Comments
CM01 VIOFF Input Offset Voltage — ±7.5 ±60 mV CxSP = 1,
VICM = VDD/2
CM02 VICM Input Common Mode Voltage 0 — VDD V
CM03 CMRR Common Mode Rejection Ratio — 50 — dB
CM04A
TRESP(2)
Response Time Rising Edge — 400 800 ns CxSP = 1
CM04B Response Time Falling Edge — 200 400 ns CxSP = 1
CM04C Response Time Rising Edge — 1200 — ns CxSP = 0
CM04D Response Time Falling Edge — 550 — ns CxSP = 0
CM05* TMC2OV Comparator Mode Change to
Output Valid
——10s
CM06 CHYSTER Comparator Hysteresis — 25 — mV CxHYS = 1,
CxSP = 1
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Note 1: See Section 29.0 “DC and AC Characteristics Graphs and Charts” for operating characterization.
2: Response time measured with one comparator input at VDD/2, while the other input transitions from VSS to
VDD.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 338 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 28-16: DIGITAL-TO-ANALOG CONVERTER (DAC) SPECIFICATIONS(1)
TABLE 28-17: ZERO CROSS PIN SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
VDD = 3.0V, TA = 25°C
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristics Min. Typ. Max. Units Comments
DAC01* CLSB Step Size — VDD/256 — V
DAC02* CACC Absolute Accuracy — — 1.5 LSb
DAC03* CRUnit Resistor Value (R) — — —
DAC04* CST Settling Time(2) ——10s
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Note 1: See Section 29.0 “DC and AC Characteristics Graphs and Charts” for operating characterization.
2: Settling time measured while DACR<4:0> transitions from ‘0000’ to ‘1111’.
Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
VDD = 3.0V, TA = 25°C
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristics Min. Typ. Max. Units Comments
ZC01 ZCPINV Voltage on Zero Cross Pin — 0.75 — V
ZC02 ZCSRC Source current — 300 — A
ZC03 ZCSNK Sink current — 300 — A
ZC04 ZCISW Response Time Rising Edge — 1 — s
Response Time Falling Edge — 1 — s
ZC05 ZCOUT Response Time Rising Edge — 1 — s
Response Time Falling Edge — 1 — s
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 339
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
29.0 DC AND AC CHARACTERISTICS GRAPHS AND CHARTS
The graphs and tables provided in this section are for design guidance and are not tested.
In some graphs or tables, the data presented are outside specified operating range (i.e., outside specified VDD
range). This is for information only and devices are ensured to operate properly only within the specified range.
“Typical” represents the mean of the distribution at 25C. “MAXIMUM”, “Max.”, “MINIMUM” or “Min.”
represents (mean + 3) or (mean - 3) respectively, where is a standard deviation, over each
temperature range.
Note: The graphs and tables provided following this note are a statistical summary based on a limited number of
samples and are provided for informational purposes only. The performance characteristics listed herein
are not tested or guaranteed. In some graphs or tables, the data presented may be outside the specified
operating range (e.g., outside specified power supply range) and therefore, outside the warranted range.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 340 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 29-1: VOH vs. IOH OVER TEMPERATURE, VDD = 5.5V, PIC12F1612/16F1613 ONLY
FIGURE 29-2: VOL vs. IOL OVER TEMPERATURE, VDD = 5.5V, PIC12F1612/16F1613 ONLY
Min. (-40°C)
Typical (25°C)
Max. (125°C)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
-45 -40 -35 -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0
V
OH
(V)
I
OH
(mA)
Max: 125°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
Min: -40°C - 3ı
Min. (-40°C)
Typical (25°C)
Max. (125°C)
0
1
2
3
4
5
0 102030405060708090100
V
OL
(V)
I
OL
(mA)
Max: 125°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
Min: -40°C - 3ı
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 341
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
FIGURE 29-3: VOH vs. IOH OVER TEMPERATURE, VDD = 3.0V
FIGURE 29-4: VOL vs. IOL OVER TEMPERATURE, VDD = 3.0V
Min. (-40°C) Typical (25°C) Max. (125°C)
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
-15-13-11-9-7-5-3-1
V
OH
(V)
I
OH
(mA)
Max: 125°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
Min: -40°C - 3ı
Min. (-40°C)
Typical (25°C)
Max. (125°C)
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
V
OL
(V)
I
OL
(mA)
Max: 125°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
Min: -40°C - 3ı
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 342 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 29-5: VOH vs. IOH OVER TEMPERATURE, VDD = 1.8V, PIC12LF1612/16LF1613 ONLY
FIGURE 29-6: VOL vs. IOL OVER TEMPERATURE, VDD = 1.8V, PIC12LF1612/16LF1613 ONLY
Min. (-40°C) Typical (25°C) Max. (125°C)
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
-4.5 -4.0 -3.5 -3.0 -2.5 -2.0 -1.5 -1.0 -0.5 0.0
V
OH
(V)
I
OH
(mA)
Max: 125°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
Min: -40°C - 3ı
Min. (-40°C)
Typical (25°C)
Max. (125°C)
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
012345678910
V
OL
(V)
I
OL
(mA)
Max: 125°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
Min: -40°C - 3ı
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 343
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
FIGURE 29-7: POR RELEASE VOLTAGE
FIGURE 29-8: POR REARM VOLTAGE, PIC12F1612/16F1613 ONLY
Typical
Max.
Min.
1.50
1.52
1.54
1.56
1.58
1.60
1.62
1.64
1.66
1.68
1.70
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Voltage (V)
Temperature (°C)
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
Min: Typical - 3ı
Typical
Max.
Min.
1.34
1.36
1.38
1.40
1.42
1.44
1.46
1.48
1.50
1.52
1.54
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Voltage (V)
Temperature (°C)
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
Min: Typical - 3ı
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 344 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 29-9: BROWN-OUT RESET VOLTAGE, BORV = 1, PIC12LF1612/16LF1613 ONLY
FIGURE 29-10: BROWN-OUT RESET HYSTERESIS, BORV = 1, PIC12LF1612/16LF1613 ONLY
Typical
Max.
Min.
1.80
1.85
1.90
1.95
2.00
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Voltage (V)
Temperature (°C)
Max: Typical + 3ı
Min: Typical - 3ı
Typical
Max.
Min.
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Voltage (mV)
Temperature (°C)
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
Min: Typical - 3ı
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 345
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
FIGURE 29-11: BROWN-OUT RESET VOLTAGE, BORV = 1, PIC12F1612/16F1613 ONLY
FIGURE 29-12: BROWN-OUT RESET HYSTERESIS, BORV = 1, PIC12F1612/16F1613 ONLY
Typical
Max.
Min.
2.30
2.35
2.40
2.45
2.50
2.55
2.60
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Voltage (V)
Temperature (°C)
Max: Typical + 3ı
Min: Typical - 3ı
Typical
Max.
Min.
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Voltage (mV)
Temperature (°C)
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
Min: Typical - 3ı
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 346 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 29-13: BROWN-OUT RESET VOLTAGE, BORV = 0
FIGURE 29-14: BROWN-OUT RESET HYSTERESIS, BORV = 0
Typical
Max.
Min.
2.55
2.60
2.65
2.70
2.75
2.80
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Voltage (V)
Temperature (°C)
Max: Typical + 3ı
Min: Typical - 3ı
Typical
Max.
Min.
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Voltage (mV)
Temperature (°C)
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
Min: Typical - 3ı
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 347
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
FIGURE 29-15: LOW-POWER BROWN-OUT RESET VOLTAGE, LPBOR = 0
FIGURE 29-16: LOW-POWER BROWN-OUT RESET HYSTERESIS, LPBOR = 0
Typical
Max.
Min.
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Voltage (V)
Temperature (°C)
Max: Typical + 3ı
Min: Typical - 3ı
Typical
Max.
Min.
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Voltage (mV)
Temperature (°C)
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
Min: Typical - 3ı
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 348 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 29-17: WDT TIME-OUT PERIOD
FIGURE 29-18: PWRT PERIOD
Typical
Max.
Min.
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
Time (ms)
VDD (V)
Max: Typical + 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
Typical: statistical mean @ 25°C
Min: Typical - 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
Typical
Max.
Min.
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
Time (ms)
VDD (V)
Max: Typical + 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
Typical: statistical mean @ 25°C
Min: Typical - 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 349
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
FIGURE 29-19: FVR STABILIZATION PERIOD
Typical
Max.
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8
Time (us)
VDD (V)
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical: statistical mean @ 25°C
Note:
The FVR Stabilization Period applies when:
1) coming out of RESET or exiting Sleep mode for PIC12/16LFxxxx devices.
2) when exiting sleep mode with VREGPM = 1for PIC12/16Fxxxx devices
In all other cases, the FVR is stable when released from RESET.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 350 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 29-20: COMPARATOR HYSTERESIS, NORMAL-POWER MODE (CxSP = 1, CxHYS = 1)
FIGURE 29-21: COMPARATOR HYSTERESIS, LOW-POWER MODE (CxSP = 0, CxHYS = 1)
Min.
Typical
Max.
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
Hysteresis (mV)
VDD (V)
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
Min: Typical - 3ı
Min.
Typical
Max.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
Hysteresis (mV)
VDD (V)
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
Min: Typical - 3ı
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 351
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
FIGURE 29-22: COMPARATOR RESPONSE TIME, NORMAL-POWER MODE (CxSP = 1)
FIGURE 29-23: COMPARATOR RESPONSE TIME OVER TEMPERATURE,
NORMAL-POWER MODE (CxSP = 1)
Max.
Typical
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
Time (ns)
VDD (V)
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
Min. (-40°C)
Typical (25°C)
Max. (125°C)
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
Time (ns)
V
DD
(V)
Max: 125°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
Min: -45°C - 3ı
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 352 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 29-24: COMPARATOR INPUT OFFSET AT 25°C, NORMAL-POWER MODE (CxSP = 1),
PIC12F1612/16F1613 ONLY
Max.
Typical
Min.
-50
-40
-30
-20
-10
0
10
20
30
40
50
0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0
Offset Voltage (mV)
Common Mode Voltage (V)
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
Min: Typical - 3ı
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 353
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
FIGURE 29-25: LFINTOSC FREQUENCY OVER VDD AND TEMPERATURE,
PIC12LF1612/16LF1613 ONLY
FIGURE 29-26: LFINTOSC FREQUENCY OVER VDD AND TEMPERATURE, PIC12F1612/16F1613
ONLY
Typical
Max.
Min.
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8
Frequency (kHz)
VDD (V)
Max: Typical + 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
Typical: statistical mean @ 25°C
Min: Typical - 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
Typical
Max.
Min.
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
Frequency (kHz)
VDD (V)
Max: Typical + 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
Typical: statistical mean @ 25°C
Min: Typical - 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 354 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 29-27: HFINTOSC ACCURACY OVER TEMPERATURE, VDD = 1.8V,
PIC12LF1612/16LF1613 ONLY
FIGURE 29-28: HFINTOSC ACCURACY OVER TEMPERATURE, 2.3V VDD 5.5V
Typical
Max.
Min.
-10%
-8%
-6%
-4%
-2%
0%
2%
4%
6%
8%
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Accuracy (%)
Temperature (°C)
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical: statistical mean
Min: Typical - 3ı
Typical
Max.
Min.
-10%
-8%
-6%
-4%
-2%
0%
2%
4%
6%
8%
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Accuracy (%)
Temperature (°C)
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical: statistical mean
Min: Typical - 3ı
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 355
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
FIGURE 29-29: SLEEP MODE, WAKE PERIOD WITH HFINTOSC SOURCE,
PIC12LF1612/16LF1613 ONLY
Typical
Max.
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8
Time (us)
VDD (V)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 356 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 29-30: LOW-POWER SLEEP MODE, WAKE PERIOD WITH HFINTOSC SOURCE,
VREGPM = 1, PIC12F1612/16F1613 ONLY
FIGURE 29-31: SLEEP MODE, WAKE PERIOD WITH HFINTOSC SOURCE, VREGPM = 0,
PIC12F1612/16F1613 ONLY
Typical
Max.
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
Time (us)
VDD (V)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
Typical
Max.
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
Time (us)
VDD (V)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 357
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
30.0 DEVELOPMENT SUPPORT
The PIC® microcontrollers (MCU) and dsPIC® digital
signal controllers (DSC) are supported with a full range
of software and hardware development tools:
• Integrated Development Environment
- MPLAB® X IDE Software
• Compilers/Assemblers/Linkers
- MPLAB XC Compiler
- MPASMTM Assembler
-MPLINK
TM Object Linker/
MPLIBTM Object Librarian
- MPLAB Assembler/Linker/Librarian for
Various Device Families
• Simulators
- MPLAB X SIM Software Simulator
•Emulators
- MPLAB REAL ICE™ In-Circuit Emulator
• In-Circuit Debuggers/Programmers
- MPLAB ICD 3
- PICkit™ 3
• Device Programmers
- MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer
• Low-Cost Demonstration/Development Boards,
Evaluation Kits and Starter Kits
• Third-party development tools
30.1 MPLAB X Integrated Development
Environment Software
The MPLAB X IDE is a single, unified graphical user
interface for Microchip and third-party software, and
hardware development tool that runs on Windows®,
Linux and Mac OS® X. Based on the NetBeans IDE,
MPLAB X IDE is an entirely new IDE with a host of free
software components and plug-ins for high-
performance application development and debugging.
Moving between tools and upgrading from software
simulators to hardware debugging and programming
tools is simple with the seamless user interface.
With complete project management, visual call graphs,
a configurable watch window and a feature-rich editor
that includes code completion and context menus,
MPLAB X IDE is flexible and friendly enough for new
users. With the ability to support multiple tools on
multiple projects with simultaneous debugging, MPLAB
X IDE is also suitable for the needs of experienced
users.
Feature-Rich Editor:
• Color syntax highlighting
• Smart code completion makes suggestions and
provides hints as you type
• Automatic code formatting based on user-defined
rules
• Live parsing
User-Friendly, Customizable Interface:
• Fully customizable interface: toolbars, toolbar
buttons, windows, window placement, etc.
• Call graph window
Project-Based Workspaces:
• Multiple projects
• Multiple tools
• Multiple configurations
• Simultaneous debugging sessions
File History and Bug Tracking:
• Local file history feature
• Built-in support for Bugzilla issue tracker
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 358 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
30.2 MPLAB XC Compilers
The MPLAB XC Compilers are complete ANSI C
compilers for all of Microchip’s 8, 16, and 32-bit MCU
and DSC devices. These compilers provide powerful
integration capabilities, superior code optimization and
ease of use. MPLAB XC Compilers run on Windows,
Linux or MAC OS X.
For easy source level debugging, the compilers provide
debug information that is optimized to the MPLAB X
IDE.
The free MPLAB XC Compiler editions support all
devices and commands, with no time or memory
restrictions, and offer sufficient code optimization for
most applications.
MPLAB XC Compilers include an assembler, linker and
utilities. The assembler generates relocatable object
files that can then be archived or linked with other relo-
catable object files and archives to create an execut-
able file. MPLAB XC Compiler uses the assembler to
produce its object file. Notable features of the assem-
bler include:
• Support for the entire device instruction set
• Support for fixed-point and floating-point data
• Command-line interface
• Rich directive set
• Flexible macro language
• MPLAB X IDE compatibility
30.3 MPASM Assembler
The MPASM Assembler is a full-featured, universal
macro assembler for PIC10/12/16/18 MCUs.
The MPASM Assembler generates relocatable object
files for the MPLINK Object Linker, Intel® standard HEX
files, MAP files to detail memory usage and symbol
reference, absolute LST files that contain source lines
and generated machine code, and COFF files for
debugging.
The MPASM Assembler features include:
• Integration into MPLAB X IDE projects
• User-defined macros to streamline
assembly code
• Conditional assembly for multipurpose
source files
• Directives that allow complete control over the
assembly process
30.4 MPLINK Object Linker/
MPLIB Object Librarian
The MPLINK Object Linker combines relocatable
objects created by the MPASM Assembler. It can link
relocatable objects from precompiled libraries, using
directives from a linker script.
The MPLIB Object Librarian manages the creation and
modification of library files of precompiled code. When
a routine from a library is called from a source file, only
the modules that contain that routine will be linked in
with the application. This allows large libraries to be
used efficiently in many different applications.
The object linker/library features include:
• Efficient linking of single libraries instead of many
smaller files
• Enhanced code maintainability by grouping
related modules together
• Flexible creation of libraries with easy module
listing, replacement, deletion and extraction
30.5 MPLAB Assembler, Linker and
Librarian for Various Device
Families
MPLAB Assembler produces relocatable machine
code from symbolic assembly language for PIC24,
PIC32 and dsPIC DSC devices. MPLAB XC Compiler
uses the assembler to produce its object file. The
assembler generates relocatable object files that can
then be archived or linked with other relocatable object
files and archives to create an executable file. Notable
features of the assembler include:
• Support for the entire device instruction set
• Support for fixed-point and floating-point data
• Command-line interface
• Rich directive set
• Flexible macro language
• MPLAB X IDE compatibility
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 359
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
30.6 MPLAB X SIM Software Simulator
The MPLAB X SIM Software Simulator allows code
development in a PC-hosted environment by simulat-
ing the PIC MCUs and dsPIC DSCs on an instruction
level. On any given instruction, the data areas can be
examined or modified and stimuli can be applied from
a comprehensive stimulus controller. Registers can be
logged to files for further run-time analysis. The trace
buffer and logic analyzer display extend the power of
the simulator to record and track program execution,
actions on I/O, most peripherals and internal registers.
The MPLAB X SIM Software Simulator fully supports
symbolic debugging using the MPLAB XC Compilers,
and the MPASM and MPLAB Assemblers. The soft-
ware simulator offers the flexibility to develop and
debug code outside of the hardware laboratory envi-
ronment, making it an excellent, economical software
development tool.
30.7 MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit
Emulator System
The MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit Emulator System is
Microchip’s next generation high-speed emulator for
Microchip Flash DSC and MCU devices. It debugs and
programs all 8, 16 and 32-bit MCU, and DSC devices
with the easy-to-use, powerful graphical user interface of
the MPLAB X IDE.
The emulator is connected to the design engineer’s
PC using a high-speed USB 2.0 interface and is
connected to the target with either a connector
compatible with in-circuit debugger systems (RJ-11)
or with the new high-speed, noise tolerant, Low-
Voltage Differential Signal (LVDS) interconnection
(CAT5).
The emulator is field upgradeable through future firm-
ware downloads in MPLAB X IDE. MPLAB REAL ICE
offers significant advantages over competitive emulators
including full-speed emulation, run-time variable
watches, trace analysis, complex breakpoints, logic
probes, a ruggedized probe interface and long (up to
three meters) interconnection cables.
30.8 MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger
System
The MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger System is
Microchip’s most cost-effective, high-speed hardware
debugger/programmer for Microchip Flash DSC and
MCU devices. It debugs and programs PIC Flash
microcontrollers and dsPIC DSCs with the powerful,
yet easy-to-use graphical user interface of the MPLAB
IDE.
The MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger probe is
connected to the design engineer’s PC using a high-
speed USB 2.0 interface and is connected to the target
with a connector compatible with the MPLAB ICD 2 or
MPLAB REAL ICE systems (RJ-11). MPLAB ICD 3
supports all MPLAB ICD 2 headers.
30.9 PICkit 3 In-Circuit Debugger/
Programmer
The MPLAB PICkit 3 allows debugging and program-
ming of PIC and dsPIC Flash microcontrollers at a most
affordable price point using the powerful graphical user
interface of the MPLAB IDE. The MPLAB PICkit 3 is
connected to the design engineer’s PC using a full-
speed USB interface and can be connected to the tar-
get via a Microchip debug (RJ-11) connector (compati-
ble with MPLAB ICD 3 and MPLAB REAL ICE). The
connector uses two device I/O pins and the Reset line
to implement in-circuit debugging and In-Circuit Serial
Programming™ (ICSP™).
30.10 MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer
The MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer is a universal,
CE compliant device programmer with programmable
voltage verification at VDDMIN and VDDMAX for
maximum reliability. It features a large LCD display
(128 x 64) for menus and error messages, and a mod-
ular, detachable socket assembly to support various
package types. The ICSP cable assembly is included
as a standard item. In Stand-Alone mode, the MPLAB
PM3 Device Programmer can read, verify and program
PIC devices without a PC connection. It can also set
code protection in this mode. The MPLAB PM3
connects to the host PC via an RS-232 or USB cable.
The MPLAB PM3 has high-speed communications and
optimized algorithms for quick programming of large
memory devices, and incorporates an MMC card for file
storage and data applications.
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 360 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
30.11 Demonstration/Development
Boards, Evaluation Kits, and
Starter Kits
A wide variety of demonstration, development and
evaluation boards for various PIC MCUs and dsPIC
DSCs allows quick application development on fully
functional systems. Most boards include prototyping
areas for adding custom circuitry and provide applica-
tion firmware and source code for examination and
modification.
The boards support a variety of features, including LEDs,
temperature sensors, switches, speakers, RS-232
interfaces, LCD displays, potentiometers and additional
EEPROM memory.
The demonstration and development boards can be
used in teaching environments, for prototyping custom
circuits and for learning about various microcontroller
applications.
In addition to the PICDEM™ and dsPICDEM™
demonstration/development board series of circuits,
Microchip has a line of evaluation kits and demonstra-
tion software for analog filter design, KEELOQ® security
ICs, CAN, IrDA®, PowerSmart battery management,
SEEVAL® evaluation system, Sigma-Delta ADC, flow
rate sensing, plus many more.
Also available are starter kits that contain everything
needed to experience the specified device. This usually
includes a single application and debug capability, all
on one board.
Check the Microchip web page (www.microchip.com)
for the complete list of demonstration, development
and evaluation kits.
30.12 Third-Party Development Tools
Microchip also offers a great collection of tools from
third-party vendors. These tools are carefully selected
to offer good value and unique functionality.
• Device Programmers and Gang Programmers
from companies, such as SoftLog and CCS
• Software Tools from companies, such as Gimpel
and Trace Systems
• Protocol Analyzers from companies, such as
Saleae and Total Phase
• Demonstration Boards from companies, such as
MikroElektronika, Digilent® and Olimex
• Embedded Ethernet Solutions from companies,
such as EZ Web Lynx, WIZnet and IPLogika®
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 361
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
31.0 PACKAGING INFORMATION
31.1 Package Marking Information
*Standard PICmicro® device marking consists of Microchip part number, year code, week code and
traceability code. For PICmicro device marking beyond this, certain price adders apply. Please check
with your Microchip Sales Office. For QTP devices, any special marking adders are included in QTP
price.
Legend: XX...X Customer-specific information
Y Year code (last digit of calendar year)
YY Year code (last 2 digits of calendar year)
WW Week code (week of January 1 is week ‘01’)
NNN Alphanumeric traceability code
Pb-free JEDEC® designator for Matte Tin (Sn)
*This package is Pb-free. The Pb-free JEDEC designator ( )
can be found on the outer packaging for this package.
Note: In the event the full Microchip part number cannot be marked on one line, it will
be carried over to the next line, thus limiting the number of available
characters for customer-specific information.
3
e
3
e
8-Lead SOIC (3.90 mm) Example
NNN
8-Lead PDIP (300 mil) Example
XXXXXXXX
XXXXXNNN
YYWW
12F1612
3
e
I/P
1310
12F1612
I/SN1310
017
017
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 362 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
31.1 Package Marking Information (PIC12(L)F1612 only) (Continued)
8-Lead DFN (3x3x0.9 mm) Example
XXXX
NNN
YYWW
PIN 1 PIN 1
MGW0
1310
017
14-Lead PDIP
XXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXX
YYWWNNN
Example
14-Lead SOIC (.150”)
XXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXX
YYWWNNN
Example
PIC16F1613
-I/SL
1310017
14-Lead TSSOP
XXXXXXXX
YYWW
NNN
Example
F1613IST
1310
017
PIC16F1613
-I/P
1310017
3
e
3
e
16-Lead QFN (4x4x0.9 mm) Example
PIN 1 PIN 1
F1613
PIC16
E/ML
310017
3
e
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 363
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
TABLE 31-1: 8-LEAD 3x3 DFN (MF) TOP
MARKING
Part Number Marking
PIC12F1612-E/MF MGU0
PIC12LF1612-E/MF MGW0
PIC12F1612-I/MF MGV0
PIC12LF1612-I/MF MGX0
PIC12F1612T-I/MF MGV0
PIC12LF1612T-I/MF MGX0
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 364 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
31.2 Package Details
The following sections give the technical details of the packages.


 
 
 
 

 

 
   

 
 
    
  
   
    
   
   
   
    
   
  
N
E1
NOTE 1
D
123
A
A1
A2
L
b1
b
e
E
eB
c
   
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 365
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 366 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 367
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
 ! ""#$%& !'
 

PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 368 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 369
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 370 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 371
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
()

 
 
 
 

 

 
   
 
 
 
    
  
   
    
   
   
   
    
   
  
N
E1
D
NOTE 1
123
E
c
eB
A2
L
A
A1 b1
be
   
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 372 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 373
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 374 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
 

2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 375
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 376 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 377
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 378 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
(*+,$-./)0)0%&+,

 
 
 
 
 
 

 
   
 
 
   
    
  
 
    
 
    
   
   
 
D
E
N
2
1
EXPOSED
PAD
D2
E2
2
1
e
b
K
N
NOTE 1
A3
A1
A
L
TOP VIEW BOTTOM VIEW
   
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 379
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 380 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
APPENDIX A: DATA SHEET
REVISION HISTORY
Revision A (01/2014)
Original release.
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 381
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
THE MICROCHIP WEB SITE
Microchip provides online support via our WWW site at
www.microchip.com. This web site is used as a means
to make files and information easily available to
customers. Accessible by using your favorite Internet
browser, the web site contains the following
information:
•Product Support – Data sheets and errata,
application notes and sample programs, design
resources, user’s guides and hardware support
documents, latest software releases and archived
software
•General Technical Support – Frequently Asked
Questions (FAQ), technical support requests,
online discussion groups, Microchip consultant
program member listing
•Business of Microchip – Product selector and
ordering guides, latest Microchip press releases,
listing of seminars and events, listings of
Microchip sales offices, distributors and factory
representatives
CUSTOMER CHANGE NOTIFICATION
SERVICE
Microchip’s customer notification service helps keep
customers current on Microchip products. Subscribers
will receive e-mail notification whenever there are
changes, updates, revisions or errata related to a
specified product family or development tool of interest.
To register, access the Microchip web site at
www.microchip.com. Under “Support”, click on
“Customer Change Notification” and follow the
registration instructions.
CUSTOMER SUPPORT
Users of Microchip products can receive assistance
through several channels:
• Distributor or Representative
• Local Sales Office
• Field Application Engineer (FAE)
• Technical Support
Customers should contact their distributor,
representative or Field Application Engineer (FAE) for
support. Local sales offices are also available to help
customers. A listing of sales offices and locations is
included in the back of this document.
Technical support is available through the web site
at: http://microchip.com/support
PIC12(L)F1612/16(L)F1613
DS40001737A-page 382 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM
To order or obtain information, e.g., on pricing or delivery, refer to the factory or the listed sales office.
PART NO. X/XX XXX
PatternPackageTemperature
Range
Device
Device: PIC12LF1612, PIC12F1612,
PIC16LF1613, PIC16F1613
Tape and Reel
Option:
Blank = Standard packaging (tube or tray)
T = Tape and Reel(1)
Temperature
Range:
I= -40C to +85C(Industrial)
E= -40
C to +125C (Extended)
Package:(2) MF = DFN (8-Lead)
ML = QFN (16-Lead)
P=Plastic DIP
SL = SOIC (14-Lead)
SN = SOIC (8-Lead)
ST = TSSOP
Pattern: QTP, SQTP, Code or Special Requirements
(blank otherwise)
Examples:
a) PIC12LF1612T - I/SN
Tape and Reel,
Industrial temperature,
SOIC package
b) PIC16F1613 - I/P
Industrial temperature
PDIP package
c) PIC16F1613 - E/ML 298
Extended temperature,
QFN package
QTP pattern #298
Note 1: Tape and Reel identifier only appears in the
catalog part number description. This
identifier is used for ordering purposes and is
not printed on the device package. Check
with your Microchip Sales Office for package
availability with the Tape and Reel option.
2: For other small form-factor package
availability and marking information, please
visit www.microchip.com/packaging or
contact your local sales office.
[X](1)
Tape and Reel
Option
-
2014 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS40001737A-page 383
Information contained in this publication regarding device
applications and the like is provided only for your convenience
and may be superseded by updates. It is your responsibility to
ensure that your application meets with your specifications.
MICROCHIP MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR
WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND WHETHER EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, WRITTEN OR ORAL, STATUTORY OR
OTHERWISE, RELATED TO THE INFORMATION,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ITS CONDITION,
QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR PURPOSE. Microchip disclaims all liability
arising from this information and its use. Use of Microchip
devices in life support and/or safety applications is entirely at
the buyer’s risk, and the buyer agrees to defend, indemnify and
hold harmless Microchip from any and all damages, claims,
suits, or expenses resulting from such use. No licenses are
conveyed, implicitly or otherwise, under any Microchip
intellectual property rights.
Trademarks
The Microchip name and logo, the Microchip logo, dsPIC,
FlashFlex, KEELOQ, KEELOQ logo, MPLAB, PIC, PICmicro,
PICSTART, PIC32 logo, rfPIC, SST, SST Logo, SuperFlash
and UNI/O are registered trademarks of Microchip Technology
Incorporated in the U.S.A. and other countries.
FilterLab, Hampshire, HI-TECH C, Linear Active Thermistor,
MTP, SEEVAL and The Embedded Control Solutions
Company are registered trademarks of Microchip Technology
Incorporated in the U.S.A.
Silicon Storage Technology is a registered trademark of
Microchip Technology Inc. in other countries.
Analog-for-the-Digital Age, Application Maestro, BodyCom,
chipKIT, chipKIT logo, CodeGuard, dsPICDEM,
dsPICDEM.net, dsPICworks, dsSPEAK, ECAN,
ECONOMONITOR, FanSense, HI-TIDE, In-Circuit Serial
Programming, ICSP, Mindi, MiWi, MPASM, MPF, MPLAB
Certified logo, MPLIB, MPLINK, mTouch, Omniscient Code
Generation, PICC, PICC-18, PICDEM, PICDEM.net, PICkit,
PICtail, REAL ICE, rfLAB, Select Mode, SQI, Serial Quad I/O,
Total Endurance, TSHARC, UniWinDriver, WiperLock, ZENA
and Z-Scale are trademarks of Microchip Technology
Incorporated in the U.S.A. and other countries.
SQTP is a service mark of Microchip Technology Incorporated
in the U.S.A.
GestIC and ULPP are registered trademarks of Microchip
Technology Germany II GmbH & Co. KG, a subsidiary of
Microchip Technology Inc., in other countries.
All other trademarks mentioned herein are property of their
respective companies.
© 2014, Microchip Technology Incorporated, Printed in the
U.S.A., All Rights Reserved.
Printed on recycled paper.
ISBN: 9781620778616
Note the following details of the code protection feature on Microchip devices:
• Microchip products meet the specification contained in their particular Microchip Data Sheet.
• Microchip believes that its family of products is one of the most secure families of its kind on the market today, when used in the
intended manner and under normal conditions.
• There are dishonest and possibly illegal methods used to breach the code protection feature. All of these methods, to our
knowledge, require using the Microchip products in a manner outside the operating specifications contained in Microchip’s Data
Sheets. Most likely, the person doing so is engaged in theft of intellectual property.
• Microchip is willing to work with the customer who is concerned about the integrity of their code.
• Neither Microchip nor any other semiconductor manufacturer can guarantee the security of their code. Code protection does not
mean that we are guaranteeing the product as “unbreakable.”
Code protection is constantly evolving. We at Microchip are committed to continuously improving the code protection features of our
products. Attempts to break Microchip’s code protection feature may be a violation of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act. If such acts
allow unauthorized access to your software or other copyrighted work, you may have a right to sue for relief under that Act.
Microchip received ISO/TS-16949:2009 certification for its worldwide
headquarters, design and wafer fabrication facilities in Chandler and
Tempe, Arizona; Gresham, Oregon and design centers in California
and India. The Company’s quality system processes and procedures
are for its PIC® MCUs and dsPIC® DSCs, KEELOQ® code hopping
devices, Serial EEPROMs, microperipherals, nonvolatile memory and
analog products. In addition, Microchip’s quality system for the design
and manufacture of development systems is ISO 9001:2000 certified.
QUALITY MANAGEMENT S
YSTEM
CERTIFIED BY DNV
== ISO/TS 16949 ==
DS40001737A-page 384 Preliminary 2014 Microchip Technology Inc.
AMERICAS
Corporate Office
2355 West Chandler Blvd.
Chandler, AZ 85224-6199
Tel: 480-792-7200
Fax: 480-792-7277
Technical Support:
http://www.microchip.com/
support
Web Address:
www.microchip.com
Atlanta
Duluth, GA
Tel: 678-957-9614
Fax: 678-957-1455
Austin, TX
Tel: 512-257-3370
Boston
Westborough, MA
Tel: 774-760-0087
Fax: 774-760-0088
Chicago
Itasca, IL
Tel: 630-285-0071
Fax: 630-285-0075
Cleveland
Independence, OH
Tel: 216-447-0464
Fax: 216-447-0643
Dallas
Addison, TX
Tel: 972-818-7423
Fax: 972-818-2924
Detroit
Novi, MI
Tel: 248-848-4000
Houston, TX
Tel: 281-894-5983
Indianapolis
Noblesville, IN
Tel: 317-773-8323
Fax: 317-773-5453
Los Angeles
Mission Viejo, CA
Tel: 949-462-9523
Fax: 949-462-9608
New York, NY
Tel: 631-435-6000
San Jose, CA
Tel: 408-735-9110
Canada - Toronto
Tel: 905-673-0699
Fax: 905-673-6509
ASIA/PACIFIC
Asia Pacific Office
Suites 3707-14, 37th Floor
Tower 6, The Gateway
Harbour City, Kowloon
Hong Kong
Tel: 852-2401-1200
Fax: 852-2401-3431
Australia - Sydney
Tel: 61-2-9868-6733
Fax: 61-2-9868-6755
China - Beijing
Tel: 86-10-8569-7000
Fax: 86-10-8528-2104
China - Chengdu
Tel: 86-28-8665-5511
Fax: 86-28-8665-7889
China - Chongqing
Tel: 86-23-8980-9588
Fax: 86-23-8980-9500
China - Hangzhou
Tel: 86-571-2819-3187
Fax: 86-571-2819-3189
China - Hong Kong SAR
Tel: 852-2943-5100
Fax: 852-2401-3431
China - Nanjing
Tel: 86-25-8473-2460
Fax: 86-25-8473-2470
China - Qingdao
Tel: 86-532-8502-7355
Fax: 86-532-8502-7205
China - Shanghai
Tel: 86-21-5407-5533
Fax: 86-21-5407-5066
China - Shenyang
Tel: 86-24-2334-2829
Fax: 86-24-2334-2393
China - Shenzhen
Tel: 86-755-8864-2200
Fax: 86-755-8203-1760
China - Wuhan
Tel: 86-27-5980-5300
Fax: 86-27-5980-5118
China - Xian
Tel: 86-29-8833-7252
Fax: 86-29-8833-7256
China - Xiamen
Tel: 86-592-2388138
Fax: 86-592-2388130
China - Zhuhai
Tel: 86-756-3210040
Fax: 86-756-3210049
ASIA/PACIFIC
India - Bangalore
Tel: 91-80-3090-4444
Fax: 91-80-3090-4123
India - New Delhi
Tel: 91-11-4160-8631
Fax: 91-11-4160-8632
India - Pune
Tel: 91-20-3019-1500
Japan - Osaka
Tel: 81-6-6152-7160
Fax: 81-6-6152-9310
Japan - Tokyo
Tel: 81-3-6880- 3770
Fax: 81-3-6880-3771
Korea - Daegu
Tel: 82-53-744-4301
Fax: 82-53-744-4302
Korea - Seoul
Tel: 82-2-554-7200
Fax: 82-2-558-5932 or
82-2-558-5934
Malaysia - Kuala Lumpur
Tel: 60-3-6201-9857
Fax: 60-3-6201-9859
Malaysia - Penang
Tel: 60-4-227-8870
Fax: 60-4-227-4068
Philippines - Manila
Tel: 63-2-634-9065
Fax: 63-2-634-9069
Singapore
Tel: 65-6334-8870
Fax: 65-6334-8850
Taiwan - Hsin Chu
Tel: 886-3-5778-366
Fax: 886-3-5770-955
Taiwan - Kaohsiung
Tel: 886-7-213-7830
Taiwan - Taipei
Tel: 886-2-2508-8600
Fax: 886-2-2508-0102
Thailand - Bangkok
Tel: 66-2-694-1351
Fax: 66-2-694-1350
EUROPE
Austria - Wels
Tel: 43-7242-2244-39
Fax: 43-7242-2244-393
Denmark - Copenhagen
Tel: 45-4450-2828
Fax: 45-4485-2829
France - Paris
Tel: 33-1-69-53-63-20
Fax: 33-1-69-30-90-79
Germany - Dusseldorf
Tel: 49-2129-3766400
Germany - Munich
Tel: 49-89-627-144-0
Fax: 49-89-627-144-44
Germany - Pforzheim
Tel: 49-7231-424750
Italy - Milan
Tel: 39-0331-742611
Fax: 39-0331-466781
Italy - Venice
Tel: 39-049-7625286
Netherlands - Drunen
Tel: 31-416-690399
Fax: 31-416-690340
Poland - Warsaw
Tel: 48-22-3325737
Spain - Madrid
Tel: 34-91-708-08-90
Fax: 34-91-708-08-91
Sweden - Stockholm
Tel: 46-8-5090-4654
UK - Wokingham
Tel: 44-118-921-5800
Fax: 44-118-921-5820
Worldwide Sales and Service
10/28/13